texlive[50680] Master/texmf-dist: glossaries-extra (31mar19)

commits+karl at tug.org commits+karl at tug.org
Sun Mar 31 23:55:05 CEST 2019


Revision: 50680
          http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=50680
Author:   karl
Date:     2019-03-31 23:55:05 +0200 (Sun, 31 Mar 2019)
Log Message:
-----------
glossaries-extra (31mar19)

Modified Paths:
--------------
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-xr.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-bookindex.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-longextra.sty

Added Paths:
-----------
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-topic.sty

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES	2019-03-31 21:54:30 UTC (rev 50679)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES	2019-03-31 21:55:05 UTC (rev 50680)
@@ -1,3 +1,29 @@
+1.40 (2019-03-31):
+
+ * glossaries-extra.sty:
+
+   - corrected formatting for abbreviation
+     style 'long-hyphen-noshort-noreg'
+
+   - changed definition of \glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont to use
+     \glsabbrvdefaultfont instead of \glsabbrvfont for 
+     consistency
+
+   - new: \GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions
+
+  * glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty:
+
+   - new commands provided if associated glossary has been defined:
+      \printunsrtabbreviations
+      \printunsrtsymbols
+      \printunsrtnumbers
+      \printunsrtacronyms
+      \printunsrtindex
+
+  * glossary-topic.sty:
+
+   - new package providing glossary styles 'topic' and 'topicmcols'
+
 1.39 (2018-03-22)
 
  * glossaries-extra.sty:

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README	2019-03-31 21:54:30 UTC (rev 50679)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README	2019-03-31 21:55:05 UTC (rev 50680)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.39
+LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.40
 
-Last Modified : 2019-03-22
+Last Modified : 2019-03-31
 
 Author        : Nicola Talbot
 

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html	2019-03-31 21:54:30 UTC (rev 50679)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html	2019-03-31 21:55:05 UTC (rev 50680)
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
 >
 <!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" >
 </p><!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.39: an extension to the</span>
+class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.40: an extension to the</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span>
 </p>
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table>
 </div>
 <!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmr-12">2019-03-22</span></p></div>
+class="cmr-12">2019-03-31</span></p></div>
    <div 
 class="abstract" 
 >
@@ -384,87 +384,90 @@
 href="#x1-150002.10" id="QQ2-1-16"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.11 <a 
-href="#sec:glosstylemods" id="QQ2-1-17">Glossary Style Modifications</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >2.11.1 <a 
-href="#sec:stylehooks" id="QQ2-1-18">Style Hooks</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >2.11.2 <a 
-href="#sec:glosstylenumlist" id="QQ2-1-19">Number List</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >2.11.3 <a 
-href="#x1-190002.11.3" id="QQ2-1-20">The <span 
+href="#x1-160002.11" id="QQ2-1-17"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.12 <a 
+href="#sec:glosstylemods" id="QQ2-1-18">Glossary Style Modifications</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >2.12.1 <a 
+href="#sec:stylehooks" id="QQ2-1-19">Style Hooks</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >2.12.2 <a 
+href="#sec:glosstylenumlist" id="QQ2-1-20">Number List</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >2.12.3 <a 
+href="#x1-200002.12.3" id="QQ2-1-21">The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >3 <a 
-href="#sec:abbreviations" id="QQ2-1-21">Abbreviations</a></span>
+href="#sec:abbreviations" id="QQ2-1-22">Abbreviations</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3.1 <a 
-href="#sec:tagging" id="QQ2-1-22">Tagging Initials</a></span>
+href="#sec:tagging" id="QQ2-1-23">Tagging Initials</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3.2 <a 
-href="#sec:abbrstyle" id="QQ2-1-23">Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:abbrstyle" id="QQ2-1-24">Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3.3 <a 
-href="#sec:abbrshortcuts" id="QQ2-1-24">Shortcut Commands</a></span>
+href="#sec:abbrshortcuts" id="QQ2-1-25">Shortcut Commands</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3.4 <a 
-href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-26">Predefined Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-27">Predefined Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >3.4.1 <a 
-href="#sec:predefregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-27">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
+href="#sec:predefregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-28">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >3.4.2 <a 
-href="#sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-28">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
+href="#sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-29">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3.5 <a 
-href="#sec:newabbrvstyle" id="QQ2-1-29">Defining New Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:newabbrvstyle" id="QQ2-1-30">Defining New Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >4 <a 
-href="#sec:headtitle" id="QQ2-1-30">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</a></span>
+href="#sec:headtitle" id="QQ2-1-31">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >5 <a 
-href="#sec:categories" id="QQ2-1-31">Categories</a></span>
+href="#sec:categories" id="QQ2-1-32">Categories</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >6 <a 
-href="#sec:countref" id="QQ2-1-32">Counting References</a></span>
+href="#sec:countref" id="QQ2-1-33">Counting References</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6.1 <a 
-href="#sec:entrycount" id="QQ2-1-33">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</a></span>
+href="#sec:entrycount" id="QQ2-1-34">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6.2 <a 
-href="#sec:linkcount" id="QQ2-1-34">Link Counting</a></span>
+href="#sec:linkcount" id="QQ2-1-35">Link Counting</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >7 <a 
-href="#sec:autoindex" id="QQ2-1-35">Auto-Indexing</a></span>
+href="#sec:autoindex" id="QQ2-1-36">Auto-Indexing</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >8 <a 
-href="#sec:onthefly" id="QQ2-1-36">On-the-Fly Document Definitions</a></span>
+href="#sec:onthefly" id="QQ2-1-37">On-the-Fly Document Definitions</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >9 <a 
-href="#sec:bib2gls" id="QQ2-1-37"><span 
+href="#sec:bib2gls" id="QQ2-1-38"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >9.1 <a 
-href="#selection" id="QQ2-1-38">Selection</a></span>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >9.1 <a 
+href="#selection" id="QQ2-1-39">Selection</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >9.2 <a 
-href="#sortinganddisplayingtheglossary" id="QQ2-1-39">Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</a></span>
+href="#sortinganddisplayingtheglossary" id="QQ2-1-40">Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >9.3 <a 
-href="#x1-380009.3" id="QQ2-1-40">The <span 
+href="#x1-390009.3" id="QQ2-1-41">The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.1 <a 
-href="#sec:supplocations" id="QQ2-1-41">Supplemental Locations</a></span>
+href="#sec:supplocations" id="QQ2-1-42">Supplemental Locations</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.2 <a 
-href="#sec:recordnameref" id="QQ2-1-42">Nameref Record</a></span>
+href="#sec:recordnameref" id="QQ2-1-43">Nameref Record</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.3 <a 
-href="#sec:resourcecommands" id="QQ2-1-43">Helper Commands for Resource Options</a></span>
+href="#sec:resourcecommands" id="QQ2-1-44">Helper Commands for Resource Options</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >9.4 <a 
-href="#supplementarycommands" id="QQ2-1-44">Supplementary Commands</a></span>
+href="#supplementarycommands" id="QQ2-1-45">Supplementary Commands</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >9.5 <a 
-href="#sec:recordcount" id="QQ2-1-45">Record Counting</a></span>
+href="#sec:recordcount" id="QQ2-1-46">Record Counting</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >10 <a 
-href="#sec:miscnew" id="QQ2-1-46">Miscellaneous New Commands</a></span>
+href="#sec:miscnew" id="QQ2-1-47">Miscellaneous New Commands</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >10.1 <a 
-href="#sec:fields" id="QQ2-1-47">Entry Fields</a></span>
+href="#sec:fields" id="QQ2-1-48">Entry Fields</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >10.2 <a 
-href="#sec:printunsrt" id="QQ2-1-48">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</a></span>
+href="#sec:printunsrt" id="QQ2-1-49">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >10.3 <a 
-href="#sec:glossentry" id="QQ2-1-49">Standalone Entry Items</a></span>
+href="#sec:glossentry" id="QQ2-1-50">Standalone Entry Items</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >10.4 <a 
-href="#sec:alias" id="QQ2-1-50">Entry Aliases</a></span>
+href="#sec:alias" id="QQ2-1-51">Entry Aliases</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >11 <a 
-href="#sec:supplemental" id="QQ2-1-51">Supplemental Packages</a></span>
+href="#sec:supplemental" id="QQ2-1-52">Supplemental Packages</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >11.1 <a 
-href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-52">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span>
+href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-53">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >11.2 <a 
-href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-53">Accessibility Support</a></span>
+href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-54">Accessibility Support</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >12 <a 
-href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-54">Sample Files</a></span>
+href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-55">Sample Files</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >13 <a 
-href="#sec:lang" id="QQ2-1-55">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span>
+href="#sec:lang" id="QQ2-1-56">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" > <a 
 href="#glossary">Glossary</a></span>
    </div>
@@ -1117,7 +1120,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; if it contains any commas.) The value may
      be omitted if no options need to be passed. See <a 
 href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span 
-class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.11 </a><a 
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.12 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style
      Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a> for further details. There are two special keyword values:
      <a 
@@ -1985,52 +1988,68 @@
 
                                                                   
 </div>
-     </div> The title of the new glossary is given by
-     <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </div> If <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4190"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
+     provide:
+     <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtabbreviations</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4191"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtabbreviations[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+     </div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent" >
+     which uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4192"></a>.
+     </p><!--l. 1027--><p class="noindent" >The title of the new glossary is given by
+     </p><!--l. 1028--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\abbreviationsname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-4190"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-4193"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1030--><p class="noindent" >
      If this command is already defined, it’s left unchanged. Otherwise it’s defined
      to “Abbreviations” if <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-4191"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span 
+ id="dx1-4194"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>if
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-4192"></a> has been loaded. However, if you’re using <span 
+ id="dx1-4195"></a> has been loaded. However, if you’re using <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-4193"></a> it’s likely you
+ id="dx1-4196"></a> it’s likely you
      will need to change this. (See <a 
 href="#sec:lang"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a 
 href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a> for further
      details.)
-     </p><!--l. 1030--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a 
 href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4194"></a> package option, the <span 
+ id="dx1-4197"></a> package option, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span>
      command won’t be defined (unless it’s defined by an included language file).
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 1034--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 1036--><p class="noindent" >If the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 1041--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1043--><p class="noindent" >If the <a 
 href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4195"></a> option is used and the <a 
+ id="dx1-4198"></a> option is used and the <a 
 href="#styopt.acronym"><span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4196"></a> option provided by the
+ id="dx1-4199"></a> option provided by the
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package hasn’t been used, then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
- id="dx1-4197"></a> will be set to
+ id="dx1-4200"></a> will be set to
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span><a 
- id="dx1-4198"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span 
+ id="dx1-4201"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-4199"></a> can be added
+ id="dx1-4202"></a> can be added
      to the list of abbreviations. If you want acronyms in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary and
      other abbreviations in the <span 
@@ -2045,12 +2064,12 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
      \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{main}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1046--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p><!--l. 1048--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span 
+     <!--l. 1053--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 1055--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <a 
 href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span 
 class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4200"></a>
+ id="dx1-4203"></a>
      option (or associated commands) as the abbreviation mechanism is handled
      differently with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>.
@@ -2058,13 +2077,13 @@
 <a 
  id="styopt.symbols"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a 
- id="dx1-4201"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-4204"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This is passed to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define
-     <!--l. 1055--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 1062--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-4202"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-4205"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -2073,7 +2092,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1057--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1064--><p class="noindent" >
      which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -2093,27 +2112,42 @@
 </div>
      </div> Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-4203"></a> key is set to the &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-4206"></a> key is set to the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; not the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9; as the symbol will
      likely contain commands.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1073--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4207"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
+     provide:
+     </p><!--l. 1075--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtsymbols</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4208"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtsymbols[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >
+     which uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4209"></a>.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="styopt.numbers"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a 
- id="dx1-4204"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-4210"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This is passed to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define
-     <!--l. 1068--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-4205"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-4211"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1084--><p class="noindent" >
      which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -2130,29 +2164,99 @@
 class="cmtt-10">},type=numbers,category=number,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmsy-10">}</span>
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
 </div>
      </div>
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1091--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4212"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
+     provide:
+     </p><!--l. 1093--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtnumbers</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4213"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtnumbers[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 1095--><p class="noindent" >
+     which uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4214"></a>.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
+ id="styopt.acronyms"></a><span 
+class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4215"></a> <span 
+class="cmbx-10">(or </span><a 
+ id="styopt.acronym"></a><span 
+class="cmssbx-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4216"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">)</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is passed to <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but if <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4217"></a> is
+     also loaded then this option will additionally provide:
+     <!--l. 1102--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtacronyms</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4218"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 1104--><p class="noindent" >
+     which uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4219"></a>.
+     </p><!--l. 1107--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option defines a new glossary with the label <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>not <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronyms</span>. You
+     may find it easier to reference it with the command <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4220"></a>.
+     </div>
+     </p><!--l. 1111--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="styopt.index"></a><span 
+class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4221"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is passed to <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but if <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4222"></a> is also loaded then this
+     option will additionally provide:
+     <!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtindex</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4223"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 1119--><p class="noindent" >
+     which uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4224"></a>.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
  id="styopt.shortcuts"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a 
- id="dx1-4206"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-4225"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Unlike the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option isn’t
      boolean but has multiple values:
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
          <ul class="itemize1">
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a 
- id="dx1-4207"></a> (or <a 
+ id="dx1-4226"></a> (or <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a 
- id="dx1-4208"></a>): set the shortcuts provided
+ id="dx1-4227"></a>): set the shortcuts provided
          by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for acronyms (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>). Note that the
@@ -2168,13 +2272,13 @@
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a 
- id="dx1-4209"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4228"></a>.
          </li>
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a 
- id="dx1-4210"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span 
+ id="dx1-4229"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for
          acronyms (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>) but uses the <span 
@@ -2186,16 +2290,19 @@
          as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>rather than <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
          </li>
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a 
- id="dx1-4211"></a>                 (or                 <a 
+ id="dx1-4230"></a>                 (or                 <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=abbr</span><a 
- id="dx1-4212"></a>):
+ id="dx1-4231"></a>):
          set the abbreviation shortcuts provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a 
 href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span 
@@ -2209,7 +2316,7 @@
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=other</span><a 
- id="dx1-4213"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut
+ id="dx1-4232"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut
          commands for abbreviations or the acronym shortcuts provided by
          <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The “other” shortcuts are:
@@ -2216,28 +2323,28 @@
              <ul class="itemize2">
              <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-4214"></a> equivalent to <span 
+ id="dx1-4233"></a> equivalent to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-4215"></a>
+ id="dx1-4234"></a>
              </li>
              <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newsym</span><a 
- id="dx1-4216"></a> equivalent  to  <span 
+ id="dx1-4235"></a> equivalent  to  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-4217"></a> (see  the  <a 
+ id="dx1-4236"></a> (see  the  <a 
 href="#styopt.symbols"><span 
 class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4218"></a>
+ id="dx1-4237"></a>
              option).
              </li>
              <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newnum</span><a 
- id="dx1-4219"></a> equivalent  to  <span 
+ id="dx1-4238"></a> equivalent  to  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a 
- id="dx1-4220"></a> (see  the  <a 
+ id="dx1-4239"></a> (see  the  <a 
 href="#styopt.numbers"><span 
 class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4221"></a>
+ id="dx1-4240"></a>
              option).</li></ul>
          </li>
          <li class="itemize"><a 
@@ -2244,75 +2351,75 @@
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=all</span><a 
- id="dx1-4222"></a> (or <a 
+ id="dx1-4241"></a> (or <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-4223"></a>): implements <a 
+ id="dx1-4242"></a>): implements <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a 
- id="dx1-4224"></a>,
+ id="dx1-4243"></a>,
          <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a 
- id="dx1-4225"></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-4244"></a> and <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=other</span><a 
- id="dx1-4226"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4245"></a>.
          </li>
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=none</span><a 
- id="dx1-4227"></a> (or <a 
+ id="dx1-4246"></a> (or <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-4228"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut
+ id="dx1-4247"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut
          commands (default).</li></ul>
-     <!--l. 1122--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a 
+     <!--l. 1167--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4229"></a> option <span 
+ id="dx1-4248"></a> option <span 
 class="cmti-10">within the same option</span>
      <span 
 class="cmti-10">list </span>will override each other.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1126--><p class="indent" >   After the <span 
+<!--l. 1171--><p class="indent" >   After the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has been loaded, you can set available options
 using
-</p><!--l. 1128--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1173--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glossariesextrasetup</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-4230"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-4249"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1130--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" >
 The <a 
 href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4231"></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-4250"></a> and <a 
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4232"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally,
+ id="dx1-4251"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally,
 <a 
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4233"></a> can’t be used after <span 
+ id="dx1-4252"></a> can’t be used after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-4234"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4253"></a>.
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 1135--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 1135--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1180--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 1180--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a 
  id="sec:modifications"></a>Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles</h2>
-</p><!--l. 1138--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1183--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a 
  id="dx1-5001"></a> which may be used in the <span 
@@ -2321,12 +2428,12 @@
 to suppress the post-description hook. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides another
 command
-</p><!--l. 1142--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1187--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-5003"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1189--><p class="noindent" >
 which has a similar function but only suppresses the post-description punctuation. It
 doesn’t suppress the use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>which allows the use of
@@ -2338,12 +2445,12 @@
 post-description hook can counter-act the effect of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span>
 using
-</p><!--l. 1153--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1198--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-5004"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1155--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1200--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands have no effect outside of the glossary (except with standalone
 entries that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span>and <span 
@@ -2352,9 +2459,9 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.3
 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glossentry">Standalone Entry Items<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glossentry --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 1160--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1205--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides
-</p><!--l. 1161--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1206--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsseeitemformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-5005"></a> <span 
@@ -2361,7 +2468,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1163--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1208--><p class="noindent" >
 to format items in a cross-reference list (identified with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
  id="dx1-5006"></a> key or <span 
@@ -2400,7 +2507,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsaccesstext{#1}}{\glsaccessname{#1}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1182--><p class="nopar" > If you want to restore the <span 
+<!--l. 1227--><p class="nopar" > If you want to restore the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0+ definition just do:
                                                                   
 
@@ -2409,7 +2516,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
 \renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1186--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+<!--l. 1231--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
  id="dx1-5011"></a> package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername</span><a 
@@ -2422,7 +2529,7 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a 
 href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for
 further details.
-</p><!--l. 1194--><p class="indent" >   The commands used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 1239--><p class="indent" >   The commands used by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to automatically produce an error if an entry is
 undefined (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a 
@@ -2431,7 +2538,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-5014"></a> option into
 account.
-</p><!--l. 1198--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1243--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-5015"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -2449,8 +2556,8 @@
 check that the glossary doesn’t already exist. (The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package omits this
 check.)
-</p><!--l. 1207--><p class="indent" >   You can now provide an ignored glossary with:
-</p><!--l. 1208--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1252--><p class="indent" >   You can now provide an ignored glossary with:
+</p><!--l. 1253--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\provideignoredglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-5017"></a> <span 
@@ -2457,10 +2564,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1210--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1255--><p class="noindent" >
 which will only define the glossary if it doesn’t already exist. This also has a starred
 version that doesn’t automatically switch off hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 1215--><p class="indent" >   The individual glossary displaying commands <span 
+</p><!--l. 1260--><p class="indent" >   The individual glossary displaying commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-5018"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
@@ -2520,7 +2627,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>to the glossary’s TOC title (to provide text for
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nameref</span>). You can also set the label before the glossary using:
-     <!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 1288--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetglossarylabel</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-5026"></a> <span 
@@ -2527,9 +2634,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetglossarylabel{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1245--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1290--><p class="noindent" >
      but take care of duplicate labels if it’s not scoped.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 1249--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+<!--l. 1294--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>command has three new keys: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize"><span 
@@ -2559,7 +2666,7 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a 
 href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for
      further details.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1261--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span 
+<!--l. 1306--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with a mixture of
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
@@ -2575,7 +2682,7 @@
  id="dx1-5034"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1268--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1313--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>command now has a starred version (as from v1.12)
 that doesn’t automatically insert
                                                                   
@@ -2585,8 +2692,8 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
 \leavevmode\unskip\nopostdesc
 </div>
-<!--l. 1272--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
-</p><!--l. 1274--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 1317--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
+</p><!--l. 1319--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-5035"></a> <span 
@@ -2599,19 +2706,19 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">description</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1321--><p class="noindent" >
 The <span 
 class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-5036"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 1280--><p class="indent" >   The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
+</p><!--l. 1325--><p class="indent" >   The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
 trailing space and suppresses the post-description hook) but instead uses:
-</p><!--l. 1283--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1328--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-5037"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1285--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1330--><p class="noindent" >
 This can be redefined to allow the post-description hook to work but retain the
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example:
@@ -2622,9 +2729,9 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlongdescription}{\leavevmode\unskip}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1291--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t
+<!--l. 1336--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t
 suppress the post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 1295--><p class="indent" >   The unstarred version also alters the base <span 
+</p><!--l. 1340--><p class="indent" >   The unstarred version also alters the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-5038"></a> package’s treatment of the
 <span 
@@ -2643,10 +2750,10 @@
 singular.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a 
  id="x1-5042f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 1310--><p class="indent" >   Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span 
+</p><!--l. 1355--><p class="indent" >   Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span>
 to the description’s plural form.
-</p><!--l. 1313--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1358--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a 
  id="dx1-5048"></a> command (defined through the <a 
 href="#styopt.index"><span 
@@ -2663,9 +2770,9 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>3
 </a><a 
 href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 1319--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1364--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>command now has an optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 1320--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1365--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-5052"></a> <span 
@@ -2672,7 +2779,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1322--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1367--><p class="noindent" >
 If &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; is empty, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in the
@@ -2680,7 +2787,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, otherwise &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; can be a comma-separated list of glossaries that
 need processing with an external indexing application.
-</p><!--l. 1328--><p class="indent" >   This command is not permitted with the <a 
+</p><!--l. 1373--><p class="indent" >   This command is not permitted with the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
@@ -2695,7 +2802,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=off</span><a 
  id="dx1-5055"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1333--><p class="indent" >   It should then be possible to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 1378--><p class="indent" >   It should then be possible to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>for those glossaries listed in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9;
 and <span 
@@ -2702,14 +2809,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>for the other glossaries. (See the accompanying file
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-mixedsort.tex </span>for an example.)
-</p><!--l. 1338--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 1383--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9;, you can’t define entries in the document
 (even with the <a 
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-5056"></a> option). </div>
-</p><!--l. 1341--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1343--><p class="indent" >   You will need at least version 2.20 of <a 
+</p><!--l. 1386--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1388--><p class="indent" >   You will need at least version 2.20 of <a 
  id="dx1-5057"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> or at least version 1.3 of
@@ -2728,16 +2835,16 @@
  id="dx1-5060"></a>
 option.
 </p>
-<!--l. 1349--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1394--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 1352--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span 
+<!--l. 1397--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>where the mandatory
 argument is a comma-separated list of labels:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 1355--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1400--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaddeach</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-6001"></a> <span 
@@ -2746,7 +2853,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1357--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1402--><p class="noindent" >
 This simply iterates over &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; and does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -2755,7 +2862,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>for each entry in the
 list.
-</p><!--l. 1361--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 1406--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>
 automatically use <span 
@@ -2767,7 +2874,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>etc).
-</p><!--l. 1366--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1411--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-6002"></a> <span 
@@ -2780,7 +2887,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glsadd options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" >
 The optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>and indicates the label to use in
@@ -2795,7 +2902,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>prepended to the
 list.
-</p><!--l. 1376--><p class="indent" >   For example, with:
+</p><!--l. 1421--><p class="indent" >   For example, with:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -2803,7 +2910,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
 \GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat{hyperbf}{counter=chapter}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1379--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 1424--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to
                                                                   
 
@@ -2812,11 +2919,11 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
 \glsadd[format=hyperbf,counter=chapter]{sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1383--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include
+<!--l. 1428--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include
 them in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format list</span>&#x27E9; (in which case, be sure to add both the start and end
 formats).
-</p><!--l. 1388--><p class="indent" >   Here’s another example:
+</p><!--l. 1433--><p class="indent" >   Here’s another example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -2824,7 +2931,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
 \GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[dual.\glslabel]{hyperbf}{}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1391--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 1436--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will now be equivalent to:
                                                                   
 
@@ -2833,12 +2940,12 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
 \glsadd[format=hyperbf]{dual.sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1396--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1398--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
+<!--l. 1441--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1443--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat </span>is not applied to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>as it could cause an infinite
 loop. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1401--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1446--><p class="noindent" >
 The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides extra keys for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and
@@ -2899,13 +3006,13 @@
      settings (such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-6012"></a>).
-     <!--l. 1432--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
-     </p><!--l. 1433--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 1477--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
+     </p><!--l. 1478--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-6013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1435--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1480--><p class="noindent" >
      which is defined as:
                                                                   
 
@@ -2922,15 +3029,15 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1447--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
-     </p><!--l. 1449--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 1492--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
+     </p><!--l. 1494--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-6014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1451--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1496--><p class="noindent" >
      which is used to determine where to perform the indexing.
-     </p><!--l. 1454--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 1499--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a 
 href="#catattr.wrgloss"><span 
 class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-6015"></a> attribute to <span 
@@ -3001,7 +3108,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{hyperoutside}{false}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1481--><p class="nopar" > will set <span 
+     <!--l. 1526--><p class="nopar" > will set <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=false </span>for all entries that are assigned to the category
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">mathrelation </span>and
@@ -3012,7 +3119,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{textformat}{mathrel}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1486--><p class="nopar" > will use <span 
+     <!--l. 1531--><p class="nopar" > will use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\mathrel </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>resulting in: </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -3069,9 +3176,9 @@
  id="dx1-6028"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Set the corresponding hyperlink location (see below).
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1513--><p class="indent" >   There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the
+<!--l. 1558--><p class="indent" >   There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the
 external glossary files:
-</p><!--l. 1515--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1560--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-6029"></a> <span 
@@ -3078,22 +3185,22 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1517--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label. This does nothing by default but may be redefined.
 (See, for example, the accompanying sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span>, which uses
 this hook to determine which entries haven’t been indexed.)
-</p><!--l. 1524--><p class="indent" >   There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options
+</p><!--l. 1569--><p class="indent" >   There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options
 are set by the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands:
-</p><!--l. 1527--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1572--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-6030"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1529--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" >
 (The base package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a 
  id="dx1-6031"></a> that’s used immediately after the
@@ -3101,21 +3208,21 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 1533--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span 
+</p><!--l. 1578--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 1534--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1579--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaddpresetkeys</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-6032"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpresetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1536--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 1538--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaddpostsetkeys</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-6033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpostsetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1540--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1585--><p class="noindent" >
 For example, to default to using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">equation</span><a 
  id="dx1-6034"></a> counter in maths mode:
@@ -3129,7 +3236,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1548--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span 
+<!--l. 1593--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span 
 class="cmss-10">counter</span><a 
  id="dx1-6035"></a> in the
 optional argument of <span 
@@ -3139,7 +3246,7 @@
 href="#styopt.equations"><span 
 class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-6036"></a> package option.)
-</p><!--l. 1554--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument):
+</p><!--l. 1599--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument):
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -3150,8 +3257,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpostsetkeys}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1561--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span 
+<!--l. 1606--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1608--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
  id="dx1-6037"></a> and <span 
@@ -3166,7 +3273,7 @@
  id="dx1-6039"></a> keys is intended
 primarily for adding locations in supplementary material that can’t be obtained from
 a counter.
-</p><!--l. 1572--><p class="indent" >   The principle key <span 
+</p><!--l. 1617--><p class="indent" >   The principle key <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
  id="dx1-6040"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span 
 class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a 
@@ -3179,12 +3286,12 @@
 class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9;. In general,
 there’s little need for this key as the prefix is typically associated with a counter that
 can be used to form hypertargets.
-</p><!--l. 1580--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
+</p><!--l. 1625--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
  id="dx1-6043"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application
 that will accept the given value. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1585--><p class="indent" >   For example, <span 
+</p><!--l. 1628--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1630--><p class="indent" >   For example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-6044"></a> will only accept locations in the form [&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">num</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -3208,7 +3315,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
 \glsadd[thevalue={Supplementary&#x00A0;Material}]{sample}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1595--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a 
+<!--l. 1640--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a 
  id="dx1-6046"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, since it will allow any location and
@@ -3223,7 +3330,7 @@
  id="dx1-6049"></a> key to prevent a
 hyperlink if one can’t naturally be formed from the prefix, counter and location
 value.
-</p><!--l. 1604--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose the file <span 
+</p><!--l. 1649--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose the file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains:
                                                                   
 
@@ -3240,7 +3347,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\gls{sample}.
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1619--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
+<!--l. 1664--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
 location in the glossary. Then this can be done by setting <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
  id="dx1-6050"></a> to <span 
@@ -3261,13 +3368,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1638--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span 
+<!--l. 1683--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-6051"></a> as it’s in the form &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">num</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">sep</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">num</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 1642--><p class="indent" >   If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
+</p><!--l. 1687--><p class="indent" >   If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
 <a 
 href="#catattr.externallocation"><span 
 class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a 
@@ -3281,7 +3388,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1650--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span 
+<!--l. 1695--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format:
                                                                   
 
@@ -3290,7 +3397,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
 \glsadd[thevalue={S.2},format=glsxtrsupphypernumber]{sample}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1654--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span 
+<!--l. 1699--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-6053"></a> package. Remember that the counter
 used for the location also needs to match. If <span 
@@ -3306,14 +3413,14 @@
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-6055"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1664--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span 
+</p><!--l. 1709--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span 
 class="cmti-10">may not </span>take you to the
 relevant place in the external PDF file <span 
 class="cmti-10">depending on your PDF viewer</span>. Some may not
 support external links, and some may take you to the first page or last visited page.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 1669--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1671--><p class="indent" >   For example, if both <span 
+</p><!--l. 1714--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1716--><p class="indent" >   For example, if both <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.pdf </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf</span>
 are in the same directory, then viewing <span 
@@ -3321,7 +3428,7 @@
 take you to the correct location in the linked document (when you click on the S.2
 external link), but Okular will take you to the top of the first page of the linked
 document.
-</p><!--l. 1678--><p class="indent" >   This method can only be used where there is one external source for the
+</p><!--l. 1723--><p class="indent" >   This method can only be used where there is one external source for the
 designated category (identified by the <a 
 href="#catattr.externallocation"><span 
 class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a 
@@ -3335,12 +3442,12 @@
 of the designated external documents without the need to explicitly use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1686--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1731--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 1686--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1731--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:see"></a>Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)</h3>
-<!--l. 1689--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span 
+<!--l. 1734--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
  id="dx1-7001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>,
@@ -3367,9 +3474,9 @@
  id="dx1-7008"></a><a 
  id="dx1-7009"></a> environment on the next
 run.
-</p><!--l. 1702--><p class="indent" >   This modification allows <span 
+</p><!--l. 1747--><p class="indent" >   This modification allows <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to provide
-</p><!--l. 1703--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1748--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7010"></a> <span 
@@ -3377,13 +3484,13 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 1705--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1750--><p class="noindent" >
 which is used at the end of the document to automatically add any unused
 cross-references unless the package option <a 
 href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-7011"></a> was set to false.
-</p><!--l. 1710--><p class="indent" >   As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 1755--><p class="indent" >   As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
  id="dx1-7012"></a> key will now work for entries
 defined in the <span 
@@ -3412,9 +3519,9 @@
  id="dx1-7019"></a>
 value to be stored even though it may not be possible to index it at that
 point.
-</p><!--l. 1721--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
+</p><!--l. 1766--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
 entry using
-</p><!--l. 1723--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1768--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusesee</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7020"></a> <span 
@@ -3421,9 +3528,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1725--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1770--><p class="noindent" >
 This internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1727--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7021"></a> <span 
@@ -3432,7 +3539,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1729--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1774--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9; are obtained from the value of the entry’s <span 
@@ -3454,7 +3561,7 @@
  id="dx1-7024"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 1738--><p class="indent" >   As with the base <span 
+</p><!--l. 1783--><p class="indent" >   As with the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-7025"></a> package, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is defined to do <span 
@@ -3469,25 +3576,25 @@
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-7026"></a>, which always requires a final argument to encapsulate the associated
 location. The command
-</p><!--l. 1744--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1789--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a 
  id="dx1-7027"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1745--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1790--><p class="noindent" >
 used to iterate over the list of cross-reference labels is also unchanged from
 the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-7028"></a> package, with each item in the list formatted according
 to:
-</p><!--l. 1750--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1795--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitem</span><a 
  id="dx1-7029"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1751--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1796--><p class="noindent" >
 This is defined by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-7030"></a> package to: </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -3530,9 +3637,9 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
 \renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsxtrhiername{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1769--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1771--><p class="indent" >   The command:
-</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 1814--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1816--><p class="indent" >   The command:
+</p><!--l. 1817--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhiername</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7036"></a> <span 
@@ -3539,7 +3646,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1774--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1819--><p class="noindent" >
 performs a recursive action:
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
      <li 
@@ -3561,18 +3668,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort</span>) otherwise
      the name is displayed (using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname</span>).</li></ol>
-<!--l. 1785--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn’t have a parent. Each level is separated
+<!--l. 1830--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn’t have a parent. Each level is separated
 by:
-</p><!--l. 1787--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1832--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhiernamesep</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7042"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1789--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1834--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to “ <span 
 class="cmmi-9">&#x22B3; </span>”. This can be redefined as appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 1793--><p class="indent" >   There are some case-changing variants:
-</p><!--l. 1794--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1838--><p class="indent" >   There are some case-changing variants:
+</p><!--l. 1839--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrhiername</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7043"></a> <span 
@@ -3579,12 +3686,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1796--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1841--><p class="noindent" >
 The top-level has the first letter changed to upper case (either <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort </span>or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname</span>). There’s no case-change for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 1801--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1846--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrhiername</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7044"></a> <span 
@@ -3591,12 +3698,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1803--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1848--><p class="noindent" >
 All levels have the first letter changed to upper case (either <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort </span>or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1807--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1852--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrhiername</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7045"></a> <span 
@@ -3603,12 +3710,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1809--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1854--><p class="noindent" >
 The top-level is converted to upper case (either <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSaccessshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSaccessname</span>).
 There’s no case-change for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 1814--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1859--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSXTRhiername</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7046"></a> <span 
@@ -3615,11 +3722,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSXTRhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1816--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1861--><p class="noindent" >
 All levels are converted to upper case (either <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSaccessshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSaccessname</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1820--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you want to suppress the <a 
+</p><!--l. 1865--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you want to suppress the <a 
  id="dx1-7047"></a>number list using <a 
 href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a 
@@ -3638,7 +3745,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 1827--><p class="indent" >   Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
+</p><!--l. 1872--><p class="indent" >   Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
 with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>to append the cross-reference after the description. For
 example:
@@ -3653,11 +3760,11 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1836--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a 
+<!--l. 1881--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a 
  id="dx1-7053"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> has been
 suppressed.
-</p><!--l. 1840--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span 
+</p><!--l. 1885--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
  id="dx1-7054"></a> key. Unlike <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
@@ -3677,11 +3784,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat</span>, described
 below).
-</p><!--l. 1848--><p class="indent" >   You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span 
+</p><!--l. 1893--><p class="indent" >   You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
  id="dx1-7057"></a> key
 using:
-</p><!--l. 1850--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1895--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseealso</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7058"></a> <span 
@@ -3688,10 +3795,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1852--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1897--><p class="noindent" >
 This works in much the same way as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>but it internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1855--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1900--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7059"></a> <span 
@@ -3698,7 +3805,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1857--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1902--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
@@ -3714,13 +3821,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1868--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1870--><p class="indent" >   The actual unformatted comma-separated list &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 1913--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1915--><p class="indent" >   The actual unformatted comma-separated list &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xr-list</span>&#x27E9; stored in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
  id="dx1-7060"></a> field
 can be accessed with:
-</p><!--l. 1872--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1917--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseealsolabels</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7061"></a> <span 
@@ -3727,7 +3834,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1874--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1919--><p class="noindent" >
 This will just expand to the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xr-labels</span>&#x27E9; provided in the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
@@ -3742,7 +3849,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>, so it can’t be automatically treated as a simple comma-separated
 list.
-</p><!--l. 1882--><p class="indent" >   As mentioned above, the base <span 
+</p><!--l. 1927--><p class="indent" >   As mentioned above, the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a 
  id="dx1-7064"></a>, which
@@ -3753,7 +3860,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>as
 the argument. For convenience, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides
-</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1932--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseelist</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7065"></a> <span 
@@ -3760,13 +3867,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1889--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1934--><p class="noindent" >
 which fully expands its argument and passes it to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1892--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1937--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
  id="dx1-7066"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
-</p><!--l. 1893--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1938--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexseealso</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7067"></a> <span 
@@ -3775,7 +3882,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1895--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1940--><p class="noindent" >
 which just does </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -3794,15 +3901,15 @@
  id="dx1-7069"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>cross-reference class is used instead.
-<!--l. 1904--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 1949--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 1904--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1949--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 1907--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span 
+<!--l. 1952--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>display text at
 that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant
@@ -3813,7 +3920,7 @@
 it’s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) and the entry
 format.
-</p><!--l. 1914--><p class="indent" >   The default entry format (<span 
+</p><!--l. 1959--><p class="indent" >   The default entry format (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-8002"></a>) used in the <a 
  id="dx1-8003"></a><a 
@@ -3896,15 +4003,15 @@
      </a><a 
 href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>).
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 1944--><p class="indent" >   This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
+<!--l. 1989--><p class="indent" >   This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
 than abbreviations if it’s more appropriate for the desired style.
-</p><!--l. 1948--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.04, <span 
+</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.04, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-8024"></a> now puts <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-8025"></a> in the argument of
 the new command
-</p><!--l. 1950--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1995--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrregularfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8026"></a> <span 
@@ -3911,7 +4018,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1952--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1997--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does its argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; by default. This means that if you want regular
 entries in a different font but don’t want that font to apply to abbreviations, then
@@ -3924,7 +4031,7 @@
 href="#catattr.textformat"><span 
 class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-8028"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 1961--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 2006--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -3932,7 +4039,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1964--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span 
+<!--l. 2009--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. For example, you can query the
 category:
                                                                   
@@ -3943,7 +4050,7 @@
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1970--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called
+<!--l. 2015--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">font</span>:
                                                                   
@@ -3955,7 +4062,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1978--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example:
+<!--l. 2023--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -3963,12 +4070,12 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{textformat}{textsf}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1982--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span 
+<!--l. 2027--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1985--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates
+</p><!--l. 2030--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>:
-</p><!--l. 1987--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2032--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbreviationfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8029"></a> <span 
@@ -3975,11 +4082,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbreviationfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1989--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2034--><p class="noindent" >
 This also just does its argument by default. Font changes made by abbreviation styles
 are within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 2038--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to insert information
 after the <a 
@@ -3988,35 +4095,35 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>is redefined
 to
-</p><!--l. 1996--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2041--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8031"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1998--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2043--><p class="noindent" >
 This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <a 
 href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span 
 class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-8032"></a> attribute
 is set to “true” for the current entry’s category. It will also do
-</p><!--l. 2002--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlink</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="noindent" >
 if a full stop hasn’t be discarded and
-</p><!--l. 2006--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2051--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8034"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2008--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="noindent" >
 if a full stop has been discarded.
-</p><!--l. 2011--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category
+</p><!--l. 2056--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category
 attribute) to determine whether or not to discard a following full stop. In which case
 you can redefine:
-</p><!--l. 2014--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2059--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8035"></a> <span 
@@ -4027,7 +4134,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2016--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2061--><p class="noindent" >
 You can access the field’s label using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. This command should do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if the
@@ -4041,9 +4148,9 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod}[2]{#2}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2023--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category
+<!--l. 2068--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category
 attributes will be checked.)
-</p><!--l. 2027--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span 
+</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands within the
 post-link hook as they will cause interference. Consider using commands like
@@ -4055,8 +4162,8 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a 
 href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>) instead.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 2032--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2034--><p class="indent" >   By default <span 
+</p><!--l. 2077--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2079--><p class="indent" >   By default <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<a 
@@ -4068,7 +4175,7 @@
  id="dx1-8037"></a> category, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been
 defined.)
-</p><!--l. 2039--><p class="indent" >   You can define the post-link hook command using <span 
+</p><!--l. 2084--><p class="indent" >   You can define the post-link hook command using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newcommand</span>, for
 example:
                                                                   
@@ -4080,8 +4187,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2045--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 2090--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2092--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdefpostlink</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8038"></a> <span 
@@ -4090,7 +4197,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="noindent" >
 This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -4104,7 +4211,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div>
 </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 2057--><p class="indent" >   The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
+<!--l. 2102--><p class="indent" >   The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<a 
@@ -4119,21 +4226,21 @@
 adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional
 material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be
 reinserted.
-</p><!--l. 2070--><p class="indent" >   There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
+</p><!--l. 2115--><p class="indent" >   There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
 the post-<a 
  id="dx1-8041"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks:
-</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2117--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8042"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2074--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2119--><p class="noindent" >
 This will add the description in parentheses on <a 
  id="dx1-8043"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2077--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a 
+</p><!--l. 2122--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a 
  id="dx1-8044"></a>first
 use for entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
@@ -4147,25 +4254,25 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2084--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2086--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 2129--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2131--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8046"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2088--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2133--><p class="noindent" >
 This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a 
  id="dx1-8047"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. (Does nothing if
 the symbol hasn’t been set.)
-</p><!--l. 2092--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2137--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8048"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2139--><p class="noindent" >
 (New to v1.31.) On <a 
  id="dx1-8049"></a>first use, this will append <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4174,7 +4281,7 @@
 symbol is defined otherwise it just appends <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">description</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 2100--><p class="indent" >   If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
+</p><!--l. 2145--><p class="indent" >   If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a 
  id="dx1-8050"></a> within the post-<a 
@@ -4183,7 +4290,7 @@
  id="dx1-8052"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have
 been unset. Instead you can use
-</p><!--l. 2103--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2148--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8053"></a> <span 
@@ -4192,7 +4299,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2150--><p class="noindent" >
 This will do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if the last used entry was the <a 
  id="dx1-8054"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it
@@ -4203,7 +4310,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so don’t rely on it outside of the post-<a 
  id="dx1-8055"></a>link-text
 hook.
-</p><!--l. 2113--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 2158--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-8056"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a 
@@ -4226,8 +4333,8 @@
  id="dx1-8063"></a>first use otherwise
 the inline full format would include the footnote, which is inappropriate.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 2122--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2124--><p class="indent" >   For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a 
+</p><!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2169--><p class="indent" >   For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a 
  id="dx1-8064"></a>link-text
 on <a 
  id="dx1-8065"></a>first use for the <span 
@@ -4242,8 +4349,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2130--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2132--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+<!--l. 2175--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2177--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-8067"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a 
@@ -4250,12 +4357,12 @@
  id="dx1-8068"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the
 footnote after trailing punctuation characters.
-</p><!--l. 2136--><p class="indent" >   You can set the default options used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 2181--><p class="indent" >   You can set the default options used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a 
  id="dx1-8069"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-8070"></a> etc with:
-</p><!--l. 2138--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2183--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8071"></a> <span 
@@ -4262,7 +4369,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2140--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2185--><p class="noindent" >
 For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do:
                                                                   
 
@@ -4271,7 +4378,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
 \GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2145--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 2190--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want
 the location added to the <a 
  id="dx1-8072"></a><a 
@@ -4280,7 +4387,7 @@
 argument of commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2152--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you don’t want <span 
+</p><!--l. 2197--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you don’t want <span 
 class="cmti-10">any </span>indexing, just omit <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and
 <span 
@@ -4291,18 +4398,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a 
  id="dx1-8074"></a>
 instead.
-</p><!--l. 2158--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
+</p><!--l. 2203--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts </span>doesn’t affect <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2160--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2162--><p class="indent" >   If you want to change the default value of <span 
+</p><!--l. 2205--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" >   If you want to change the default value of <span 
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
  id="dx1-8075"></a>, you can instead use:
-</p><!--l. 2164--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"> <span 
+</p><!--l. 2209--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2166--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2211--><p class="noindent" >
 This has the advantage of also working for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. For example, if you
 want all locations in the back matter to appear in italic (unless explicitly
@@ -4315,8 +4422,8 @@
 \backmatter
 &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2173--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2175--><p class="indent" >   Commands like <span 
+<!--l. 2218--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2220--><p class="indent" >   Commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-8076"></a> have star (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">*</span>) and plus (<span 
@@ -4326,7 +4433,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a
 third modifier, if required, using
-</p><!--l. 2179--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2224--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8077"></a> <span 
@@ -4336,7 +4443,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2226--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9; is the character used as the modifier and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9; is the default set of
@@ -4343,11 +4450,11 @@
 options (which may be overridden). Note that &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9; must be a single character (not a
 UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>).
-</p><!--l. 2188--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 2233--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9; take care of any changes in category code.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 2191--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2193--><p class="indent" >   Example:
+</p><!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2238--><p class="indent" >   Example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -4355,7 +4462,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
 \GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2196--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 2241--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It’s
 not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do
@@ -4366,17 +4473,17 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
 \gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2202--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 2247--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you
 can’t combine the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">* </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">! </span>modifiers.
-</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+</p><!--l. 2252--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="dx1-8078"></a><a 
 href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use
-</p><!--l. 2209--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2254--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8079"></a> <span 
@@ -4391,7 +4498,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2211--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2256--><p class="noindent" >
 This command is provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check
@@ -4400,8 +4507,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to
 obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting
 command.
-</p><!--l. 2218--><p class="indent" >   If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
-</p><!--l. 2219--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2263--><p class="indent" >   If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
+</p><!--l. 2264--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8080"></a> <span 
@@ -4411,9 +4518,9 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2221--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" >
 otherwise it uses
-</p><!--l. 2223--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2268--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8081"></a> <span 
@@ -4423,11 +4530,11 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" >
 for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;)
 or
-</p><!--l. 2228--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2273--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendloc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8082"></a> <span 
@@ -4437,16 +4544,16 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2230--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2275--><p class="noindent" >
 for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 2234--><p class="indent" >   By default the start range command saves the format in
-</p><!--l. 2235--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="indent" >   By default the start range command saves the format in
+</p><!--l. 2280--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlocrangefmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8083"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2237--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" >
 and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4457,9 +4564,9 @@
    <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
 (If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 2245--><p class="indent" >   The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
+</p><!--l. 2290--><p class="indent" >   The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
 does
-</p><!--l. 2247--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2292--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8084"></a> <span 
@@ -4469,7 +4576,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2249--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2294--><p class="noindent" >
 (which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4483,7 +4590,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 2256--><p class="indent" >   This means that the list
+</p><!--l. 2301--><p class="indent" >   This means that the list
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -4493,7 +4600,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}.
 </div>
-<!--l. 2261--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
+<!--l. 2306--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -4503,14 +4610,14 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}.
 </div>
-<!--l. 2267--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
+<!--l. 2312--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
 accommodate the ranges.
-</p><!--l. 2272--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2272--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2275--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a 
+<!--l. 2320--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a 
  id="dx1-9001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you may find it more convenient to use the record
@@ -4520,7 +4627,7 @@
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>
 instead.
-</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 2324--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a 
  id="dx1-9002"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
@@ -4533,7 +4640,7 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>5
 </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2285--><p class="indent" >   For example, instead of just doing:
+</p><!--l. 2330--><p class="indent" >   For example, instead of just doing:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -4541,7 +4648,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
 \glsenableentrycount
 </div>
-<!--l. 2288--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
+<!--l. 2333--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -4550,23 +4657,23 @@
 \glsenableentrycount
 &#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2293--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span 
+<!--l. 2338--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-9004"></a> category, but any
 entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged.
-</p><!--l. 2298--><p class="indent" >   Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
+</p><!--l. 2343--><p class="indent" >   Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
 described in <a 
 href="#sec:entrycount"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2301--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2301--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glsunset"></a>First Use Flag</h3>
-<!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 2349--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides
-</p><!--l. 2306--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2351--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a 
  id="dx1-10001"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4576,7 +4683,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2307--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2352--><p class="noindent" >
 to determine whether or not an entry has been used. This requires the entry to have
 been defined. If the entry is undefined, then the underlying boolean variable doesn’t
 exist and so is neither true nor false. This command will produce an error with the
@@ -4595,7 +4702,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9; will be performed if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; doesn’t
 exist.
-</p><!--l. 2318--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+</p><!--l. 2363--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-10004"></a> option automatically implements <a 
@@ -4608,7 +4715,7 @@
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. In this case, you may prefer
 to use:
-</p><!--l. 2322--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2367--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-10007"></a> <span 
@@ -4621,7 +4728,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2369--><p class="noindent" >
 (new to v1.34) which does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is undefined or if
@@ -4639,8 +4746,8 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a 
 href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display Style
 Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2333--><p class="indent" >   There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+:
-</p><!--l. 2334--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2378--><p class="indent" >   There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+:
+</p><!--l. 2379--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslocalreseteach</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-10010"></a> <span 
@@ -4647,9 +4754,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreseteach{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2336--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2381--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 2338--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2383--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunseteach</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-10011"></a> <span 
@@ -4656,7 +4763,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunseteach{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2340--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2385--><p class="noindent" >
 These behave like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>but the argument is a
@@ -4664,7 +4771,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 comma-separated list of labels.
-</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" >   The internal command used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="indent" >   The internal command used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is modified first to allow for the
 changing in entry counting, described above, but also to allow for buffering pending
 unsets when commands like <span 
@@ -4680,7 +4787,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
 \ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\gls{html}.}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2353--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error:
+<!--l. 2398--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -4688,7 +4795,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
 Glossary&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;`{html}'&#x00A0;has&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;been&#x00A0;defined.
 </div>
-<!--l. 2357--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 2402--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span> inside the argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\mbox</span>. For
 example:
@@ -4699,7 +4806,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
 \ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\mbox{\gls{html}}.}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2362--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the
+<!--l. 2407--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the
 first use flag causes a problem and results in the error:
                                                                   
 
@@ -4708,17 +4815,17 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
 !&#x00A0;Package&#x00A0;soul&#x00A0;Error:&#x00A0;Reconstruction&#x00A0;failed.
 </div>
-<!--l. 2368--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+<!--l. 2413--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of temporarily switching off <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span>
 so that it just makes a note of the entry’s label but doesn’t actually perform the
 change:
-</p><!--l. 2372--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2417--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-10013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2374--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2419--><p class="noindent" >
 The unstarred version doesn’t check for duplicates, so the internal list may
 end up with multiple occurrences of the same label. The starred version
 only adds a label to the internal list if it’s not already in it. Note that this
@@ -4726,14 +4833,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and does not affect the local
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2382--><p class="indent" >   Later you can restore <span 
+</p><!--l. 2427--><p class="indent" >   Later you can restore <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and unset all buffered labels using:
-</p><!--l. 2384--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2429--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-10014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2386--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2431--><p class="noindent" >
 The starred form <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering* </span>uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>instead. For
@@ -4755,9 +4862,9 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2405--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer
+<!--l. 2450--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer
 using
-</p><!--l. 2408--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2453--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-10015"></a> <span 
@@ -4765,23 +4872,23 @@
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2410--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2455--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; is a control sequence that takes a single argument (which is the entry label).
 This is best used with the starred version <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering* </span>to avoid
 duplicates.
-</p><!--l. 2415--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until
+</p><!--l. 2460--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span>, multiple references of the same term within the
 buffering zone will always be treated as first use (if the term wasn’t used before the
 buffering started). </div>
-</p><!--l. 2421--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2423--><p class="indent" >   There can still be a problem here as content within <span 
+</p><!--l. 2466--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2468--><p class="indent" >   There can still be a problem here as content within <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\mbox </span>can’t break across a
 line so you may end up with an overfull line or excessive white space within the
 paragraph.
-</p><!--l. 2427--><p class="indent" >   An alternative is to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 2472--><p class="indent" >   An alternative is to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>:
                                                                   
 
@@ -4792,7 +4899,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\protect\gls{html}.}
 &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
 </div>
-<!--l. 2432--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another
+<!--l. 2477--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another
 possibility is:
                                                                   
 
@@ -4815,7 +4922,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2455--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span 
+<!--l. 2500--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>outside of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>and uses <span 
 class="cmss-10">textformat</span><a 
@@ -4830,7 +4937,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gul</span>, which locally changes the regular
 font and the default abbreviation font to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ul</span>. It then uses
-</p><!--l. 2462--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2507--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-10018"></a> <span 
@@ -4839,7 +4946,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2464--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2509--><p class="noindent" >
 which (protected) fully expands &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; before applying &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;, which must be a control
@@ -4851,12 +4958,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>can’t deal with. For example, if an abbreviation style is used
 that contains complex formatting or if the field value contains problematic
 content.
-</p><!--l. 2474--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2474--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6   </span> <a 
  id="plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 2476--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
+<!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
 the singular with a suffix appended. This isn’t an absolute rule. There are
 plenty of exceptions (for example, geese, children, churches, elves, fairies,
 sheep). The <span 
@@ -4870,7 +4977,7 @@
                                                                   
 the term is a symbol) and in some cases the plural may be identical to the
 singular.
-</p><!--l. 2485--><p class="indent" >   To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
+</p><!--l. 2530--><p class="indent" >   To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
 formed by appending a suffix to the singular, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-11003"></a> package lets the <span 
@@ -4886,11 +4993,11 @@
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
  id="dx1-11007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the
 exceptions.
-</p><!--l. 2494--><p class="indent" >   For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2539--><p class="indent" >   For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
  id="dx1-11008"></a> field will always need to
 be supplied, where needed.
-</p><!--l. 2497--><p class="indent" >   There are other plural fields, such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 2542--><p class="indent" >   There are other plural fields, such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-11009"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
@@ -4900,7 +5007,7 @@
 you are using a language that doesn’t have a simple suffix rule, you’ll have to
 supply the plural forms if you need them (and if a plural makes sense in the
 context).
-</p><!--l. 2503--><p class="indent" >   If these fields are omitted, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2548--><p class="indent" >   If these fields are omitted, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-11012"></a> package follows these rules: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
@@ -4961,7 +5068,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-11031"></a> field.
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 2526--><p class="indent" >   This <span 
+<!--l. 2571--><p class="indent" >   This <span 
 class="cmti-10">last case is changed </span>with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. With this extension package, the
 <span 
@@ -4976,12 +5083,12 @@
 implemented, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is redefined. In most cases its redefined to
 use
-</p><!--l. 2534--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2579--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-11035"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2536--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2581--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>. Some of the abbreviation styles have their
 own command for the plural suffix, such as <span 
@@ -4997,7 +5104,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 2546--><p class="indent" >   If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
+</p><!--l. 2591--><p class="indent" >   If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
 attributes that affect the short plural suffix formation. The first is <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
@@ -5010,7 +5117,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
 '\abbrvpluralsuffix
 </div>
-<!--l. 2551--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span 
+<!--l. 2596--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is appended. The second
 attribute is <a 
 href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span 
@@ -5021,12 +5128,12 @@
 same as <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-11039"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2557--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2602--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2557--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2602--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7   </span> <a 
  id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h3>
-<!--l. 2560--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span 
+<!--l. 2605--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-12001"></a> in the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
@@ -5039,7 +5146,7 @@
 For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an
 abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext
 Markup Language.
-</p><!--l. 2568--><p class="indent" >   Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2613--><p class="indent" >   Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package:
                                                                   
 
@@ -5050,8 +5157,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext&#x00A0;Markup&#x00A0;Language}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2574--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2576--><p class="indent" >   The main problems are:
+<!--l. 2619--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2621--><p class="indent" >   The main problems are:
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
      <li 
   class="enumerate" id="x1-12006x1"><a 
@@ -5070,7 +5177,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
      \gls{\uppercase&#x00A0;ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2584--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+     <!--l. 2629--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this
      will effectively try to do
                                                                   
@@ -5080,7 +5187,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
      \uppercase{\gls{ssi}}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2589--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span 
+     <!--l. 2634--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>so the entry won’t be recognised.
      This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as
      <span 
@@ -5121,15 +5228,15 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
      This&#x00A0;section&#x00A0;discusses&#x00A0;\gls{ssi},&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{shtml}.
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2608--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+     <!--l. 2653--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" >This  section  discusses  server  side  includes  (SSI),  hypertext
+         <!--l. 2656--><p class="noindent" >This  section  discusses  server  side  includes  (SSI),  hypertext
          markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></div>
-     <!--l. 2614--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
+     <!--l. 2659--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
  id="dx1-12019"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces “SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)”.
-     </p><!--l. 2617--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 2662--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry is used before the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>entry is
@@ -5143,17 +5250,17 @@
      The&#x00A0;sample&#x00A0;files&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;either&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;but&#x00A0;let's
      &#x00A0;<br />first&#x00A0;discuss&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}.
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2623--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+     <!--l. 2668--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 2626--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
+         <!--l. 2671--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
          or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let’s
          first discuss SSI.</p></div>
-     <!--l. 2631--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
+     <!--l. 2676--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
  id="dx1-12020"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
      enabled HTML (SHTML)”, which looks a bit strange.
-     </p><!--l. 2635--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 2680--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two
      entries:
                                                                   
@@ -5163,17 +5270,17 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
      This&#x00A0;article&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;introduction&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\gls{shtml}.
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2639--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+     <!--l. 2684--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 2642--><p class="noindent" >This  article  is  an  introduction  to  server  side  includes  (SSI)
+         <!--l. 2687--><p class="noindent" >This  article  is  an  introduction  to  server  side  includes  (SSI)
          enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></div>
-     <!--l. 2645--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
+     <!--l. 2690--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
  id="dx1-12021"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
      enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)”, which is even more
      strange.
-     </p><!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 2694--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example:
@@ -5184,7 +5291,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
      \setacronymstyle{long-short}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2654--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span 
+     <!--l. 2699--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>when displaying the
      long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so
@@ -5196,7 +5303,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>by
      <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span>.
-     </p><!--l. 2662--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 2707--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry between uses of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>
      entry. For example:
@@ -5207,10 +5314,10 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
      \gls{shtml}&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;\glsreset{html}\gls{shtml}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2666--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span 
+     <!--l. 2711--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>produces “Shypertext markup language (HTML)”,
      which is downright weird.
-     </p><!--l. 2670--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
+     </p><!--l. 2715--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
      amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem
      for some styles, but if you use one of the “sm” styles (that use <span 
@@ -5243,7 +5350,7 @@
      in the glossary or they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the
      glossary.
      </li></ol>
-<!--l. 2691--><p class="indent" >   For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
+<!--l. 2736--><p class="indent" >   For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
 like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a 
  id="dx1-12031"></a> or <span 
@@ -5260,7 +5367,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={\acrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\acrshort{html}}]
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2699--><p class="nopar" > with <span 
+<!--l. 2744--><p class="nopar" > with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or:
                                                                   
 
@@ -5271,7 +5378,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={\glsxtrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort{html}}]
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2705--><p class="nopar" > with <span 
+<!--l. 2750--><p class="nopar" > with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don’t
 use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a 
@@ -5282,7 +5389,7 @@
  id="dx1-12034"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn’t fix any of the other problems listed
 above.
-</p><!--l. 2712--><p class="indent" >   If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2757--><p class="indent" >   If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>:
                                                                   
@@ -5296,10 +5403,10 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsabbrvfont{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2721--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
+<!--l. 2766--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
 This isn’t a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same
 style.
-</p><!--l. 2726--><p class="indent" >   However if you’re really determined to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 2771--><p class="indent" >   However if you’re really determined to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-12035"></a> in a field that may be included
 within some <a 
@@ -5323,7 +5430,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
 \gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2737--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
+<!--l. 2782--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -5332,7 +5439,7 @@
 {\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}}&#x00A0;enabled
 &#x00A0;<br />{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2742--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems&#x00A0;<a 
+<!--l. 2787--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob">4<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob --></a>, <a 
 href="#itm:indexingprob">5<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:indexingprob --></a> and <a 
 href="#itm:nestedhyplinkprob">6<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedhyplinkprob --></a> listed above, but still doesn’t fix problems&#x00A0;<a 
@@ -5348,7 +5455,7 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12040"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2753--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 2798--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a 
  id="dx1-12041"></a> or
 <span 
@@ -5386,7 +5493,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
 \newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\acrshort{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2766--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a 
+<!--l. 2811--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12047"></a> style) the <a 
@@ -5400,7 +5507,7 @@
 {\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}}&#x00A0;enabled
 &#x00A0;<br />{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
 </div>
-<!--l. 2772--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
+<!--l. 2817--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -5409,7 +5516,7 @@
 \newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrshort{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2777--><p class="nopar" > then the <a 
+<!--l. 2822--><p class="nopar" > then the <a 
  id="dx1-12049"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like:
                                                                   
@@ -5420,7 +5527,7 @@
 {\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}}&#x00A0;enabled
 &#x00A0;<br />{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
 </div>
-<!--l. 2782--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span 
+<!--l. 2827--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in
 this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The
@@ -5431,8 +5538,8 @@
  id="dx1-12051"></a>. Note
 that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>doesn’t set the abbreviation style.
-</p><!--l. 2790--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use:
-</p><!--l. 2791--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2835--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use:
+</p><!--l. 2836--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrp</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-12052"></a> <span 
@@ -5441,7 +5548,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2793--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2838--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the field label and corresponds to a command in the form <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -5451,8 +5558,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2798--><p class="indent" >   There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
-</p><!--l. 2799--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2843--><p class="indent" >   There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
+</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsps</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-12053"></a> <span 
@@ -5459,13 +5566,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsps{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2801--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2846--><p class="noindent" >
 which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}</span></span></span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and
-</p><!--l. 2803--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glspt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-12054"></a> <span 
@@ -5472,13 +5579,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glspt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2805--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2850--><p class="noindent" >
 which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{text}</span></span></span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2808--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 2853--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>command behaves much like the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; commands described
@@ -5495,7 +5602,7 @@
  id="dx1-12056"></a> to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true</span>. If you want to change this, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 2815--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2860--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetpopts</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-12057"></a> <span 
@@ -5502,7 +5609,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2817--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2862--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
@@ -5511,17 +5618,17 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
 \glsxtrsetpopts{hyper=false}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2821--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
+<!--l. 2866--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
 this command or you can end up back to the original problem of nested
 links.
-</p><!--l. 2826--><p class="indent" >   The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
+</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="indent" >   The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
 command:
-</p><!--l. 2828--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glossxtrsetpopts</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-12058"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2830--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="noindent" >
 which by default just does
                                                                   
 
@@ -5530,7 +5637,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
 \glsxtrsetpopts{noindex}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2834--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span 
+<!--l. 2879--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>is used in the
 glossary. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -5540,8 +5647,8 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
 \renewcommand{\glossxtrsetpopts}{\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex=false}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2839--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2841--><p class="indent" >   For example,
+<!--l. 2884--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2886--><p class="indent" >   For example,
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -5549,7 +5656,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
 \glsxtrp{short}{ssi}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2844--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
+<!--l. 2889--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -5559,7 +5666,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2850--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
+<!--l. 2895--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -5569,8 +5676,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2856--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
-</p><!--l. 2859--><p class="indent" >   If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 2901--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
+</p><!--l. 2904--><p class="indent" >   If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}</span></span></span> occurs in a sectioning mark, it’s equivalent
 to
                                                                   
@@ -5580,11 +5687,11 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
 {\glsxtrheadshort{ssi}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2863--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a 
+<!--l. 2908--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a 
 href="#catattr.headuc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12059"></a> attribute.)
-</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="indent" >   If <span 
+</p><!--l. 2911--><p class="indent" >   If <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-12060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -5591,8 +5698,8 @@
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9;
 (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{ssi}</span></span></span> in the above example).
-</p><!--l. 2870--><p class="indent" >   There are similar commands
-</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2915--><p class="indent" >   There are similar commands
+</p><!--l. 2916--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrp</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-12061"></a> <span 
@@ -5601,9 +5708,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2918--><p class="noindent" >
 for first letter upper case and
-</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2920--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrp</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-12062"></a> <span 
@@ -5612,9 +5719,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2877--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2922--><p class="noindent" >
 for all upper case.
-</p><!--l. 2880--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 2925--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-12063"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a 
@@ -5626,8 +5733,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a 
  id="dx1-12066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used
 by those case-changing commands. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2886--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2888--><p class="indent" >   You can, with care, protect against issue&#x00A0;<a 
+</p><!--l. 2931--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2933--><p class="indent" >   You can, with care, protect against issue&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#itm:nestedfirstucprob">1<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedfirstucprob --></a> by inserting an empty group at the
 start if the long form starts with a command that breaks the first letter uppercasing
 commands like <span 
@@ -5634,7 +5741,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>, but you still won’t be able to use the all caps commands, such
 as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2894--><p class="indent" >   If you <span 
+</p><!--l. 2939--><p class="indent" >   If you <span 
 class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is
                                                                   
 
@@ -5644,8 +5751,8 @@
 \newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrp{short}{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2898--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
-</p><!--l. 2901--><p class="indent" >   Example document:
+<!--l. 2943--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
+</p><!--l. 2946--><p class="indent" >   Example document:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -5675,16 +5782,16 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2939--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2984--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2941--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8   </span> <a 
  id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h3>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 2944--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and
 redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
@@ -5705,7 +5812,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
 \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2952--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just
+<!--l. 2997--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
                                                                   
@@ -5723,7 +5830,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2965--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span 
+<!--l. 3010--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>:
                                                                   
 
@@ -5740,7 +5847,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2977--><p class="nopar" > Table&#x00A0;<a 
+<!--l. 3022--><p class="nopar" > Table&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#tab:acrabbrvstyles">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:acrabbrvstyles --></a> lists the nearest equivalent <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviation styles for the
 predefined acronym styles provided by <span 
@@ -5755,7 +5862,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 2984--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 3029--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:acrabbrvstyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -5779,34 +5886,34 @@
 id="TBL-2-1" /><col 
 id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2991--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3036--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span>      </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3037--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">New Style Name</span>                                         </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3038--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-13003"></a>                </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3038--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13004"></a>                                                        </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-13005"></a>               </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13006"></a>                                                       </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3040--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-13007"></a>                </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3040--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13008"></a> <br 
@@ -5823,64 +5930,64 @@
 class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3042--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-13009"></a>                    </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3042--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13010"></a>                                                            </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3043--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-13011"></a>                </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3043--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13012"></a>                                                        </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3044--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-13013"></a>               </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3044--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13014"></a>                                                       </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3045--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13015"></a>             </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3045--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13016"></a>                                                      </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3046--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13017"></a>          </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3046--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13018"></a>                                                  </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13019"></a>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13020"></a>                                                 </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3003--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13021"></a>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3003--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13022"></a> <br 
@@ -5897,100 +6004,100 @@
 class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13023"></a>             </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13024"></a>                                                      </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3006--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13025"></a>          </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3006--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13026"></a>                                                  </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3007--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3052--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13027"></a>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3007--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3052--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13028"></a>                                                 </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3008--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">dua</span><a 
  id="dx1-13029"></a>                            </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3008--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13030"></a>                                                         </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3009--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13031"></a>                     </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3009--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13032"></a>                                                   </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3010--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
  id="dx1-13033"></a>                      </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3010--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13034"></a>                                                       </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3011--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13035"></a>                  </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3011--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13036"></a>                                                   </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3012--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a 
  id="dx1-13037"></a>                 </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3012--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13038"></a>                                                  </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3013--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13039"></a>               </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3013--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13040"></a>                                                </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3014--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13041"></a>            </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3014--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13042"></a>                                             </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3015--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3060--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13043"></a>           </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3015--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3060--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13044"></a>                                            </p></td></tr></table></div>
@@ -5999,7 +6106,7 @@
                                                                   
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 3019--><p class="indent" >   The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
+<!--l. 3064--><p class="indent" >   The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is because the original acronym commands provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are
@@ -6008,15 +6115,15 @@
 However, if you really want to restore the generic acronym function provided by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 3026--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3071--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\RestoreAcronyms</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-13045"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3028--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3073--><p class="noindent" >
 (before any use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
-</p><!--l. 3031--><p class="indent" >   <span 
+</p><!--l. 3076--><p class="indent" >   <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span>should not be used in combination with the newer
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviations. Don’t combine old and new style entries with the same
@@ -6026,7 +6133,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>acronym mechanism doesn’t work well with the newer
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>commands.
-</p><!--l. 3037--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
+</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>, don’t use any of the commands provided by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>intended for abbreviations (such as <span 
@@ -6038,8 +6145,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-13049"></a> as it will cause unexpected results.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 3043--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="indent" >   In general, there’s rarely any need for <span 
+</p><!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3090--><p class="indent" >   In general, there’s rarely any need for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a
 document that uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a 
@@ -6053,7 +6160,7 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:newabbrvstyle">Defining New Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newabbrvstyle --></a> for further
 details.)
-</p><!--l. 3052--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsacspace</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-13052"></a> <span 
@@ -6060,7 +6167,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="noindent" >
 The space command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a 
@@ -6067,16 +6174,16 @@
  id="dx1-13053"></a> acronym style provided
 by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>is modified so that it uses
-</p><!--l. 3058--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3103--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsacspacemax</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-13054"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3060--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3105--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be
 changed using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3064--><p class="indent" >   Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span 
+</p><!--l. 3109--><p class="indent" >   Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span><a 
  id="dx1-13055"></a> (such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
@@ -6091,15 +6198,15 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3069--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3071--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+<!--l. 3114--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3116--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
  id="dx1-13057"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 3072--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3117--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3074--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3119--><p class="noindent" >
 is redefined to use the <a 
  id="dx1-13058"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a 
@@ -6106,12 +6213,12 @@
  id="dx1-13059"></a>.
 This will be reset if you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3079--><p class="indent" >   The subsequent use acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 3080--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3124--><p class="indent" >   The subsequent use acronym font command
+</p><!--l. 3125--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" >
 is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-13060"></a>.
@@ -6118,11 +6225,11 @@
 This will be reset if you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
 </p>
-<!--l. 3087--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3132--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.9   </span> <a 
  id="x1-140002.9"></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 3090--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span 
+<!--l. 3135--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has a new supplementary package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-14001"></a>
@@ -6143,7 +6250,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-bookindex}
 &#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{bookindex}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3100--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a 
+<!--l. 3145--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a 
 href="#styopt.stylemods"><span 
 class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14004"></a> and <span 
@@ -6156,7 +6263,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
 \usepackage[stylemods=bookindex,style=bookindex]{glossaries-extra}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3104--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+<!--l. 3149--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-14006"></a> style only supports a maximum hierarchical level of 2 (top-level,
 level&#x00A0;1 and level&#x00A0;2). It’s primarily designed for use with <a 
@@ -6174,24 +6281,24 @@
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14009"></a> package
 option.)
-</p><!--l. 3115--><p class="indent" >   The number of columns is given by
-</p><!--l. 3116--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3160--><p class="indent" >   The number of columns is given by
+</p><!--l. 3161--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexcols</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcols </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3118--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3163--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to 2.
-</p><!--l. 3121--><p class="indent" >   This style uses the <span 
+</p><!--l. 3166--><p class="indent" >   This style uses the <span 
 class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a 
  id="dx1-14011"></a><a 
  id="dx1-14012"></a> environment. If the command
-</p><!--l. 3123--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3168--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3125--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3170--><p class="noindent" >
 isn’t empty then it’s supplied as the optional argument following <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\begin{multicols}</span></span></span>
 <span 
@@ -6204,12 +6311,12 @@
 class="cmss-10">multicols*</span><a 
  id="dx1-14016"></a><a 
  id="dx1-14017"></a> by redefining
-</p><!--l. 3129--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3174--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14018"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3131--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3176--><p class="noindent" >
 For example
                                                                   
 
@@ -6218,9 +6325,9 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv}{multicols*}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3135--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3137--><p class="indent" >   Each top-level entry is displayed using
-</p><!--l. 3138--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 3180--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3182--><p class="indent" >   Each top-level entry is displayed using
+</p><!--l. 3183--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14019"></a> <span 
@@ -6227,7 +6334,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3140--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3185--><p class="noindent" >
 where the entry is identified by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6244,7 +6351,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshassymbol{#1}{\space&#x00A0;(\glossentrysymbol{#1})}{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3149--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set):
+<!--l. 3194--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set):
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -6255,13 +6362,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshasdesc{#1}{\space&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription}{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3156--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook).
-</p><!--l. 3159--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the <span 
+<!--l. 3201--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook).
+</p><!--l. 3204--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9; hook to append
 information after the name according to the entry’s category.
-</p><!--l. 3163--><p class="indent" >   Sub-entries are displayed using
-</p><!--l. 3164--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3208--><p class="indent" >   Sub-entries are displayed using
+</p><!--l. 3209--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14020"></a> <span 
@@ -6268,14 +6375,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3166--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3211--><p class="noindent" >
 which just defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3169--><p class="indent" >   The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given
+</p><!--l. 3214--><p class="indent" >   The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3216--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14021"></a> <span 
@@ -6283,7 +6390,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3173--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3218--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label. This checks if the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">location </span>field has been set. If it
@@ -6295,7 +6402,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
 ,\glsxtrprelocation
 </div>
-<!--l. 3179--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span 
+<!--l. 3224--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span>(which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space</span>). If you’re not
 using <a 
@@ -6304,8 +6411,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">location</span><a 
  id="dx1-14023"></a> field won’t be set.
-</p><!--l. 3184--><p class="indent" >   The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 3186--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3229--><p class="indent" >   The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 3231--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14024"></a> <span 
@@ -6313,13 +6420,13 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3188--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3191--><p class="indent" >   The actual location list is encapsulated with:
-</p><!--l. 3192--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3236--><p class="indent" >   The actual location list is encapsulated with:
+</p><!--l. 3237--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexlocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14025"></a> <span 
@@ -6330,9 +6437,9 @@
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3194--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3239--><p class="noindent" >
 for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3196--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3241--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsublocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14026"></a> <span 
@@ -6343,33 +6450,33 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3198--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3243--><p class="noindent" >
 for sub-entries. These both just do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">location list</span>&#x27E9; by default.
-</p><!--l. 3201--><p class="indent" >   The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given
+</p><!--l. 3246--><p class="indent" >   The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 3203--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3248--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3205--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3250--><p class="noindent" >
 This defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopagebreak</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3208--><p class="indent" >   The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given
+</p><!--l. 3253--><p class="indent" >   The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 3210--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3255--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14028"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3212--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3257--><p class="noindent" >
 This defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3215--><p class="indent" >   The separator between top-level entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 3216--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3260--><p class="indent" >   The separator between top-level entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 3261--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexbetween</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14029"></a> <span 
@@ -6379,7 +6486,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label2</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3218--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3263--><p class="noindent" >
 This comes after the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label1</span>&#x27E9;, if the entry has no children, or after the
 last descendent otherwise, so it always comes immediately before the entry given by
@@ -6386,8 +6493,8 @@
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label2</span>&#x27E9; unless the entry occurs at the start of a group. This does nothing by
 default.
-</p><!--l. 3225--><p class="indent" >   The separator between two level&#x00A0;1 entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 3226--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3270--><p class="indent" >   The separator between two level&#x00A0;1 entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 3271--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14030"></a> <span 
@@ -6400,9 +6507,9 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 3228--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3230--><p class="indent" >   The separator between two level&#x00A0;2 entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 3231--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3275--><p class="indent" >   The separator between two level&#x00A0;2 entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 3276--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14031"></a> <span 
@@ -6413,9 +6520,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label2</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3278--><p class="noindent" >
 At the end of each letter group, the following hooks are done in order:
-</p><!--l. 3236--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3281--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14032"></a> <span 
@@ -6424,8 +6531,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">sub-sub-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3238--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3239--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3283--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3284--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14033"></a> <span 
@@ -6433,8 +6540,8 @@
 class="cmitt-10">sub-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3241--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3242--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3287--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14034"></a> <span 
@@ -6442,13 +6549,13 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3244--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3289--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">sub-sub-label</span>&#x27E9; is the label of the last level&#x00A0;2 entry, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">sub-label</span>&#x27E9; is the label of the
 last level&#x00A0;1 entry and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label of the last level&#x00A0;0 entry.
-</p><!--l. 3250--><p class="indent" >   For example, the resource option <span 
+</p><!--l. 3295--><p class="indent" >   For example, the resource option <span 
 class="cmtt-10">seealso=omit </span>instructs <a 
  id="dx1-14035"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
@@ -6485,7 +6592,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{#1}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3280--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span 
+<!--l. 3325--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem </span>to indent the cross-reference
 according to the next level down, so the cross-reference for a top-level entry is aligned
@@ -6495,7 +6602,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-14036"></a>
 style only supports a maximum of two sub-levels).
-</p><!--l. 3291--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 3336--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-14037"></a> style uses group headings. (If you use <a 
  id="dx1-14038"></a><a 
@@ -6504,7 +6611,7 @@
 it with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch.) The heading will use
-</p><!--l. 3294--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3339--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexbookmark</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14039"></a> <span 
@@ -6514,7 +6621,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3341--><p class="noindent" >
 If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>has been defined, this will use that command to bookmark the
 group title. If <a 
@@ -6526,8 +6633,8 @@
 isn’t appropriate. If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>hasn’t been defined, this command does
 nothin.
-</p><!--l. 3304--><p class="indent" >   The group heading is formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 3305--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3349--><p class="indent" >   The group heading is formatted according to
+</p><!--l. 3350--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexformatheader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14041"></a> <span 
@@ -6538,7 +6645,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 3307--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3352--><p class="noindent" >
 which is defined as
                                                                   
 
@@ -6549,7 +6656,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\par{\centering\glstreegroupheaderfmt{#1}\par}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3313--><p class="nopar" > where <span 
+<!--l. 3358--><p class="nopar" > where <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>is provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
  id="dx1-14042"></a> package, which is
@@ -6556,7 +6663,7 @@
 automatically loaded. Note that the entry names aren’t encapsulated with
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3319--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 3364--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-14043"></a> package provides some supplementary commands that
 aren’t used by default, but may be used when adjusting the style. These commands
@@ -6564,7 +6671,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\print</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x2026;glossary </span>commands. (That is, they
 should only be used in glossary styles.)
-</p><!--l. 3324--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3369--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14044"></a> <span 
@@ -6571,28 +6678,28 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3326--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3371--><p class="noindent" >
 This writes information to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file that can be read on the next run to obtain
 the first and last entry on each page of the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 3331--><p class="indent" >   You can display the first entry associated with the current page using:
-</p><!--l. 3333--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3376--><p class="indent" >   You can display the first entry associated with the current page using:
+</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14045"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="noindent" >
 and the last entry associated with the current page using:
-</p><!--l. 3338--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3383--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14046"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3340--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3385--><p class="noindent" >
 These do nothing if there are no entries marked on the current page (or if the
 document build isn’t up to date).
-</p><!--l. 3344--><p class="indent" >   The entry is formatted using:
-</p><!--l. 3345--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3389--><p class="indent" >   The entry is formatted using:
+</p><!--l. 3390--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14047"></a> <span 
@@ -6600,9 +6707,9 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3347--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3392--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first instance and
-</p><!--l. 3349--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3394--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14048"></a> <span 
@@ -6610,9 +6717,9 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3351--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3396--><p class="noindent" >
 for the last.
-</p><!--l. 3354--><p class="indent" >   These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page
+</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="indent" >   These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page
 number is stable. For example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname </span>can be redefined to mark the
 current entry:
@@ -6626,7 +6733,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3362--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine
+<!--l. 3407--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname </span>as it defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>:
@@ -6639,8 +6746,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3370--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3372--><p class="indent" >   Then if you’re using <span 
+<!--l. 3415--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3417--><p class="indent" >   Then if you’re using <span 
 class="cmss-10">fancyhdr</span><a 
  id="dx1-14049"></a> you can set the page style to show the first and last
 entry for the current page with:
@@ -6655,14 +6762,14 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\cfoot{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 3380--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3382--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3425--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3427--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3382--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3427--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10   </span> <a 
  id="x1-150002.10"></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 3385--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span 
+<!--l. 3430--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary
 package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a 
@@ -6680,12 +6787,12 @@
  id="dx1-15006"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15007"></a> instead. In order to do this you must
 use
-</p><!--l. 3392--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3437--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3394--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3439--><p class="noindent" >
 <span 
 class="cmti-10">before the style is set</span>. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -6696,7 +6803,7 @@
 \GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue
 &#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{long-name-desc}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3399--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 3444--><p class="nopar" > or
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -6705,17 +6812,17 @@
 \GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue
 &#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossary[style={long-name-desc}]
 </div>
-<!--l. 3404--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with:
-</p><!--l. 3407--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 3449--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with:
+</p><!--l. 3452--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraTabularVAlign</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15009"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraTabularVAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3409--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3454--><p class="noindent" >
 The default definition is <span 
 class="cmtt-10">c</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3412--><p class="indent" >   The column titles are formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 3413--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3457--><p class="indent" >   The column titles are formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 3458--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraHeaderFmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15010"></a> <span 
@@ -6722,45 +6829,45 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3415--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3460--><p class="noindent" >
 which simply does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 3418--><p class="indent" >   The name column has the title given by <span 
+</p><!--l. 3463--><p class="indent" >   The name column has the title given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-15011"></a> and the column alignment is
 given by:
-</p><!--l. 3420--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3465--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameAlign</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3422--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3467--><p class="noindent" >
 which expands to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">l </span>(left) by default.
-</p><!--l. 3425--><p class="indent" >   The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span 
+</p><!--l. 3470--><p class="indent" >   The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a 
  id="dx1-15013"></a> and
 the column alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 3427--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3472--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymbolAlign</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3474--><p class="noindent" >
 which expands to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">c </span>(centred) by default.
-</p><!--l. 3432--><p class="indent" >   The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span 
+</p><!--l. 3477--><p class="indent" >   The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a 
  id="dx1-15015"></a>
 and the column alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 3434--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3479--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationAlign</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3436--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3481--><p class="noindent" >
 which expands to
                                                                   
 
@@ -6769,22 +6876,22 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
 &#x003E;{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3440--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span 
+<!--l. 3485--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a 
  id="dx1-15017"></a> is defined in <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-15018"></a>,
 which is automatically loaded.)
-</p><!--l. 3444--><p class="indent" >   The description column has the title given by <span 
+</p><!--l. 3489--><p class="indent" >   The description column has the title given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a 
  id="dx1-15019"></a> and the column
 alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 3446--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3491--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescAlign</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15020"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3448--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3493--><p class="noindent" >
 which expands to
                                                                   
 
@@ -6793,24 +6900,24 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
 &#x003E;{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3452--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span 
+<!--l. 3497--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a 
  id="dx1-15021"></a> is defined in <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-15022"></a>,
 which is automatically loaded.)
-</p><!--l. 3456--><p class="indent" >   Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span 
+</p><!--l. 3501--><p class="indent" >   Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, these new styles try
 to determine the value of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>at the start of the glossary according to the
 number of columns provided by the style. The calculations are performed by the
 following commands:
-</p><!--l. 3461--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3506--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3463--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3508--><p class="noindent" >
 This is used by the styles that have a name and description column. The value of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is computed as:
@@ -6819,7 +6926,7 @@
 <img 
 src="glossaries-extra-manual0x.png" alt="\glsdescwidth = \linewidth- 4\tabcolsep- W
 " class="math-display"  /></center>
-<!--l. 3468--><p class="nopar" > where <span 
+<!--l. 3513--><p class="nopar" > where <span 
 class="cmmi-10">W </span>is a guess at the width of the name column. This is first set to the width of
 the name column header: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -6833,7 +6940,7 @@
 </div>
 </div> If any names in that column are larger than this, then you need to specify the widest
 name using:
-<!--l. 3476--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 3521--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSetWidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15024"></a> <span 
@@ -6840,9 +6947,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetWidest{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">widest name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3523--><p class="noindent" >
 or
-</p><!--l. 3480--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3525--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraUpdateWidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15025"></a> <span 
@@ -6849,7 +6956,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidest{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3482--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="noindent" >
 These work like the analogous commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest</span>
@@ -6866,7 +6973,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option. If you have the entry counter enabled,
 you will need to include this with the name for the extra material to be taken into
 account.
-</p><!--l. 3492--><p class="indent" >   The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you
+</p><!--l. 3537--><p class="indent" >   The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you
 want to use <a 
  id="dx1-15029"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span 
@@ -6877,7 +6984,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 3496--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15031"></a> <span 
@@ -6888,7 +6995,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3498--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3543--><p class="noindent" >
 This does nothing by default, but if you are including the child names then you need
 to redefine this command:
                                                                   
@@ -6900,8 +7007,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glslongextraUpdateWidest{#2}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3505--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3507--><p class="indent" >   If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to
+<!--l. 3550--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3552--><p class="indent" >   If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to
 redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span>. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -6913,16 +7020,16 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\linewidth}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3514--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3516--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span 
+<!--l. 3559--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3561--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set
 with:
-</p><!--l. 3518--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3563--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15032"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3520--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3565--><p class="noindent" >
 This first uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -6940,7 +7047,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addtolength{\glsdescwidth}{-3cm}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3531--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 3576--><p class="nopar" > or
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -6950,16 +7057,16 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.5\linewidth}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3537--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3539--><p class="indent" >   For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span 
+<!--l. 3582--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3584--><p class="indent" >   For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>
 is set using:
-</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3586--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3543--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3588--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -6969,16 +7076,16 @@
 both <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>if appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 3549--><p class="indent" >   For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column,
+</p><!--l. 3594--><p class="indent" >   For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column,
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set using:
-</p><!--l. 3551--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3596--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15034"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3553--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3598--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -6986,8 +7093,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. Again, you can redefine this command to
 explicitly set both lengths.
-</p><!--l. 3559--><p class="indent" >   In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 3560--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3604--><p class="indent" >   In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 3605--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameFmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15035"></a> <span 
@@ -6994,7 +7101,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3562--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3607--><p class="noindent" >
 This does </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -7011,8 +7118,8 @@
 </div>
 </div> which includes the entry counter (if enabled), the target and the post-name
 link.
-<!--l. 3569--><p class="indent" >   The top-level description is formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 3570--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 3614--><p class="indent" >   The top-level description is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 3615--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescFmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15036"></a> <span 
@@ -7019,13 +7126,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3572--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3617--><p class="noindent" >
 This does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 3576--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using:
-</p><!--l. 3577--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3621--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using:
+</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymbolFmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15037"></a> <span 
@@ -7032,13 +7139,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3579--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3582--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a location list column format the list using:
-</p><!--l. 3583--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3627--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a location list column format the list using:
+</p><!--l. 3628--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationFmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15038"></a> <span 
@@ -7051,11 +7158,11 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 3585--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3630--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">locations</span>&#x27E9; and ignores the label.
-</p><!--l. 3588--><p class="indent" >   The child entries have their name formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 3589--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" >   The child entries have their name formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSubNameFmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15039"></a> <span 
@@ -7065,7 +7172,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3591--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3636--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9; is the hierarchical level. This defaults to: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -7081,7 +7188,7 @@
 </div>
 </div> This includes the sub-entry counter (if enabled) and the target but doesn’t show the
 name. The child description is formatted according to:
-<!--l. 3598--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 3643--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSubDescFmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15040"></a> <span 
@@ -7091,13 +7198,13 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3600--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3645--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</p><!--l. 3603--><p class="indent" >   The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to:
-</p><!--l. 3604--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3648--><p class="indent" >   The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to:
+</p><!--l. 3649--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSubSymbolFmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15041"></a> <span 
@@ -7107,14 +7214,14 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3606--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3651--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 3609--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries
+</p><!--l. 3654--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries
 using:
-</p><!--l. 3611--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3656--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationFmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15042"></a> <span 
@@ -7127,11 +7234,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">locations</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3613--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3658--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">locations</span>&#x27E9; and ignores the level and label.
-</p><!--l. 3616--><p class="indent" >   The letter group headings are formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 3617--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="indent" >   The letter group headings are formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraGroupHeading</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15043"></a> <span 
@@ -7141,13 +7248,13 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3619--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3664--><p class="noindent" >
 which does nothing by default. The first argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; is the number of columns in the
 table. The second argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the group label (not the title, although they may
 happen to be the same).
-</p><!--l. 3625--><p class="indent" >   This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example:
+</p><!--l. 3670--><p class="indent" >   This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -7160,11 +7267,11 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\noalign{\vskip\normalbaselineskip}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3633--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column
+<!--l. 3678--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column
 formatted according to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt </span>(to match the column
 header).
-</p><!--l. 3638--><p class="indent" >   Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The
+</p><!--l. 3683--><p class="indent" >   Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The
 name column’s title is given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span>, the description column’s title is given by
 <span 
@@ -7183,13 +7290,13 @@
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-15046"></a> option). The name is shown in
      the first column and the description in the second.
-     <!--l. 3651--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with:
-     </p><!--l. 3653--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3696--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with:
+     </p><!--l. 3698--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15047"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3655--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3700--><p class="noindent" >
      This essentially uses the same code as for <span 
 class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a 
  id="dx1-15048"></a> but makes it
@@ -7203,22 +7310,22 @@
      \glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader\endhead
      &#x00A0;<br />\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter\endfoot
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3662--><p class="nopar" > where:
-     </p><!--l. 3664--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3707--><p class="nopar" > where:
+     </p><!--l. 3709--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15049"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3666--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3711--><p class="noindent" >
      sets up the header and
-     </p><!--l. 3668--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3713--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15050"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3670--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3715--><p class="noindent" >
      sets up the footer. If you have setup the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-15051"></a><a 
@@ -7229,7 +7336,7 @@
  id="dx1-15054"></a> environment
      (and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span>isn’t used).
-     </p><!--l. 3676--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span 
+     </p><!--l. 3721--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-15055"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15056"></a>
@@ -7241,7 +7348,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
      \renewcommand{\glslongextraNameDescHeader}{}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3680--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred:
+     <!--l. 3725--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -7249,7 +7356,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
      \renewcommand{\glslongextraNameAlign}{c}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3684--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 3729--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
  </dt><dd 
 class="description"><span 
@@ -7261,33 +7368,33 @@
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-15059"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15060"></a> header is given by:
-     <!--l. 3689--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3734--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15061"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3691--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3736--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-15062"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15063"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 3694--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3739--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15064"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3696--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3741--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 3698--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3743--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15065"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3700--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3745--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
  </dt><dd 
 class="description"><span 
@@ -7301,32 +7408,32 @@
  id="dx1-15068"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15069"></a> header is formatted according
      to:
-     <!--l. 3707--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3752--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescNameHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15070"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3709--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3754--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-15071"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15072"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 3712--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3757--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15073"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3714--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3759--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 3716--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3761--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15074"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3718--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3763--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -7340,33 +7447,33 @@
  id="dx1-15076"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15077"></a> header is formatted according
      to:
-     <!--l. 3724--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3769--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15078"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3726--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3771--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-15079"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15080"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 3729--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3774--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15081"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3731--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3776--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 3733--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15082"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3735--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
  </dt><dd 
 class="description"><span 
@@ -7373,37 +7480,37 @@
 class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a 
  id="dx1-15083"></a> This is has three columns, with the name in the first, the
      description in the second and the symbol in the third.
-     <!--l. 3741--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     <!--l. 3786--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-15084"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15085"></a> header row is produced with:
-     </p><!--l. 3742--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3787--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15086"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3744--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-15087"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15088"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 3747--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3792--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15089"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3749--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3794--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3796--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15090"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3753--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3798--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
  </dt><dd 
 class="description"><span 
@@ -7411,7 +7518,7 @@
  id="dx1-15091"></a> This is has four columns, with the name in the first, the
      description in the second, the symbol in the third and the location list in the
      fourth.
-     <!--l. 3759--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     <!--l. 3804--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-15092"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15093"></a> header row is produced with:
@@ -7418,33 +7525,33 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 3760--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3805--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15094"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3762--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3807--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-15095"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15096"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 3765--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3810--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15097"></a>
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3812--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 3769--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15098"></a>
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3771--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3816--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
  </dt><dd 
 class="description"><span 
@@ -7456,33 +7563,33 @@
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-15101"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15102"></a> header row is given by:
-     <!--l. 3776--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3821--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15103"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3823--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-15104"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15105"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 3781--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3826--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15106"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3783--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3828--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3830--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15107"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3787--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3832--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
  </dt><dd 
 class="description"><span 
@@ -7494,19 +7601,19 @@
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-15110"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15111"></a> header row is given by:
-     <!--l. 3792--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3837--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15112"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3794--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3839--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-15113"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15114"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 3797--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3842--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15115"></a>
@@ -7515,15 +7622,15 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 3799--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3844--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 3801--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3846--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15116"></a>
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3803--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
  </dt><dd 
 class="description"><span 
@@ -7534,33 +7641,33 @@
  id="dx1-15118"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15119"></a> header row is given
      by:
-     <!--l. 3808--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3853--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15120"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3810--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3855--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-15121"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15122"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 3813--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3858--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15123"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3815--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 3817--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3862--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15124"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3819--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3864--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
  </dt><dd 
 class="description"><span 
@@ -7571,33 +7678,33 @@
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-15126"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15127"></a> header row is given by:
-     <!--l. 3825--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3870--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15128"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3827--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3872--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-15129"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15130"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 3830--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3875--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15131"></a>
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3832--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3877--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 3834--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3879--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15132"></a>
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3836--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3881--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -7611,33 +7718,33 @@
  id="dx1-15134"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15135"></a> header row is given
      by:
-     <!--l. 3841--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3886--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15136"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3843--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3888--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-15137"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15138"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 3846--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3891--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15139"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3893--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 3850--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3895--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15140"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3852--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3897--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
  </dt><dd 
 class="description"><span 
@@ -7648,61 +7755,380 @@
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-15142"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15143"></a> header row is given by:
-     <!--l. 3858--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3903--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15144"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3905--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-15145"></a><a 
  id="dx1-15146"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 3863--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15147"></a>
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3865--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3910--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 3867--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3912--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15148"></a>
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3869--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3914--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
      </dd></dl>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 3873--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3918--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3873--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3918--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11   </span> <a 
+ id="x1-160002.11"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package</h3>
+<!--l. 3921--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary
+package <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16001"></a> that provides glossary styles designed for hierarchical glossaries
+where the top-level entries are topic titles. This package automatically loads the
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16002"></a> package. If the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16003"></a> package is also loaded then commands like
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>can be used on these styles in much the same way as for the <span 
+class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16004"></a>
+style. If a widest value isn’t set then these styles behave more like the <span 
+class="cmss-10">tree</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16005"></a>
+style.
+     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">topic</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16006"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This style is similar to the <span 
+class="cmss-10">tree</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16007"></a> style but the indentation doesn’t start until
+     the second sub-item level. The top-level entries have the name displayed
+     in a larger font with the description following in a new paragraph. This
+     style doesn’t support the <a 
+href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span 
+class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a 
+ id="dx1-16008"></a> setting.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">topicmcols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16009"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This style is like the <span 
+class="cmss-10">topic</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16011"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-16012"></a> environment. The environment name is supplied in the value of the
+     command:
+     <!--l. 3941--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicColsEnv</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16013"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicColsEnv </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 3943--><p class="noindent" >
+     You can change this to the starred form. For example:
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
+     \renewcommand{\glstopicColsEnv}{multicols*}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 3947--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command:
+     </p><!--l. 3949--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicCols</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16014"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicCols </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 3951--><p class="noindent" >
+     The default value is 2.</p></dd></dl>
+<!--l. 3954--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands.
+</p><!--l. 3955--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicParIndent</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16015"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicParIndent </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3957--><p class="noindent" >
+This command is a length that’s used for the paragraph indentation in any
+multi-paragraph description for top-level entries, but not for the first paragraph (at
+the start of the description) which isn’t indented.
+</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubIndent</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16016"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3965--><p class="noindent" >
+This command is a length that’s used to calculate the hanging indentation for
+sub-entries. The level&#x00A0;1 sub-entries don’t indent the name. Level&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmmi-10">n </span>sub-entries have
+the name indented by (<span 
+class="cmmi-10">n</span><span 
+class="cmsy-10">- </span>1)<span 
+class="cmsy-10">&#x00D7;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent</span>. The hanging indent depends on
+whether or not a widest name has been set for the level.
+</p><!--l. 3972--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicInit</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16017"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicInit </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3974--><p class="noindent" >
+Hook used at the start of the glossary. Does nothing by default.
+</p><!--l. 3977--><p class="indent" >   Although the styles don’t support letter groups by default, if you have many
+topics (top-level entries) and you feel that it would help the reader to divide them up
+into headed letter groups, you can redefine:
+</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicGroupHeading</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16018"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicGroupHeading{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">group label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3983--><p class="noindent" >
+This does nothing by default. If you want to redefine it, you can fetch the
+title corresponding to the group label with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgetgrouptitle</span>. For
+example:
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
+\renewcommand*{\glstopicGroupHeading}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#1}{\thisgrptitle}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\section*{\thisgrptitle}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3992--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a 
+ id="dx1-16019"></a><a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you will need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span>) switch to
+support this.
+</p><!--l. 3996--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicItem</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16020"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicItem{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">location list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3998--><p class="noindent" >
+Used to format the name, symbol, description and location list for the top-level
+entries. This starts with a paragraph break followed by:
+</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicPreSkip</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16021"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPreSkip </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4004--><p class="noindent" >
+which defaults to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\medskip</span>. There is then a hook:
+</p><!--l. 4006--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicMarker</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16022"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMarker{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4008--><p class="noindent" >
+which does nothing by default, but may be redefined. For example, to add a line to
+the table of contents. The name and symbol are set in the form of a title
+using:
+</p><!--l. 4013--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicTitle</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16023"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4015--><p class="noindent" >
+This uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname </span>which converts the first letter to upper case. If there’s a
+symbol, this is added in parentheses. Both name and symbol (if present) are
+encapsulated by
+</p><!--l. 4019--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicTitleFont</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16024"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitleFont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4021--><p class="noindent" >
+This uses a bold, large font by default.
+</p><!--l. 4024--><p class="indent" >   If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span>) then a
+paragraph break is inserted followed by:
+</p><!--l. 4026--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicMidSkip</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16025"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMidSkip </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4028--><p class="noindent" >
+which defaults to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is followed by the description which is formatted
+according to:
+</p><!--l. 4031--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicDesc</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16026"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicDesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4033--><p class="noindent" >
+This just does <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description
+hook.
+</p><!--l. 4037--><p class="indent" >   A paragraph break followed by:
+</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicPostSkip</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16027"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPostSkip </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4040--><p class="noindent" >
+comes next regardless of whether or not the description was displayed. This defaults
+to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is then followed by:
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 4044--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicLoc</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16028"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicLoc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">location list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4046--><p class="noindent" >
+which may be used to display the location list, but does nothing by default.
+</p><!--l. 4050--><p class="indent" >   The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using:
+</p><!--l. 4052--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicAssignSubIndent</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16029"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignSubIndent{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4054--><p class="noindent" >
+This uses:
+</p><!--l. 4056--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicAssignWidest</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16030"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignWidest{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4058--><p class="noindent" >
+to determine if a widest name has been set for the given level.
+</p><!--l. 4061--><p class="indent" >   The sub-entry has its information displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 4062--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubItem</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16031"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItem{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4064--><p class="noindent" >
+This encapsulates the name with:
+</p><!--l. 4066--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubNameFont</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16032"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubNameFont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4068--><p class="noindent" >
+By default this just uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span>. This is followed by:
+</p><!--l. 4070--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubItemSep</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16033"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemSep </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4072--><p class="noindent" >
+which defaults to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\quad</span>. The name and separator are passed in the &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; argument
+of:
+</p><!--l. 4075--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubItemBox</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16034"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemBox{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4077--><p class="noindent" >
+If a widest name was set for the given level, this will put &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; inside a box of that
+width otherwise it just does &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;.
+</p><!--l. 4082--><p class="indent" >   This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set, then the description and
+post-description hook, and finally the location list is displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 4085--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubLoc</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16035"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubLoc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4087--><p class="noindent" >
+which just does a space followed by &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9; by default.
+</p><!--l. 4090--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 4090--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.12   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 3876--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 4093--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
- id="dx1-16001"></a> package (more conveniently loaded through the
+ id="dx1-17001"></a> package (more conveniently loaded through the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span><a 
 href="#styopt.stylemods"><span 
 class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-16002"></a> option) modifies some of the predefined styles that are
+ id="dx1-17002"></a> option) modifies some of the predefined styles that are
 provided with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. These modifications are described in more detail
 in <a 
-href="#x1-190002.11.3"><span 
-class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.11.3 </a><a 
-href="#x1-190002.11.3">The <span 
+href="#x1-200002.12.3"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.12.3 </a><a 
+href="#x1-200002.12.3">The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3883--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4100--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16003"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first
+ id="dx1-17003"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first
 checking if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -7709,42 +8135,45 @@
 class="cmtt-10">groupname </span>exists. If it doesn’t exist, then the title is assumed to be
 the same as the label. For example, when typesetting the “A” letter group, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16004"></a>
+ id="dx1-17004"></a>
 first checks if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Agroupname </span>exists. This could potentially cause conflict with another
 package that may have some other meaning for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Agroupname</span>, so <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-16005"></a> first
+ id="dx1-17005"></a> first
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
 checks for the existence of the internal command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at grouptitle@</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;
 which shouldn’t clash with another package. You can set the group title
 using
-</p><!--l. 3895--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4112--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-16006"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-17006"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4114--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
 \glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A&#x00A0;(a)}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3901--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can
+<!--l. 4118--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 3904--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4121--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-16007"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-17007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -7751,60 +8180,60 @@
 class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3906--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4125--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11.1   </span> <a 
+<!--l. 4125--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.12.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:stylehooks"></a>Style Hooks</h4>
-<!--l. 3911--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span 
+<!--l. 4128--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
- id="dx1-17001"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-18001"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a 
- id="dx1-17002"></a> are modified to take into
+ id="dx1-18002"></a> are modified to take into
 account the <a 
 href="#catattr.glossname"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossname</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-17003"></a>, <a 
+ id="dx1-18003"></a>, <a 
 href="#catattr.glossdesc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-17004"></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-18004"></a> and <a 
 href="#catattr.glossdescfont"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-17005"></a> attributes (see <a 
+ id="dx1-18005"></a> attributes (see <a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This
 means you can make simple case-changing modifications to the name and description
 without defining a new glossary style.
-</p><!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" >   If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span 
+</p><!--l. 4134--><p class="indent" >   If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-17006"></a>, you can
+ id="dx1-18006"></a>, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 3919--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4136--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glossentrynameother</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-17007"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-18007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3921--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4138--><p class="noindent" >
 This behaves just like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>(that is, it obeys <a 
 href="#catattr.glossname"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossname</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-17008"></a>, <a 
+ id="dx1-18008"></a>, <a 
 href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-17009"></a> or
+ id="dx1-18009"></a> or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>and uses the post-name hook) but it uses the given &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; instead of
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-17010"></a>. The &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-18010"></a>. The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; argument must be the internal field name (for example <span 
 class="cmtt-10">desc </span>rather
 than <span 
@@ -7811,28 +8240,28 @@
 class="cmtt-10">description</span>). See the key to field mappings table in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user
 manual.
-</p><!--l. 3930--><p class="indent" >   There is a hook after <span 
+</p><!--l. 4147--><p class="indent" >   There is a hook after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
- id="dx1-17011"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-18011"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a 
- id="dx1-17012"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 3932--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-18012"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 4149--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-17013"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-18013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3934--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4151--><p class="noindent" >
 By default this checks the <a 
 href="#catattr.indexname"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-17014"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the
+ id="dx1-18014"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the
 category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed
 using
-</p><!--l. 3939--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a 
- id="dx1-17015"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-18015"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span><span 
@@ -7839,18 +8268,18 @@
 class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span 
 class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3940--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4157--><p class="noindent" >
 See <a 
 href="#sec:autoindex"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a 
 href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 3944--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span 
+</p><!--l. 4161--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9; if it exists. You can use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel</span><a 
- id="dx1-17016"></a> to
+ id="dx1-18016"></a> to
 obtain the entry label with the definition of this command. For example,
 suppose you are using a glossary style the doesn’t display the symbol, you can
 insert the symbol after the name for a particular category, say, the “symbol”
@@ -7859,21 +8288,21 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;(\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3955--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3957--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 4172--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
+</p><!--l. 4174--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdefpostname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-17017"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-18017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3959--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4176--><p class="noindent" >
 This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -7887,35 +8316,35 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div>
 </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 3966--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does
-</p><!--l. 3967--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 4183--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does
+</p><!--l. 4184--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsextrapostnamehook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-17018"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-18018"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsextrapostnamehook{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3969--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4186--><p class="noindent" >
 (before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;) to allow for additional non-category related code.
 This does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 3974--><p class="indent" >   The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
+</p><!--l. 4191--><p class="indent" >   The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
 does
-</p><!--l. 3976--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4193--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostdescription</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-17019"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-18019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3978--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4195--><p class="noindent" >
 This occurs before the original <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <a 
 href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-17020"></a>
+ id="dx1-18020"></a>
 option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop.
-</p><!--l. 3983--><p class="indent" >   This new command will do <span 
+</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="indent" >   This new command will do <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9; if it exists, where
 &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -7923,22 +8352,22 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescgeneral </span>for entries with the category set to <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
- id="dx1-17021"></a> or
+ id="dx1-18021"></a> or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescacronym </span>for entries with the category set to <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-17022"></a>. For
+ id="dx1-18022"></a>. For
 convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3990--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4207--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdefpostdesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-17023"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-18023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3992--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4209--><p class="noindent" >
 This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -7952,37 +8381,37 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div>
 </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 3999--><p class="indent" >   Since both <span 
+<!--l. 4216--><p class="indent" >   Since both <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set
-</p><!--l. 4000--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4217--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glscurrententrylabel</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-17024"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-18024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4219--><p class="noindent" >
 to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these
 post-description hooks if you need to reference the label.
-</p><!--l. 4007--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
+</p><!--l. 4224--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
 description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
- id="dx1-17025"></a> category, then you could
+ id="dx1-18025"></a> category, then you could
 do:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;(plural:&#x00A0;\glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4013--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
+<!--l. 4230--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
 more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the
 underlying glossary style.)
-</p><!--l. 4018--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span 
+</p><!--l. 4235--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if
 you redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span 
@@ -7992,68 +8421,68 @@
 the <a 
 href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-17026"></a> option to suppress the terminating full stop.) See <a 
-href="#x1-190002.11.3"><span 
-class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.11.3 </a><a 
-href="#x1-190002.11.3">The
+ id="dx1-18026"></a> option to suppress the terminating full stop.) See <a 
+href="#x1-200002.12.3"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.12.3 </a><a 
+href="#x1-200002.12.3">The
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a> to patch the predefined styles provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 that are missing <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4027--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4029--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4244--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4029--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11.2   </span> <a 
+<!--l. 4246--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.12.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glosstylenumlist"></a>Number List</h4>
-<!--l. 4032--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
- id="dx1-18001"></a><a 
+<!--l. 4249--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
+ id="dx1-19001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of
-</p><!--l. 4033--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4250--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-18002"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-19002"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4035--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4252--><p class="noindent" >
 This is internally used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <a 
 href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-18003"></a> option
+ id="dx1-19003"></a> option
 redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>so that it doesn’t display the <a 
- id="dx1-18004"></a>number list, but it
+ id="dx1-19004"></a>number list, but it
 still saves the <a 
- id="dx1-18005"></a>number list in case it’s required.
-</p><!--l. 4041--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a 
- id="dx1-18006"></a>number list always use the <a 
+ id="dx1-19005"></a>number list in case it’s required.
+</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a 
+ id="dx1-19006"></a>number list always use the <a 
 href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-18007"></a> option
+ id="dx1-19007"></a> option
 instead of redefining <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4045--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4047--><p class="indent" >   If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a 
- id="dx1-18008"></a>number list
+</p><!--l. 4262--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="indent" >   If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a 
+ id="dx1-19008"></a>number list
 then redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don’t modify
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4051--><p class="indent" >   Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a 
- id="dx1-18009"></a>number list. This
+</p><!--l. 4268--><p class="indent" >   Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a 
+ id="dx1-19009"></a>number list. This
 is quite fiddly to do with the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a
 way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display
 using:
-</p><!--l. 4056--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4273--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-18010"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-19010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">page</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8060,10 +8489,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">pages</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4058--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4275--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">page</span>&#x27E9; is the text to display if the <a 
- id="dx1-18011"></a>number list only contains a single location and
+ id="dx1-19011"></a>number list only contains a single location and
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">pages</span>&#x27E9; is the text to display otherwise. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -8070,33 +8499,33 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
 \GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page:&#x00A0;}{Pages:&#x00A0;}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4064--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
-</p><!--l. 4067--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span 
+<!--l. 4281--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
+</p><!--l. 4284--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span 
 class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page
 number (and only index the entry once). </div>
-</p><!--l. 4070--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4072--><p class="indent" >   See the accompanying sample file <span 
+</p><!--l. 4287--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4289--><p class="indent" >   See the accompanying sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4074--><p class="indent" >   Note that <a 
- id="dx1-18012"></a><a 
+</p><!--l. 4291--><p class="indent" >   Note that <a 
+ id="dx1-19012"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty
 location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4295--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4078--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11.3   </span> <a 
- id="x1-190002.11.3"></a>The <span 
+<!--l. 4295--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.12.3   </span> <a 
+ id="x1-200002.12.3"></a>The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h4>
-<!--l. 4081--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span 
+<!--l. 4298--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
- id="dx1-19001"></a> that
+ id="dx1-20001"></a> that
 will redefine the predefined styles to include the post-description hook (for those that
 are missing it). You will need to make sure the styles have already been defined
 before loading <span 
@@ -8105,12 +8534,12 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
 \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4090--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span 
+<!--l. 4307--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8117,59 +8546,59 @@
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;
 as a package option to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
- id="dx1-19002"></a>. For example:
+ id="dx1-20002"></a>. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
 \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4098--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a 
+<!--l. 4315--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a 
 href="#styopt.stylemods"><span 
 class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-19003"></a> key when you load <span 
+ id="dx1-20003"></a> key when you load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You can
 omit a value if you only want to use the predefined styles that are automatically
 loaded by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(for example, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a 
- id="dx1-19004"></a> style):
+ id="dx1-20004"></a> style):
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
 \usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4105--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a 
+<!--l. 4322--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a 
 href="#styopt.stylemods"><span 
 class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-19005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package
+ id="dx1-20005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package
 identifiers. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
 \usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4110--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
+<!--l. 4327--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
 \usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4114--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4116--><p class="indent" >   Note that the <span 
+<!--l. 4331--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4333--><p class="indent" >   Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">inline</span><a 
- id="dx1-19006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition
+ id="dx1-20006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition
 provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a 
- id="dx1-19007"></a> package uses <span 
+ id="dx1-20007"></a> package uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>at the end of the
 glossary (not after each entry description) within the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span>.
@@ -8184,23 +8613,23 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>). This means that the
 modified <span 
 class="cmss-10">inline</span><a 
- id="dx1-19008"></a> style isn’t affected by the <a 
+ id="dx1-20008"></a> style isn’t affected by the <a 
 href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-19009"></a> option, but the post-description
+ id="dx1-20009"></a> option, but the post-description
 category hook can still be used.
-</p><!--l. 4130--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4347--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
- id="dx1-19010"></a><a 
- id="dx1-19011"></a>-like styles, such as <span 
+ id="dx1-20010"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-20011"></a>-like styles, such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-19012"></a> are adjusted so that the <span 
+ id="dx1-20012"></a> are adjusted so that the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsnogroupskip</span><a 
- id="dx1-19013"></a>
+ id="dx1-20013"></a>
 conditional (set with <a 
 href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-19014"></a>) is moved outside of the definition of
+ id="dx1-20014"></a>) is moved outside of the definition of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid problems that cause an “Incomplete <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error with
@@ -8210,23 +8639,23 @@
 change this conditional using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries </span>or using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a 
- id="dx1-19015"></a> option in
+ id="dx1-20015"></a> option in
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, you must also
 reset the glossary style.
-</p><!--l. 4141--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span 
+</p><!--l. 4358--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space </span>before the <a 
- id="dx1-19016"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-20016"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in many of
 the predefined styles is replaced with
-</p><!--l. 4144--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4361--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprelocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19017"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4146--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4363--><p class="noindent" >
 This just defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space </span>but may be redefined as required. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -8233,84 +8662,84 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\dotfill}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4151--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4153--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+<!--l. 4368--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4370--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
- id="dx1-19018"></a> styles use
-</p><!--l. 4154--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-20018"></a> styles use
+</p><!--l. 4371--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslistprelocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19019"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4373--><p class="noindent" >
 (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and
-</p><!--l. 4158--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4375--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslistchildprelocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19020"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20020"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4160--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="noindent" >
 (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation</span>) for child items.
-</p><!--l. 4163--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed
+</p><!--l. 4380--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed
 by:
-</p><!--l. 4165--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslistdesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19021"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20021"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4167--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4384--><p class="noindent" >
 for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
- id="dx1-19022"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-20022"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-19023"></a> styles (but not the <span 
+ id="dx1-20023"></a> styles (but not the <span 
 class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a 
- id="dx1-19024"></a> variations).
-</p><!--l. 4171--><p class="indent" >   For just the <span 
+ id="dx1-20024"></a> variations).
+</p><!--l. 4388--><p class="indent" >   For just the <span 
 class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
- id="dx1-19025"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span 
+ id="dx1-20025"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span 
 class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-19026"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-20026"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a 
- id="dx1-19027"></a>
+ id="dx1-20027"></a>
 variations) the <a 
- id="dx1-19028"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-20028"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> for child entries is followed by
-</p><!--l. 4174--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4391--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslistchildpostlocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19029"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildpostlocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4176--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4393--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to a full stop.
-</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="indent" >   The default value of <span 
+</p><!--l. 4396--><p class="indent" >   The default value of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a 
- id="dx1-19030"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start
+ id="dx1-20030"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start
 of the document (if it hasn’t been changed in the preamble). This should
 take into account situations where <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn’t set until the start of the
 document.
-</p><!--l. 4184--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4401--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19031"></a> package introduced two new commands in <span 
+ id="dx1-20031"></a> package introduced two new commands in <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-19032"></a> version 4.22,
+ id="dx1-20032"></a> version 4.22,
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-19033"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-20033"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-19034"></a>, which are used to format
+ id="dx1-20034"></a>, which are used to format
 the letter group headings and the navigation elements for the appropriate styles.
 These two new commands are defined in terms of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-19035"></a> since that was
+ id="dx1-20035"></a> since that was
 the command originally used for the group headings and navigation. This
 now allows these different elements to be defined independently, but the
 most common redefinition is for <span 
@@ -8320,16 +8749,16 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>has been defined, as from v1.31 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
- id="dx1-19036"></a>
+ id="dx1-20036"></a>
 defines:
-</p><!--l. 4197--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4414--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19037"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20037"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4199--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4416--><p class="noindent" >
 which simply does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -8348,142 +8777,142 @@
 
                                                                   
 you now can.
-</p><!--l. 4209--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4426--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-19038"></a>-like and <span 
+ id="dx1-20038"></a>-like and <span 
 class="cmss-10">tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19039"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a 
- id="dx1-19040"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-20039"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a 
+ id="dx1-20040"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> space with
-</p><!--l. 4211--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4428--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstreeprelocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19041"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20041"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4213--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4430--><p class="noindent" >
 (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and
-</p><!--l. 4215--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4432--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstreechildprelocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19042"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20042"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4217--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4434--><p class="noindent" >
 (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>) for child items.
-</p><!--l. 4220--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.31, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4437--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.31, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package also provides:
-</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4439--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstreenonamedesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19043"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20043"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamedesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4224--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4441--><p class="noindent" >
 which is used by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a 
- id="dx1-19044"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the
+ id="dx1-20044"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the
 description and the post-description hook. Similarly for the symbol:
-</p><!--l. 4228--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4445--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstreenonamesymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19045"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20045"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamesymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4230--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4447--><p class="noindent" >
 The above are just used for top-level entries. Child entries don’t have the name or
 symbol displayed for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a 
- id="dx1-19046"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child
+ id="dx1-20046"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child
 description:
-</p><!--l. 4234--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4451--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstreenonamechilddesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19047"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20047"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamechilddesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4236--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4238--><p class="indent" >   For the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4453--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4455--><p class="indent" >   For the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19048"></a> styles (but not the <span 
+ id="dx1-20048"></a> styles (but not the <span 
 class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a 
- id="dx1-19049"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-20049"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19050"></a> styles), the description is
+ id="dx1-20050"></a> styles), the description is
 displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 4240--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4457--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstreedesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19051"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20051"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4242--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4459--><p class="noindent" >
 and the symbol with:
-</p><!--l. 4244--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4461--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstreesymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19052"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20052"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreesymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4463--><p class="noindent" >
 Again the above two commands are just for top-level entries. The child entries
 use:
-</p><!--l. 4249--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4466--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstreechilddesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19053"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20053"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4468--><p class="noindent" >
 for the description and
-</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4470--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstreechildsymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19054"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20054"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildsymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4472--><p class="noindent" >
 for the symbol.
-</p><!--l. 4259--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.05, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4476--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.05, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some
 additional commands for use with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19055"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These
+ id="dx1-20055"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These
 commands are only defined if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19056"></a> package has already been loaded,
+ id="dx1-20056"></a> package has already been loaded,
 which is typically the case unless the <a 
 href="#styopt.notree"><span 
 class="cmss-10">notree</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-19057"></a> option has been used when loading
+ id="dx1-20057"></a> option has been used when loading
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4484--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\gglssetwidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19058"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20058"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gglssetwidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4486--><p class="noindent" >
 (New to version 1.21.) This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19059"></a>) but
+ id="dx1-20059"></a>) but
 performs a global assignment.
-</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4491--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\eglssetwidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19060"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20060"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8492,129 +8921,129 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4493--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>but performs a protected expansion on &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;. This has a
 localised effect. For a global setting, use
-</p><!--l. 4280--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4497--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\xglssetwidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19061"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20061"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4282--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4499--><p class="noindent" >
 The following only set the value if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is wider than the current value (new to
 version 1.23). Local update:
-</p><!--l. 4285--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4502--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsupdatewidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19062"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20062"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4287--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4504--><p class="noindent" >
 Global update:
-</p><!--l. 4289--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4506--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\gglsupdatewidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19063"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20063"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gglsupdatewidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4291--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4508--><p class="noindent" >
 Locale update (expands &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;):
-</p><!--l. 4293--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4510--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\eglsupdatewidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19064"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20064"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4295--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4512--><p class="noindent" >
 Global update (expands &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;):
-</p><!--l. 4297--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4514--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\xglsupdatewidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19065"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20065"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\xglsupdatewidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4299--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="indent" >   The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
-</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4516--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4519--><p class="indent" >   The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
+</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19066"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20066"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4305--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4522--><p class="noindent" >
 for the top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 4307--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4524--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestsubname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19067"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20067"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4309--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" >
 for sub-entries, where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9; is the level number.
-</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you are using <a 
- id="dx1-19068"></a><a 
+</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you are using <a 
+ id="dx1-20068"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can use the resource option <span 
 class="cmtt-10">set-widest</span>
 which will try to determine the widest name of all the selected entries. This isn’t
 guaranteed to work as it may depend on fonts or commands that <a 
- id="dx1-19069"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-20069"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>
 can’t replicate, but it should be suitable for names that just consist of text,
 and can be more efficient than iterating over all the defined entries using
 <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4320--><p class="indent" >   The command <span 
+</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="indent" >   The command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19070"></a> has a
+ id="dx1-20070"></a> has a
 CamelCase synonym:
-</p><!--l. 4322--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4539--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19071"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20071"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4541--><p class="noindent" >
 Similar commands are also provided:
-</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4543--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19072"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20072"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary</span>
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4328--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4545--><p class="noindent" >
 This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only
 useful if the glossaries that use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19073"></a> style occur at the end of the document.
+ id="dx1-20073"></a> style occur at the end of the document.
 This command should be placed just before the start of the glossary. (Alternatively,
 place it at the end of the document and save the value in the auxiliary file for the
 next run.)
@@ -8621,56 +9050,56 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4336--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4553--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19074"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20074"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4338--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4555--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but if doesn’t check the <span 
 class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
- id="dx1-19075"></a> key. This is useful if
+ id="dx1-20075"></a> key. This is useful if
 all levels should have the same width for the name.
-</p><!--l. 4343--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4560--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyName</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19076"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20076"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4562--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 4349--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4566--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19077"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20077"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4351--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4568--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels
 as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored.
-</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4573--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19078"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20078"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4358--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4575--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 4362--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4579--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19079"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20079"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8678,15 +9107,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4365--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4582--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length
 of the widest symbol is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">register</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 4370--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4587--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19080"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20080"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary</span>
 <span 
@@ -8694,13 +9123,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4593--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19081"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20081"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8710,24 +9139,24 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4379--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4596--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a 
- id="dx1-19082"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-20082"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
 This requires <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-19083"></a> (see the <span 
+ id="dx1-20083"></a> (see the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual). The length of
 the widest symbol is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">symbol register</span>&#x27E9; and the length of the widest <a 
- id="dx1-19084"></a>number
+ id="dx1-20084"></a>number
 list is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">location register</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 4387--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4604--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19085"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20085"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8737,13 +9166,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4607--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 4394--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4611--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19086"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20086"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8751,19 +9180,19 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4397--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4614--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn’t measure the
 symbol. The length of the widest <a 
- id="dx1-19087"></a>number list is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-20087"></a>number list is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">register</span>&#x27E9;.
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4619--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19088"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20088"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary</span>
 <span 
@@ -8771,16 +9200,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4405--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 4409--><p class="indent" >   The layout of the symbol, description and <a 
- id="dx1-19089"></a><a 
+</p><!--l. 4626--><p class="indent" >   The layout of the symbol, description and <a 
+ id="dx1-20089"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is governed by
-</p><!--l. 4411--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4628--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19090"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20090"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8788,12 +9217,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4413--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4630--><p class="noindent" >
 for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 4415--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4632--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19091"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20091"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8801,29 +9230,29 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4417--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4634--><p class="noindent" >
 for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 4420--><p class="indent" >   There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4637--><p class="indent" >   There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19092"></a>
+ id="dx1-20092"></a>
 style:
-</p><!--l. 4422--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4639--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeInit</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19093"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20093"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4424--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4426--><p class="indent" >   The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
+</p><!--l. 4641--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4643--><p class="indent" >   The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
 is provided by the length
-</p><!--l. 4428--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4645--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-19094"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-20094"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4430--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4432--><p class="indent" >   For additional commands that are available with the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4647--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4649--><p class="indent" >   For additional commands that are available with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19095"></a> style, see the
+ id="dx1-20095"></a> style, see the
 documented code (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>). For examples, see the
 accompanying sample files <span 
@@ -8835,11 +9264,36 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 4439--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 4439--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4656--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 4656--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a 
  id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4442--><p class="indent" >   Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
+</p><!--l. 4659--><p class="indent" >   The new abbreviation system provided by <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is more flexible
+than the acronym handling provided by the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package modifies the underlying formatting used by <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(and
+its variants) so that terms that are recognised as abbreviations can have
+their formatting dealt with by the style. You therefore need to select an
+abbreviation style that ensures that <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(and its variants) displays the desired
+output.
+</p><!--l. 4668--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>with abbreviations as they
+aren’t flexible enough to handle some abbreviation styles and unexpected
+results may occur. Use commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong </span>in
+section headings or captions instead of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. If you don’t want the full form
+to show on first use of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>use one of the “nolong” or “noshort” styles.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 4676--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4678--><p class="indent" >   Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
 “laser”), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as “html”, that aren’t
 pronounced as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often
 replaced by an apostrophe, such as “don’t”). The “acronym” code provided by the
@@ -8847,19 +9301,19 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is misnamed as it’s more often than not used for initialisms instead.
 Acronyms tend not to be <span 
 class="cmti-10">expanded </span>on <a 
- id="dx1-20001"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-21001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> (although they may need
 to be <span 
 class="cmti-10">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore
 more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the
 glossary.
-</p><!--l. 4454--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4690--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better
 abbreviation handling, with
-</p><!--l. 4456--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4692--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-20002"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-21002"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8870,10 +9324,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4458--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4460--><p class="indent" >   This sets the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4694--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4696--><p class="indent" >   This sets the <span 
 class="cmss-10">category</span><a 
- id="dx1-20003"></a> key to <span 
+ id="dx1-21003"></a> key to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may be
 overridden in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;. The category may have attributes that modify the way
@@ -8880,52 +9334,55 @@
 abbreviations are defined. For example, the <a 
 href="#catattr.insertdots"><span 
 class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-20004"></a> attribute will automatically
+ id="dx1-21004"></a> attribute will automatically
 insert full stops (periods) into &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; or the <a 
 href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-20005"></a> attribute will set the default
+ id="dx1-21005"></a> attribute will set the default
 value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-20006"></a> key to just &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-21006"></a> key to just &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (without appending the plural suffix). See <a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>5
 </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 4470--><p class="indent" >   See <a 
+</p><!--l. 4706--><p class="indent" >   See <a 
 href="#sec:nested"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a 
 href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> regarding the pitfalls of using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-20007"></a> or
+ id="dx1-21007"></a> or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-20008"></a> within &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-21008"></a> within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; or &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 4474--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
+</p><!--l. 4710--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
 or they may not be correctly applied. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4477--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4479--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4713--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4715--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-20009"></a> command provided by the <span 
+ id="dx1-21009"></a> command provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">category</span><a 
- id="dx1-20010"></a> set to <span 
+ id="dx1-21010"></a> set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(see also
 <a 
 href="#sec:acronymmods"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.8 </a><a 
 href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>) so
-</p><!--l. 4483--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4719--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newacronym</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-20011"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-21011"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8935,7 +9392,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4485--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4721--><p class="noindent" >
 is
 now
 equivalent
@@ -8957,11 +9414,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
 <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 4492--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4728--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 package’s <span 
@@ -8969,55 +9423,55 @@
 default style is <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-20012"></a> for entries in the <span 
+ id="dx1-21012"></a> for entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-20013"></a> category and <a 
+ id="dx1-21013"></a> category and <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-20014"></a> for
+ id="dx1-21014"></a> for
 entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-20015"></a> category. (These aren’t the same as the acronym
+ id="dx1-21015"></a> category. (These aren’t the same as the acronym
 styles provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, although they may produce similar
 results.)
-</p><!--l. 4502--><p class="indent" >   The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 4738--><p class="indent" >   The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>varies according
 to the abbreviation style. The styles are set according to the entry’s category so,
 unlike the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you can have different abbreviation styles within
 the same glossary.
-</p><!--l. 4508--><p class="indent" >   There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
+</p><!--l. 4744--><p class="indent" >   There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
 <a 
- id="dx1-20016"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-21016"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-20017"></a> and the inline full form, which is used by
+ id="dx1-21017"></a> and the inline full form, which is used by
 commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a 
- id="dx1-20018"></a>. For some of the abbreviation styles, such as
+ id="dx1-21018"></a>. For some of the abbreviation styles, such as
 <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-20019"></a>, the display and inline forms are the same. In the case of styles
+ id="dx1-21019"></a>, the display and inline forms are the same. In the case of styles
 such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-20020"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-21020"></a> or <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-20021"></a>, the display and inline full forms are
+ id="dx1-21021"></a>, the display and inline full forms are
 different.
-</p><!--l. 4515--><p class="indent" >   These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4751--><p class="indent" >   These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-20022"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-21022"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-20023"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-21023"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-20024"></a> or
+ id="dx1-21024"></a> or
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-20025"></a> fields, which means they won’t be used within commands like
+ id="dx1-21025"></a> fields, which means they won’t be used within commands like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>(but they are used within commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>and
@@ -9024,45 +9478,48 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>). Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a 
- id="dx1-20026"></a> and the case-changing variants don’t use
+ id="dx1-21026"></a> and the case-changing variants don’t use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4523--><p class="indent" >   You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary
+</p><!--l. 4759--><p class="indent" >   You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary
 text using
-</p><!--l. 4525--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4761--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsuseabbrvfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-20027"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-21027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsuseabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4527--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9; is the category label that identifies the abbreviation style. Similarly
 for the formatting command use by the long form:
-</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4767--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsuselongfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-20028"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-21028"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsuselongfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4533--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4769--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
 </p>
-<!--l. 4535--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4771--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3>
-<!--l. 4538--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
+<!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
 underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 4541--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4777--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-21001"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-22001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">categories</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -9070,35 +9527,32 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4543--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4779--><p class="noindent" >
 before you define your abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 4546--><p class="indent" >   This command (robustly) defines &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 4782--><p class="indent" >   This command (robustly) defines &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; (a control sequence) to accept a single
 argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal
 behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
 the glossary it’s activated for those categories that have the <a 
 href="#catattr.tagging"><span 
 class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-21002"></a> attribute set to
+ id="dx1-22002"></a> attribute set to
 “true”. For those cases it will use
-</p><!--l. 4553--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4789--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrtagfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-21003"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-22003"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4555--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4791--><p class="noindent" >
 This command defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\underline</span><a 
- id="dx1-21004"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-22004"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>but may be redefined as required.
-</p><!--l. 4559--><p class="indent" >   The control sequence &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 4795--><p class="indent" >   The control sequence &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; can’t already be defined when used with the unstarred
 version of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred
@@ -9107,32 +9561,32 @@
 commands, ensure that you don’t redefine something important. In fact, just
 forget the existence of the starred version and let’s pretend I didn’t mention
 it.
-</p><!--l. 4568--><p class="indent" >   The first argument of <span 
+</p><!--l. 4804--><p class="indent" >   The first argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated list
 of category names. The <a 
 href="#catattr.tagging"><span 
 class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-21005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for those
+ id="dx1-22005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for those
 categories. You can later set this attribute for other categories (see <a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but
 this must be done before the glossary is displayed.
-</p><!--l. 4575--><p class="indent" >   The accompanying sample file <span 
+</p><!--l. 4811--><p class="indent" >   The accompanying sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both
 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-21006"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-22006"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-21007"></a> categories:
+ id="dx1-22007"></a> categories:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
 \GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4580--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span 
+<!--l. 4816--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For
 example:
                                                                   
@@ -9139,7 +9593,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
 \newacronym
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={a&#x00A0;system&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;detecting&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;location&#x00A0;and
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;speed&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;ships,&#x00A0;aircraft,&#x00A0;etc,&#x00A0;through&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radio
@@ -9151,21 +9605,21 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{e\itag{x}tensible&#x00A0;\itag{m}arkup&#x00A0;\itag{l}anguage}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4595--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
+<!--l. 4831--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
 entries with the <a 
 href="#catattr.tagging"><span 
 class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-21008"></a> attribute set.
-</p><!--l. 4600--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-22008"></a> attribute set.
+</p><!--l. 4836--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4600--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4836--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 4603--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
-</p><!--l. 4605--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 4839--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
+</p><!--l. 4841--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\setabbreviationstyle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22001"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9172,7 +9626,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4607--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4843--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style-name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the style and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9; is the category label
@@ -9185,22 +9639,22 @@
 example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-22002"></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-23002"></a> and <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-22003"></a> styles set the <a 
+ id="dx1-23003"></a> styles set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-22004"></a> attribute to
+ id="dx1-23004"></a> attribute to
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
+</p><!--l. 4854--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
 different category to each group and set the style for the given category.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4624--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 4858--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4860--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a 
- id="dx1-22005"></a> is disabled by <span 
+ id="dx1-23005"></a> is disabled by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -9213,26 +9667,26 @@
 </div>
 </div> instead. The original acronym interface can be restored with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span><a 
- id="dx1-22006"></a> (see
+ id="dx1-23006"></a> (see
 <a 
 href="#sec:acronymmods"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.8 </a><a 
 href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym interface is
 incompatible with all the commands described here.
-<!--l. 4634--><p class="indent" >   Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span 
+<!--l. 4870--><p class="indent" >   Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-22007"></a>,
+ id="dx1-23007"></a>,
 but don’t use the acronym commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-22008"></a> (which use <span 
+ id="dx1-23008"></a> (which use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-22009"></a>).
+ id="dx1-23009"></a>).
 The short form can be produced with:
-</p><!--l. 4638--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4874--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22010"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9240,15 +9694,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4876--><p class="noindent" >
 (Use this instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-22011"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 4643--><p class="indent" >   The long form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 4644--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-23011"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 4879--><p class="indent" >   The long form can be produced with
+</p><!--l. 4880--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22012"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9256,16 +9710,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4646--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4882--><p class="noindent" >
 (Use this instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a 
- id="dx1-22013"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 4649--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+ id="dx1-23013"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 4885--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmti-10">inline </span>full form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 4650--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22014"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9273,48 +9727,48 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4652--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4888--><p class="noindent" >
 (This this instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a 
- id="dx1-22015"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 4655--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-23015"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 4891--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-22016"></a> for abbreviations,
+ id="dx1-23016"></a> for abbreviations,
 especially if you use the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; optional argument. Use either <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(possibly with a
 reset) or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4660--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4662--><p class="indent" >   As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
+</p><!--l. 4896--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4898--><p class="indent" >   As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
 used on <a 
- id="dx1-22017"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-23017"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-22018"></a> style only displays the
+ id="dx1-23018"></a> style only displays the
 short form on <a 
- id="dx1-22019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the
+ id="dx1-23019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the
 short form in parentheses.
-</p><!--l. 4669--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
+</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
 commands described in <a 
 href="#sec:headtitle"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a 
 href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and
 Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4673--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4675--><p class="indent" >   The arguments &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 4909--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4911--><p class="indent" >   The arguments &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; are the same as for commands such as
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands:
-</p><!--l. 4679--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 4680--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 4916--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22020"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23020"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9322,12 +9776,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4682--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4684--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 4685--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4918--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4920--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 4921--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22021"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23021"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9335,12 +9789,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4687--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4689--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 4690--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4923--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4925--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 4926--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22022"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23022"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9348,15 +9802,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4692--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4694--><p class="indent" >   All upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 4928--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="indent" >   All upper case short form:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4695--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4931--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22023"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9364,12 +9818,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4697--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4699--><p class="indent" >   All upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 4700--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4933--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4935--><p class="indent" >   All upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 4936--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22024"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9377,12 +9831,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4702--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4704--><p class="indent" >   All upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 4705--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4938--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4940--><p class="indent" >   All upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 4941--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22025"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23025"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9390,13 +9844,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4707--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4709--><p class="indent" >   Plural forms are also available.
-</p><!--l. 4711--><p class="indent" >   Short form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 4712--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4943--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4945--><p class="indent" >   Plural forms are also available.
+</p><!--l. 4947--><p class="indent" >   Short form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 4948--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22026"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23026"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9404,11 +9858,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4714--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4715--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4951--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22027"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9416,11 +9870,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4717--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4718--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4953--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4954--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22028"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23028"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9428,12 +9882,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4720--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4722--><p class="indent" >   Long form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 4723--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4956--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4958--><p class="indent" >   Long form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 4959--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22029"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9441,11 +9895,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4725--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4726--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4961--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4962--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22030"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23030"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9453,11 +9907,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4728--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4729--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4964--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4965--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22031"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23031"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9465,12 +9919,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4731--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4733--><p class="indent" >   Full form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 4734--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4967--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4969--><p class="indent" >   Full form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 4970--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22032"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23032"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9478,11 +9932,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4736--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4737--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4972--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4973--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22033"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9490,11 +9944,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4739--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4740--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4975--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4976--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-22034"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-23034"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9502,8 +9956,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4742--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4744--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span 
+</p><!--l. 4978--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl </span>and
@@ -9512,32 +9966,32 @@
 than the style in use when the entry was defined. If you have mixed styles,
 you’ll need to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a 
- id="dx1-22035"></a> instead. Similarly for <span 
+ id="dx1-23035"></a> instead. Similarly for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>etc.
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 4750--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4752--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4986--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4988--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4752--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4988--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 4755--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option
+<!--l. 4991--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option
 <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=abbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-23001"></a> (or <a 
+ id="dx1-24001"></a> (or <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=abbr</span><a 
- id="dx1-23002"></a>) or <a 
+ id="dx1-24002"></a>) or <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a 
- id="dx1-23003"></a>. (You can use
+ id="dx1-24003"></a>. (You can use
 both settings at the same time.) The provided shortcut commands listed in
 <a 
 href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table&#x00A0;3.1</a>.
@@ -9546,7 +10000,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 4762--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 4998--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -9554,7 +10008,7 @@
                                                                   
  <div class="caption" 
 ><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;3.1: </span><span  
-class="content">Abbreviation Shortcut Commands</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-230041 -->
+class="content">Abbreviation Shortcut Commands</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-240041 -->
 <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-3" class="tabular" 
 cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
 ><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col 
@@ -9575,7 +10029,7 @@
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">=abbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-23005"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-24005"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">)</span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmbx-10">(</span><a 
@@ -9582,415 +10036,415 @@
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">=ac</span><a 
- id="dx1-23006"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-24006"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">)</span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-3-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ab</span><a 
- id="dx1-23007"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"  
+ id="dx1-24007"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a 
- id="dx1-23008"></a>          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"  
+ id="dx1-24008"></a>          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
- id="dx1-23009"></a>                </td>
+ id="dx1-24009"></a>                </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-4-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23010"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"  
+ id="dx1-24010"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23011"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"  
+ id="dx1-24011"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23012"></a>              </td>
+ id="dx1-24012"></a>              </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-5-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\as</span><a 
- id="dx1-23013"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"  
+ id="dx1-24013"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acs</span><a 
- id="dx1-23014"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"  
+ id="dx1-24014"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-23015"></a>         </td>
+ id="dx1-24015"></a>         </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-6-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\asp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23016"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"  
+ id="dx1-24016"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acsp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23017"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"  
+ id="dx1-24017"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23018"></a>       </td>
+ id="dx1-24018"></a>       </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-7-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\al</span><a 
- id="dx1-23019"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2"  
+ id="dx1-24019"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23020"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3"  
+ id="dx1-24020"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a 
- id="dx1-23021"></a>          </td>
+ id="dx1-24021"></a>          </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-8-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23022"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2"  
+ id="dx1-24022"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\aclp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23023"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3"  
+ id="dx1-24023"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23024"></a>        </td>
+ id="dx1-24024"></a>        </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-9-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\af</span><a 
- id="dx1-23025"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2"  
+ id="dx1-24025"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acf</span><a 
- id="dx1-23026"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3"  
+ id="dx1-24026"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a 
- id="dx1-23027"></a>          </td>
+ id="dx1-24027"></a>          </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-10-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\afp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23028"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-2"  
+ id="dx1-24028"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acfp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23029"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-3"  
+ id="dx1-24029"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23030"></a>        </td>
+ id="dx1-24030"></a>        </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-11-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Ab</span><a 
- id="dx1-23031"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2"  
+ id="dx1-24031"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Ac</span><a 
- id="dx1-23032"></a>          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-3"  
+ id="dx1-24032"></a>          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
- id="dx1-23033"></a>                </td>
+ id="dx1-24033"></a>                </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-12-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Abp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23034"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-2"  
+ id="dx1-24034"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Acp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23035"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-3"  
+ id="dx1-24035"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23036"></a>              </td>
+ id="dx1-24036"></a>              </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-13-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\As</span><a 
- id="dx1-23037"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-2"  
+ id="dx1-24037"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Acs</span><a 
- id="dx1-23038"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-3"  
+ id="dx1-24038"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-23039"></a>         </td>
+ id="dx1-24039"></a>         </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-14-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Asp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23040"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-2"  
+ id="dx1-24040"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Acsp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23041"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-3"  
+ id="dx1-24041"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23042"></a>       </td>
+ id="dx1-24042"></a>       </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-15-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Al</span><a 
- id="dx1-23043"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-2"  
+ id="dx1-24043"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Acl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23044"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-3"  
+ id="dx1-24044"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong</span><a 
- id="dx1-23045"></a>          </td>
+ id="dx1-24045"></a>          </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-16-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Alp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23046"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-2"  
+ id="dx1-24046"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Aclp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23047"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-3"  
+ id="dx1-24047"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23048"></a>        </td>
+ id="dx1-24048"></a>        </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-17-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Af</span><a 
- id="dx1-23049"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-2"  
+ id="dx1-24049"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Acf</span><a 
- id="dx1-23050"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-3"  
+ id="dx1-24050"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a 
- id="dx1-23051"></a>          </td>
+ id="dx1-24051"></a>          </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-18-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Afp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23052"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-2"  
+ id="dx1-24052"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Acfp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23053"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-3"  
+ id="dx1-24053"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23054"></a>        </td>
+ id="dx1-24054"></a>        </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-19-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\AB</span><a 
- id="dx1-23055"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-2"  
+ id="dx1-24055"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\AC</span><a 
- id="dx1-23056"></a>          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-3"  
+ id="dx1-24056"></a>          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLS</span><a 
- id="dx1-23057"></a>                </td>
+ id="dx1-24057"></a>                </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-20-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ABP</span><a 
- id="dx1-23058"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-2"  
+ id="dx1-24058"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ACP</span><a 
- id="dx1-23059"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-3"  
+ id="dx1-24059"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23060"></a>              </td>
+ id="dx1-24060"></a>              </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-21-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\AS</span><a 
- id="dx1-23061"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-2"  
+ id="dx1-24061"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ACS</span><a 
- id="dx1-23062"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-3"  
+ id="dx1-24062"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-23063"></a>         </td>
+ id="dx1-24063"></a>         </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-22-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ASP</span><a 
- id="dx1-23064"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-2"  
+ id="dx1-24064"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ACSP</span><a 
- id="dx1-23065"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-3"  
+ id="dx1-24065"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23066"></a>       </td>
+ id="dx1-24066"></a>       </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-23-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\AL</span><a 
- id="dx1-23067"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-2"  
+ id="dx1-24067"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ACL</span><a 
- id="dx1-23068"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-3"  
+ id="dx1-24068"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlong</span><a 
- id="dx1-23069"></a>          </td>
+ id="dx1-24069"></a>          </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-24-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ALP</span><a 
- id="dx1-23070"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-2"  
+ id="dx1-24070"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ACLP</span><a 
- id="dx1-23071"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-3"  
+ id="dx1-24071"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23072"></a>        </td>
+ id="dx1-24072"></a>        </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-25-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\AF</span><a 
- id="dx1-23073"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-2"  
+ id="dx1-24073"></a>                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ACF</span><a 
- id="dx1-23074"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-3"  
+ id="dx1-24074"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a 
- id="dx1-23075"></a>          </td>
+ id="dx1-24075"></a>          </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-26-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\AFP</span><a 
- id="dx1-23076"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-2"  
+ id="dx1-24076"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ACFP</span><a 
- id="dx1-23077"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-3"  
+ id="dx1-24077"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-23078"></a>        </td>
+ id="dx1-24078"></a>        </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-27-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-1"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbr</span><a 
- id="dx1-23079"></a>              </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-2"  
+ id="dx1-24079"></a>              </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-2"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbr</span><a 
- id="dx1-23080"></a>     </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-3"  
+ id="dx1-24080"></a>     </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-3"  
 class="td11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-23081"></a>     </td></tr></table></div>
+ id="dx1-24081"></a>     </td></tr></table></div>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 4800--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5036--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 4803--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
+<!--l. 5039--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
 regular entry (so that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-24001"></a> uses <span 
+ id="dx1-25001"></a> uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-24002"></a>) and those that don’t treat the
+ id="dx1-25002"></a>) and those that don’t treat the
 abbreviation as a regular entry (so that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-24003"></a> uses <span 
+ id="dx1-25003"></a> uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-24004"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 4808--><p class="indent" >   The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a 
+ id="dx1-25004"></a>).
+</p><!--l. 5044--><p class="indent" >   The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24005"></a> attribute to “true” for the
+ id="dx1-25005"></a> attribute to “true” for the
 category assigned to each abbreviation with that style. This means that on <a 
- id="dx1-24006"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-25006"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>,
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-24007"></a> uses the value of the <span 
+ id="dx1-25007"></a> uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-24008"></a> field and on subsequent use <span 
+ id="dx1-25008"></a> field and on subsequent use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-24009"></a> uses the value of the
+ id="dx1-25009"></a> uses the value of the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-24010"></a> field (and analogously for the plural and case-changing versions). The <span 
+ id="dx1-25010"></a> field (and analogously for the plural and case-changing versions). The <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-24011"></a> and
+ id="dx1-25011"></a> and
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-24012"></a> fields are set as appropriate and may be accessed through commands like
+ id="dx1-25012"></a> fields are set as appropriate and may be accessed through commands like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-24013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4817--><p class="indent" >   The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a 
+ id="dx1-25013"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 5053--><p class="indent" >   The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24014"></a> attribute. The <span 
+ id="dx1-25014"></a> attribute. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-24015"></a>
+ id="dx1-25015"></a>
 and <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-24016"></a> fields (and their plural forms) are set and can be accessed through
+ id="dx1-25016"></a> fields (and their plural forms) are set and can be accessed through
 commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span>, but they aren’t used by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-24017"></a>, which
+ id="dx1-25017"></a>, which
 instead use the short form (stored in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-24018"></a> key) and the display full
+ id="dx1-25018"></a> key) and the display full
 format (through commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a 
- id="dx1-24019"></a> that are defined by the
+ id="dx1-25019"></a> that are defined by the
 style).
-</p><!--l. 4825--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the <a 
- id="dx1-24020"></a>first use of <span 
+</p><!--l. 5061--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the <a 
+ id="dx1-25020"></a>first use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-24021"></a> may not match the text produced by
+ id="dx1-25021"></a> may not match the text produced by
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-24022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions).
-</p><!--l. 4829--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <span 
+ id="dx1-25022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions).
+</p><!--l. 5065--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex </span>demonstrates all predefined styles
 described here.
-</p><!--l. 4832--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span 
+</p><!--l. 5068--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a 
- id="dx1-24023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as
+ id="dx1-25023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as
 some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold
 and small-caps. I recommend that you at least use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">fontenc</span><a 
- id="dx1-24024"></a> package with the <span 
+ id="dx1-25024"></a> package with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">T1</span>
 option or something similar. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4838--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4840--><p class="indent" >   The parenthetical styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 5074--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5076--><p class="indent" >   The parenthetical styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24025"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 4842--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-25025"></a>, use
+</p><!--l. 5078--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrparen</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24026"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25026"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4844--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5080--><p class="noindent" >
 to set the parenthetical material. This just puts parentheses around the text:
 (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 4848--><p class="indent" >   The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 5084--><p class="indent" >   The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24027"></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-25027"></a> and <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24028"></a> use
-</p><!--l. 4850--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-25028"></a> use
+</p><!--l. 5086--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24029"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4852--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5088--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form. This just does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; by default. (That is, no font change is
 applied.) On first use,
-</p><!--l. 4855--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5091--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24030"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25030"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4857--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5093--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. By default, this just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span>. The long form is
 formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 4860--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5096--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongdefaultfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24031"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25031"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -9997,57 +10451,57 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4862--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5098--><p class="noindent" >
 which again just does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; (no font change). On first use,
-</p><!--l. 4864--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5100--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24032"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25032"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4866--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5102--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span>. The plural suffix used for the
 short form is given by
-</p><!--l. 4869--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5105--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24033"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4871--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5107--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a 
- id="dx1-24034"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4874--><p class="indent" >   The small-cap styles, such as <a 
+ id="dx1-25034"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 5110--><p class="indent" >   The small-cap styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24035"></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-25035"></a> and <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24036"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 4876--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-25036"></a>, use
+</p><!--l. 5112--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvscfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24037"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25037"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4878--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5114--><p class="noindent" >
 which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3.1</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-24038f1"></a>
+ id="x1-25038f1"></a>
 On first use
-</p><!--l. 4884--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24039"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25039"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5122--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont </span>by default. So redefine, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span>
@@ -10054,150 +10508,150 @@
 to change first and subsequent uses or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont </span>to change just the
 first use.
-</p><!--l. 4891--><p class="indent" >   The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 5127--><p class="indent" >   The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 4894--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5130--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrscsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24040"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25040"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4896--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5132--><p class="noindent" >
 This is defined as
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4900--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+<!--l. 5136--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span><a 
- id="dx1-24041"></a> command is provided by <span 
+ id="dx1-25041"></a> command is provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off the
 small caps font for the suffix. If you override the default short plural using the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-24042"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to make the
+ id="dx1-25042"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to make the
 appropriate adjustment if necessary. (Remember that the default plural suffix
 behaviour can be modified through the use of the <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24043"></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-25043"></a> and <a 
 href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24044"></a>
+ id="dx1-25044"></a>
 attributes. See <a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 4911--><p class="indent" >   The small styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="indent" >   The small styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24045"></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-25045"></a> and <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24046"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 4913--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-25046"></a>, use
+</p><!--l. 5149--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24047"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25047"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5151--><p class="noindent" >
 which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. (This requires the <span 
 class="cmss-10">relsizes</span><a 
- id="dx1-24048"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by
+ id="dx1-25048"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, so must be loaded explicitly.) On first use
-</p><!--l. 4920--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5156--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24049"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25049"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4922--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5158--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 4925--><p class="indent" >   The long form for the smaller styles uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 5161--><p class="indent" >   The long form for the smaller styles uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 4928--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5164--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsmsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24050"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25050"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5166--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4933--><p class="indent" >   The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 5169--><p class="indent" >   The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24051"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-25051"></a> or <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24052"></a>,
+ id="dx1-25052"></a>,
 use
-</p><!--l. 4935--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5171--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvemfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24053"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25053"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4937--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5173--><p class="noindent" >
 On first use
-</p><!--l. 4939--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5175--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvemfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24054"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25054"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4941--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5177--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont </span>by default. The suffix is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 4944--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5180--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtremsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24055"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25055"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4946--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5182--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. The long form is as for the basic
 style unless the style is a “long-em” style.
-</p><!--l. 4951--><p class="indent" >   The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 5187--><p class="indent" >   The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24056"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-25056"></a> or <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24057"></a>,
+ id="dx1-25057"></a>,
 use
-</p><!--l. 4953--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5189--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24058"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25058"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4955--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5191--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>and
-</p><!--l. 4957--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5193--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongemfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24059"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25059"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -10204,7 +10658,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4959--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5195--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -10212,129 +10666,129 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span>
 is initialised to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4963--><p class="indent" >   The user styles have similar commands:
-</p><!--l. 4964--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5199--><p class="indent" >   The user styles have similar commands:
+</p><!--l. 5200--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24060"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25060"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5202--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 4968--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5204--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24061"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25061"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4970--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5206--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 4972--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5208--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslonguserfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24062"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25062"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5210--><p class="noindent" >
 for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 4976--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonguserfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24063"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25063"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4978--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5214--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5216--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24064"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25064"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4982--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 4985--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the hyphen styles:
-</p><!--l. 4986--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5221--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the hyphen styles:
+</p><!--l. 5222--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvhyphenfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24065"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25065"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4988--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5224--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 4990--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5226--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24066"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25066"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4992--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 4994--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5230--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslonghyphenfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24067"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25067"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4996--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5232--><p class="noindent" >
 for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 4998--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5234--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24068"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25068"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5000--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5236--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 5002--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5238--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhyphensuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24069"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25069"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5004--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5240--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 5007--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 5243--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24070"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 5009--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-25070"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 5245--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvonlyfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24071"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25071"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5011--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 5013--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5249--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24072"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25072"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5251--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 5017--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongonlyfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24073"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25073"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5019--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" >
 for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 5021--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5257--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongonlyfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24074"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25074"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongonlyfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -10341,46 +10795,46 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 5023--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5259--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 5025--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5261--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlysuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24075"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25075"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5027--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5263--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 5030--><p class="indent" >   Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
+</p><!--l. 5266--><p class="indent" >   Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
 commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>), is placed outside the font command in the predefined styles. To
 move it inside, use:
-</p><!--l. 5033--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5269--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24076"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25076"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5035--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5271--><p class="noindent" >
 This applies to all the predefined styles. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
 \setabbreviationstyle{long-short}
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue
 </div>
-<!--l. 5041--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
+<!--l. 5277--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
 (without <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span>) would place the inserted text outside of the
 emphasized font.
-</p><!--l. 5046--><p class="indent" >   Note that for some styles, such as the <a 
+</p><!--l. 5282--><p class="indent" >   Note that for some styles, such as the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24077"></a>, the inserted text would be
+ id="dx1-25077"></a>, the inserted text would be
 placed inside the font command for the short form (rather than the long form in the
 above example).
-</p><!--l. 5050--><p class="indent" >   Remember that <span 
+</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="indent" >   Remember that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>renders <span 
 class="cmti-10">lowercase </span>letters as small capitals. Uppercase
 letters are rendered as normal uppercase letters, so if you specify the short form in
@@ -10391,30 +10845,30 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
 \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5057--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5059--><p class="indent" >   If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
+<!--l. 5293--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5295--><p class="indent" >   If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
 easier to redefine this command to convert case:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
 \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5065--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5067--><p class="indent" >   Some of the styles use
-</p><!--l. 5068--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 5301--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" >   Some of the styles use
+</p><!--l. 5304--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullsep</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24078"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25078"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" >
 as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as a space by
 default, but may be changed as required. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -10421,19 +10875,19 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5075--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 5311--><p class="nopar" > or
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5079--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5081--><p class="indent" >   The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
+<!--l. 5315--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5317--><p class="indent" >   The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9;[<span 
@@ -10444,7 +10898,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier2</span>&#x27E9;][<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-user</span>]
-     <!--l. 5086--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span 
+     <!--l. 5322--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9; parts may be omitted.
      These styles display &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10454,30 +10908,30 @@
      &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field2</span>&#x27E9; starts with “no” then that element is omitted from the display style
      (no parenthetical part) but is included in the inline style.
-     </p><!--l. 5092--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5328--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9; part is present, then the field has a font changing command
      applied to it. The special modifier <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-only </span>indicates that field is only present
      according to whether or not the entry has been used.
-     </p><!--l. 5097--><p class="noindent" >If  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5333--><p class="noindent" >If  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">post </span>is  present  then  &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field2</span>&#x27E9;  is  placed  after  the  <a 
- id="dx1-24079"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-25079"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>  using  the
      post-link hook.
-     </p><!--l. 5100--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5336--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-user </span>part is present, then the <span 
 class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
- id="dx1-24080"></a> value, if provided, is inserted
+ id="dx1-25080"></a> value, if provided, is inserted
      into the parenthetical material . (The field used for the inserted material
      may be changed.)
-     </p><!--l. 5104--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+     </p><!--l. 5340--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
          <ul class="itemize2">
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24081"></a>:  &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-25081"></a>:  &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9;  is  the  long  form,  the  short  form  is  set  in
          smallcaps but omitted in the display style.
          </li>
@@ -10484,21 +10938,21 @@
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24082"></a>:  both  the  long  form  and  the  short  form  are
+ id="dx1-25082"></a>:  both  the  long  form  and  the  short  form  are
          emphasized. The short form is in parentheses.
          </li>
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24083"></a>: the short form is emphasized but not the long form.
+ id="dx1-25083"></a>: the short form is emphasized but not the long form.
          The short form is in parentheses.
          </li>
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24084"></a>: if the <span 
+ id="dx1-25084"></a>: if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
- id="dx1-24085"></a> key has been set, this produces the style
+ id="dx1-25085"></a> key has been set, this produces the style
          &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10509,7 +10963,7 @@
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24086"></a>:  the  short  form  and  the  inserted
+ id="dx1-25086"></a>:  the  short  form  and  the  inserted
          material (provided by the final optional argument of commands like
          <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) is moved to the post-link hook. The long form is formatted
@@ -10528,31 +10982,31 @@
      <li class="itemize">&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-noreg</span>
-     <!--l. 5128--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a 
+     <!--l. 5364--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24087"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the
+ id="dx1-25087"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the
      style that doesn’t set this attribute. For example, <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24088"></a> sets the
+ id="dx1-25088"></a> sets the
      <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24089"></a> attribute. The <a 
+ id="dx1-25089"></a> attribute. The <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24090"></a> style is a minor variation that
+ id="dx1-25090"></a> style is a minor variation that
      style that doesn’t set the attribute.
-     </p><!--l. 5135--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a 
+     </p><!--l. 5371--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24091"></a>, that have
+ id="dx1-25091"></a>, that have
      “-noreg” version without a regular version. This is because the style won’t work
      properly with the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24092"></a> set, but the naming scheme is maintained for
+ id="dx1-25092"></a> set, but the naming scheme is maintained for
      consistency with the other “noshort” styles.
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10562,79 +11016,79 @@
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>[<span 
 class="cmtt-10">post</span>]<span 
 class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>
-     <!--l. 5145--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 5381--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9; followed by a footnote with the other field in it. If
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then the footnote is placed after the <a 
- id="dx1-24093"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-25093"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the
      post-link hook. The inline style does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9; followed by the other field in
      parentheses.
-     </p><!--l. 5151--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5387--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>&#x27E9; is present, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9; has a font-changing command applied to
      it.
-     </p><!--l. 5154--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+     </p><!--l. 5390--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
          <ul class="itemize2">
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24094"></a>:  short  form  in  the  text  with  the  long  form  in  the
+ id="dx1-25094"></a>:  short  form  in  the  text  with  the  long  form  in  the
          footnote.
          </li>
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24095"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in
+ id="dx1-25095"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in
          the footnote outside of the <a 
- id="dx1-24096"></a>link-text.</li></ul>
-     <!--l. 5162--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
+ id="dx1-25096"></a>link-text.</li></ul>
+     <!--l. 5398--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
      where <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-24097"></a> doesn’t work. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 5165--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-25097"></a> doesn’t work. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 5401--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-desc</span>
-     <!--l. 5169--><p class="noindent" >Like &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 5405--><p class="noindent" >Like &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9; but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-24098"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations
+ id="dx1-25098"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations
      with this style.
-     </p><!--l. 5172--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+     </p><!--l. 5408--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
          <ul class="itemize2">
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24099"></a>: like <a 
+ id="dx1-25099"></a>: like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24100"></a> but requires a description.
+ id="dx1-25100"></a> but requires a description.
          </li>
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24101"></a>:   like   <a 
+ id="dx1-25101"></a>:   like   <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24102"></a>   but   requires   a
+ id="dx1-25102"></a>   but   requires   a
          description.</li></ul>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 5182--><p class="indent" >   Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
+<!--l. 5418--><p class="indent" >   Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
 styles that didn’t fit this naming scheme are either provided with a synonym (where
 the former name wasn’t ambiguous) or provided with a deprecated synonym (where
 the former name was confusing). The deprecated style names generate a warning
 using:
-</p><!--l. 5188--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5424--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24103"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-25103"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10642,38 +11096,38 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">new-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5426--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">old-name</span>&#x27E9; is the deprecated name and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">new-name</span>&#x27E9; is the preferred name. You
 can suppress these warnings by redefining this command to do nothing.
-</p><!--l. 5196--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5196--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5432--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:predefregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 5199--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a 
+<!--l. 5435--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories
+ id="dx1-26001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories
 that have abbreviations defined with any of these styles.
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-nolong"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong</span><a 
- id="dx1-25002"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26002"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This only displays the short form on <a 
- id="dx1-25003"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-26003"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-25004"></a> is set to the
+ id="dx1-26004"></a> is set to the
      short form through the command
-     <!--l. 5207--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5443--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortnolongname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-25005"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-26005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5209--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5445--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for the other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">short</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -10686,33 +11140,33 @@
      take effect. Make sure to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>any formatting commands (or anything else
      that shouldn’t be expanded).
-     </p><!--l. 5218--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5454--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-25006"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-26006"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;
      (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;). The long form on its own can be displayed through commands like
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a 
- id="dx1-25007"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26007"></a>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-25008"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26008"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25009"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26009"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.nolong-short"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short</span><a 
- id="dx1-25010"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26010"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25011"></a> but the inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-26011"></a> but the inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -10719,25 +11173,25 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong</span><a 
- id="dx1-25012"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26012"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25013"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-26013"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25014"></a> (which defaults to <span 
+ id="dx1-26014"></a> (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>).
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25015"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26015"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25016"></a>
+ id="dx1-26016"></a>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -10745,11 +11199,11 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25017"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26017"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25018"></a> but the inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-26018"></a> but the inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
      The name is still obtained from <span 
@@ -10764,34 +11218,34 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong</span><a 
- id="dx1-25019"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26019"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25020"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-26020"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25021"></a> (which defaults to <span 
+ id="dx1-26021"></a> (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>).
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-25022"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26022"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25023"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26023"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sm"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-25024"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26024"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25025"></a> but the inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-26025"></a> but the inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;
      (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
@@ -10799,33 +11253,33 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong</span><a 
- id="dx1-25026"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26026"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25027"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-26027"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25028"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26028"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-25029"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26029"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25030"></a>
+ id="dx1-26030"></a>
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-25031"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26031"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25032"></a> but the inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-26032"></a> but the inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;
      (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
@@ -10833,20 +11287,20 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25033"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26033"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25034"></a> style, but the <span 
+ id="dx1-26034"></a> style, but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-25035"></a> is set to the full form
+ id="dx1-26035"></a> is set to the full form
      obtained by expanding
-     <!--l. 5265--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5501--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortdescname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-25036"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-26036"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortdescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5267--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5503--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for the other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">short</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -10859,16 +11313,16 @@
      before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
-     </p><!--l. 5274--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5510--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-25037"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer to use
+ id="dx1-26037"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer to use
      the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25038"></a> style with the post-description hook set to display
+ id="dx1-26038"></a> style with the post-description hook set to display
      the long form and override the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-25039"></a> key. (See the sample file
+ id="dx1-26039"></a> key. (See the sample file
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-acronym-desc.tex</span>.)
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -10875,24 +11329,24 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25040"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26040"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25041"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26041"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25042"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26042"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25043"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-26043"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25044"></a> (which defaults to <span 
+ id="dx1-26044"></a> (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>).
                                                                   
 
@@ -10901,83 +11355,83 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25045"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26045"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25046"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26046"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25047"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26047"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25048"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-26048"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25049"></a> (which defaults to <span 
+ id="dx1-26049"></a> (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>).
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25050"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26050"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25051"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26051"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25052"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26052"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25053"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-26053"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25054"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26054"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25055"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26055"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25056"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26056"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25057"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26057"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or
      subsequent use of commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-25058"></a>. The short form may be accessed
+ id="dx1-26058"></a>. The short form may be accessed
      through commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-25059"></a>. The inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-26059"></a>. The inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;
      (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
-     <!--l. 5310--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     <!--l. 5546--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-25060"></a> key are set to the long form. The <span 
+ id="dx1-26060"></a> key are set to the long form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-25061"></a> key is also set to the long form,
+ id="dx1-26061"></a> key is also set to the long form,
      but this is done by expanding
-     </p><!--l. 5313--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 5549--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-25062"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-26062"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5315--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5551--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for the other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">long</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -10987,9 +11441,9 @@
      indicated otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before
      abbreviations are defined, and any fragile or formatting commands within it
      need protecting.
-     </p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5557--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-25063"></a> must be provided by the user. The predefined glossary styles
+ id="dx1-26063"></a> must be provided by the user. The predefined glossary styles
      won’t display the short form. You can use the post-description hook to
      automatically append the short form to the description. The inline full form
      will display &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10999,44 +11453,44 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25064"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26064"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25065"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26065"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25066"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26066"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25067"></a> style but the short form (accessed
+ id="dx1-26067"></a> style but the short form (accessed
      through commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-25068"></a>) use <span 
+ id="dx1-26068"></a>) use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25069"></a>. (This style was
+ id="dx1-26069"></a>. (This style was
      originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-desc-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name
+ id="dx1-26070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name
      retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25071"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26071"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25072"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-26072"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25073"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-26073"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-desc-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-25074"></a>. Renamed in
+ id="dx1-26074"></a>. Renamed in
      version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
      backward-compatibility.)
                                                                   
@@ -11046,60 +11500,60 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25075"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26075"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25076"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-26076"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25077"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally
+ id="dx1-26077"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally
      called <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-desc-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-25078"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
+ id="dx1-26078"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
      deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25079"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26079"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.04, like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25080"></a> but
+ id="dx1-26080"></a> but
      redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25081"></a>. The long form uses
+ id="dx1-26081"></a>. The long form uses
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25082"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-26082"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25083"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26083"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-25084"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26084"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style doesn’t really make sense if you don’t use the short form
      anywhere in the document, but is provided for completeness. This is
      like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25085"></a> style, but the <span 
+ id="dx1-26085"></a> style, but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-25086"></a> key is set to the short
+ id="dx1-26086"></a> key is set to the short
      form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-25087"></a> key is also set to the short form, but this is done by
+ id="dx1-26087"></a> key is also set to the short form, but this is done by
      expanding
-     <!--l. 5362--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5598--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongnoshortname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-25088"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-26088"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5364--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5600--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">long</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11107,51 +11561,51 @@
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9; styles, unless indicated
      otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before abbreviations are
      defined, and fragile or formatting commands should be protected.
-     </p><!--l. 5371--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5607--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-25089"></a> is set to the long form.
+ id="dx1-26089"></a> is set to the long form.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-25090"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26090"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25091"></a>
+ id="dx1-26091"></a>
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25092"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26092"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through
+ id="dx1-26093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through
      commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-25094"></a>) use <span 
+ id="dx1-26094"></a>) use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25095"></a>. (This style was originally
+ id="dx1-26095"></a>. (This style was originally
      called <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-25096"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
+ id="dx1-26096"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
      deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-25097"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26097"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25098"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-26098"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25099"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-26099"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-25100"></a>. Renamed in
+ id="dx1-26100"></a>. Renamed in
      version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
      backward-compatibility.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -11158,28 +11612,28 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-25101"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26101"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25102"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-26102"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25103"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally
+ id="dx1-26103"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally
      called <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-25104"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
+ id="dx1-26104"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
      deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-25105"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-26105"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25106"></a> but redefines
+ id="dx1-26106"></a> but redefines
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -11186,7 +11640,7 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-25107"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-26107"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont </span>and <span 
@@ -11194,27 +11648,27 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. The short
      form isn’t used by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-25108"></a>, but can be obtained using
+ id="dx1-26108"></a>, but can be obtained using
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-25109"></a>. The related style <a 
+ id="dx1-26109"></a>. The related style <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-25110"></a> doesn’t set the
+ id="dx1-26110"></a> doesn’t set the
      <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25111"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-26111"></a> attribute.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5408--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 5644--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5408--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5644--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 5411--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a 
+<!--l. 5647--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has
+ id="dx1-27001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has
 previously been set. If it hasn’t already been set, it’s left unset. Other attributes may
 also be set, depending on the style.
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -11221,24 +11675,24 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short</span><a 
- id="dx1-26002"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27002"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">On <a 
- id="dx1-26003"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-27003"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). The inline and
      display full forms are the same. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26004"></a> key is set to the short form. The <span 
+ id="dx1-27004"></a> key is set to the short form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26005"></a>
+ id="dx1-27005"></a>
      is also set to the short form through
-     <!--l. 5422--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5658--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26006"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27006"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5424--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5660--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">long</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11251,64 +11705,64 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 5434--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5670--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-26007"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated
+ id="dx1-27007"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated
      by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. If you want to insert material within the parentheses
      (such as a&#x00A0;translation), try the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26008"></a> style.
+ id="dx1-27008"></a> style.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26009"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27009"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26010"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27010"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26011"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27011"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-26012"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27012"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26013"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27013"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26014"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27014"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-26015"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27015"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26016"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27016"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26017"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27017"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-26018"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27018"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26019"></a> but redefines
+ id="dx1-27019"></a> but redefines
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26020"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27020"></a>.
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -11316,7 +11770,7 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only</span><a 
- id="dx1-26021"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27021"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.17, this style only shows the long form on first
      use and only shows the short form on subsequent use. The inline full form
      <span 
@@ -11323,13 +11777,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>shows the long form followed by the short form in parentheses.
      The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26022"></a> field is obtained from
-     <!--l. 5461--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-27022"></a> field is obtained from
+     <!--l. 5697--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlyname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26023"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlyname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5463--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5699--><p class="noindent" >
      Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations
      are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
      commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
@@ -11341,21 +11795,21 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26024"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27024"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26025"></a>
+ id="dx1-27025"></a>
      but the user must supply the description. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26026"></a> field is obtained
+ id="dx1-27026"></a> field is obtained
      from
-     <!--l. 5475--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5711--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlydescname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26027"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5477--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5713--><p class="noindent" >
      Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations
      are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
      commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
@@ -11367,41 +11821,41 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-26028"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27028"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26029"></a>
+ id="dx1-27029"></a>
      but doesn’t set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26030"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-27030"></a> attribute.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-user"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user</span><a 
- id="dx1-26031"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27031"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.04. It’s like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26032"></a> style
+ id="dx1-27032"></a> style
      but additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This
      checks the value of the field given by
-     <!--l. 5494--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5730--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserfield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26033"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5496--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5732--><p class="noindent" >
      (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">useri</span>) using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a 
- id="dx1-26034"></a> (provided by <span 
+ id="dx1-27034"></a> (provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). If the
      field hasn’t been set, the style behaves like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26035"></a> style and produces
+ id="dx1-27035"></a> style and produces
      &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;) but if the field has been set, the contents of that field are inserted
@@ -11410,25 +11864,25 @@
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field-value</span>&#x27E9;). The format is
      governed by
-     </p><!--l. 5504--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 5740--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserparen</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26036"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27036"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5506--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5742--><p class="noindent" >
      where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; is the short form (for the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26037"></a> style) or the long form (for
+ id="dx1-27037"></a> style) or the long form (for
      the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26038"></a> style). This command first inserts a space using
+ id="dx1-27038"></a> style). This command first inserts a space using
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -11435,28 +11889,28 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep </span>and then the parenthetical content (using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span><a 
- id="dx1-26039"></a>).
+ id="dx1-27039"></a>).
      The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-26040"></a> is set to
-     </p><!--l. 5513--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-27040"></a> is set to
+     </p><!--l. 5749--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsuserdescription</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26041"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27041"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5515--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5751--><p class="noindent" >
      The default definition ignores the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; and encapsulates &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; with
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 5519--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5755--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26042"></a> is obtained by expanding <span 
+ id="dx1-27042"></a> is obtained by expanding <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span>(see above). The
      &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; argument includes the font formatting command, <span 
@@ -11467,7 +11921,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>in the case of the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26043"></a> style and <span 
+ id="dx1-27043"></a> style and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -11474,13 +11928,13 @@
      in the case of the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26044"></a> style.
-     </p><!--l. 5527--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+ id="dx1-27044"></a> style.
+     </p><!--l. 5763--><p class="noindent" >For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
      \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short-user}
      &#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{tug}{TUG}{\TeX\&#x00A0;User&#x00A0;Group}
      &#x00A0;<br />\newacronym
@@ -11487,123 +11941,123 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[user1={German&#x00A0;Speaking&#x00A0;\TeX\&#x00A0;User&#x00A0;Group}]
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige&#x00A0;Anwendervereinigung&#x00A0;\TeX\&#x00A0;e.V}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5537--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+     <!--l. 5773--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{tug}</span></span></span> will appear as:
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 5540--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span 
+         <!--l. 5776--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;User Group (TUG)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 5542--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+     <!--l. 5778--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{dante}</span></span></span> will appear as:
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 5544--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige  Anwendervereinigung  <span class="TEX">T<span 
+         <!--l. 5780--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige  Anwendervereinigung  <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;e.V  (DANTE,
          German Speaking <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;User Group)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 5547--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
-     </p><!--l. 5548--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5783--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
+     </p><!--l. 5784--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26045"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27045"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5550--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5786--><p class="noindent" >
      and the plural suffix is given by
-     </p><!--l. 5552--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 5788--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26046"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27046"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5554--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 5556--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a&#x00A0;smallcaps
+     </p><!--l. 5790--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5792--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a&#x00A0;smallcaps
      style, you can just set these commands to those used by the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26047"></a>
+ id="dx1-27047"></a>
      style:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
      \renewcommand{\glsabbruserfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{#1}}
      &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5562--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 5798--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-26048"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27048"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26049"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a 
+ id="dx1-27049"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26050"></a>
+ id="dx1-27050"></a>
      attribute.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-26051"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27051"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26052"></a> but it doesn’t set the
+ id="dx1-27052"></a> but it doesn’t set the
      <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26053"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-27053"></a> attribute.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26054"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27054"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">On <a 
- id="dx1-26055"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-27055"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). The
      inline and display full forms are the same. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26056"></a> is set to the full
+ id="dx1-27056"></a> is set to the full
      form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26057"></a> key is set to &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-27057"></a> key is set to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). Before version 1.04, this was
      incorrectly set to the short form. If you want to revert back to this you can
      redefine
-     <!--l. 5579--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5815--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26058"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27058"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5581--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5817--><p class="noindent" >
      For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
      \renewcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortdescsort}{\the\glsshorttok}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5585--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+     <!--l. 5821--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-26059"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short
+ id="dx1-27059"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short
      forms are separated by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26060"></a> field is obtained
+ id="dx1-27060"></a> field is obtained
      from
-     </p><!--l. 5589--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 5825--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26061"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27061"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5591--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5827--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">long</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11621,172 +12075,172 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26062"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27062"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26063"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27063"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26064"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27064"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26065"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27065"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26066"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27066"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26067"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27067"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26068"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27068"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26069"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27069"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26070"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27070"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26071"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27071"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-em-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26072"></a> but
+ id="dx1-27072"></a> but
      redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26073"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27073"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-26074"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27074"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like
      <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26075"></a> but doesn’t set the <a 
+ id="dx1-27075"></a> but doesn’t set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26076"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-27076"></a> attribute.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-user-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26077"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27077"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like a&#x00A0;cross between the
      <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26078"></a> style and the <a 
+ id="dx1-27078"></a> style and the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26079"></a> style. The display and
+ id="dx1-27079"></a> style. The display and
      inline forms are as for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26080"></a> and the <span 
+ id="dx1-27080"></a> and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26081"></a> key is obtained
+ id="dx1-27081"></a> key is obtained
      from
-     <!--l. 5629--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5865--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26082"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27082"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 5631--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5867--><p class="noindent" >
      Again, this should only be redefined before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting.
-     </p><!--l. 5635--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5871--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-26083"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
+ id="dx1-27083"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). The <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26084"></a> key is set to &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-27084"></a> key is set to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;) as per
      the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26085"></a> style.
+ id="dx1-27085"></a> style.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-26086"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27086"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26087"></a> but doesn’t set the <a 
+ id="dx1-27087"></a> but doesn’t set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26088"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-27088"></a> attribute.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-26089"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27089"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.nolong-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nolong-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26090"></a> but doesn’t set the <a 
+ id="dx1-27090"></a> but doesn’t set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26091"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-27091"></a> attribute.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-long"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-long</span><a 
- id="dx1-26092"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27092"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">On <a 
- id="dx1-26093"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-27093"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;). The inline and
      display full forms are the same. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26094"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-27094"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26095"></a> keys are set to the
+ id="dx1-27095"></a> keys are set to the
      short form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-26096"></a> is set to the long form. The short and long
+ id="dx1-27096"></a> is set to the long form. The short and long
      forms are separated by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. If you want to insert material
      within the parentheses (such as a&#x00A0;translation), try the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26097"></a>
+ id="dx1-27097"></a>
      style.
-     <!--l. 5658--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     <!--l. 5894--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26098"></a> field is obtained from
-     </p><!--l. 5659--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-27098"></a> field is obtained from
+     </p><!--l. 5895--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlongname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26099"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27099"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5661--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5897--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">short</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11803,77 +12257,77 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long</span><a 
- id="dx1-26100"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27100"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26101"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27101"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26102"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27102"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long</span><a 
- id="dx1-26103"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27103"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26104"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27104"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26105"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27105"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-long"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long</span><a 
- id="dx1-26106"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27106"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26107"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27107"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26108"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27108"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-26109"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27109"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26110"></a> but redefines
+ id="dx1-27110"></a> but redefines
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26111"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27111"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-long-user"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user</span><a 
- id="dx1-26112"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27112"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.04. This style is like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26113"></a> style but
+ id="dx1-27113"></a> style but
      with the long and short forms switched. The parenthetical material is governed
      by the same command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen</span><a 
- id="dx1-26114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it
+ id="dx1-27114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
      is the long form instead of the short form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26115"></a> field is obtained by
+ id="dx1-27115"></a> field is obtained by
      expanding
-     <!--l. 5695--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5931--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlongname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26116"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27116"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5697--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5933--><p class="noindent" >
      Again, this should only be redefined before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
      <span 
@@ -11880,7 +12334,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) and commands that should be expanded need to be protected.
      The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-26117"></a> is set to <span 
+ id="dx1-27117"></a> is set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -11890,42 +12344,42 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-26118"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27118"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26119"></a> but it doesn’t set the
+ id="dx1-27119"></a> but it doesn’t set the
      <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26120"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-27120"></a> attribute.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-long-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-long-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26121"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27121"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">On <a 
- id="dx1-26122"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-27122"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;). The
      inline and display full forms are the same. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26123"></a> is set to the full
+ id="dx1-27123"></a> is set to the full
      form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-26124"></a> must be supplied by the user. The short and long
+ id="dx1-27124"></a> must be supplied by the user. The short and long
      forms are separated by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26125"></a> field is obtained
+ id="dx1-27125"></a> field is obtained
      from
-     <!--l. 5714--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5950--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26126"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27126"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5716--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5952--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">short</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11943,90 +12397,90 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26127"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27127"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26128"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27128"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26129"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27129"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26130"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27130"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26131"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27131"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26132"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27132"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26133"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27133"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26134"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27134"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26135"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27135"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26136"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27136"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26137"></a> but
+ id="dx1-27137"></a> but
      redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26138"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27138"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-long-user-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26139"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27139"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like a&#x00A0;cross between the
      <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26140"></a> style and the <a 
+ id="dx1-27140"></a> style and the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26141"></a> style. The display and
+ id="dx1-27141"></a> style. The display and
      inline forms are as for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26142"></a>, but the <span 
+ id="dx1-27142"></a>, but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26143"></a> key is obtained
+ id="dx1-27143"></a> key is obtained
      from
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <!--l. 5748--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5984--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26144"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27144"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5750--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5986--><p class="noindent" >
      Again, this should only be redefined before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting.
-     </p><!--l. 5754--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5990--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-26145"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
+ id="dx1-27145"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
@@ -12034,36 +12488,36 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-footnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-26146"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27146"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">On <a 
- id="dx1-26147"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-27147"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style displays the short form with the long form as
      a footnote. This style automatically sets the <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26148"></a> attribute to “true” for
+ id="dx1-27148"></a> attribute to “true” for
      the supplied category, so the <a 
- id="dx1-26149"></a>first use won’t be hyperlinked (but the footnote
+ id="dx1-27149"></a>first use won’t be hyperlinked (but the footnote
      marker may be, if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-26150"></a> package is used).
-     <!--l. 5765--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-27150"></a> package is used).
+     <!--l. 6001--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;) style. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26151"></a> is set to the short
+ id="dx1-27151"></a> is set to the short
      form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-26152"></a> is set to the long form. The <span 
+ id="dx1-27152"></a> is set to the long form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26153"></a> key is obtained by
+ id="dx1-27153"></a> key is obtained by
      expanding
-     </p><!--l. 5769--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 6005--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfootnotename</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26154"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27154"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotename </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5771--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6007--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">short</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12075,42 +12529,42 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile or formatting commands
      should be protected from expansion.
-     </p><!--l. 5778--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
-     </p><!--l. 5779--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 6014--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
+     </p><!--l. 6015--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26155"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27155"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5781--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6017--><p class="noindent" >
      to format the long form on <a 
- id="dx1-26156"></a>first use or for the full form and
-     </p><!--l. 5783--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-27156"></a>first use or for the full form and
+     </p><!--l. 6019--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongfootnotefont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26157"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27157"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5785--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6021--><p class="noindent" >
      to format the long form elsewhere (for example, when used with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>).
-     </p><!--l. 5789--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
-     </p><!--l. 5790--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 6025--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
+     </p><!--l. 6026--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26158"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27158"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5792--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6028--><p class="noindent" >
      By default, this just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-26159"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-27159"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>(the first argument is ignored). For
@@ -12120,22 +12574,22 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
      \renewcommand{\glsxtrabbrvfootnote}[2]{%
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}%
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5800--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
+     <!--l. 6036--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
      \renewcommand{\glsxtrabbrvfootnote}[2]{%
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}:&#x00A0;#2}%
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5806--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span 
+     <!--l. 6042--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>to avoid interference
      (see <a 
 href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span 
@@ -12148,26 +12602,26 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.footnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-26160"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27160"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26161"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27161"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-26162"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27162"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26163"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27163"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26164"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-27164"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26165"></a>. Renamed in
+ id="dx1-27165"></a>. Renamed in
      version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
      backward-compatibility.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12174,17 +12628,17 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-26166"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27166"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26167"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27167"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26168"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-27168"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-26169"></a>. Renamed in
+ id="dx1-27169"></a>. Renamed in
      version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
      backward-compatibility.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12191,17 +12645,17 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-26170"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27170"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26171"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27171"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26172"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-27172"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-26173"></a>. Renamed in
+ id="dx1-27173"></a>. Renamed in
      version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
      backward-compatibility.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12208,45 +12662,45 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-postfootnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-26174"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27174"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This is similar to the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26175"></a> style but doesn’t modify the
+ id="dx1-27175"></a> style but doesn’t modify the
      category attribute. Instead it changes <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<a 
- id="dx1-26176"></a>&#x00A0;to insert the
+ id="dx1-27176"></a>&#x00A0;to insert the
      footnote after the <a 
- id="dx1-26177"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-27177"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> on <a 
- id="dx1-26178"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-27178"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. This will also defer the footnote
      until after any following punctuation character that’s recognised by
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifnextpunc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26179"></a>.
-     <!--l. 5843--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-27179"></a>.
+     <!--l. 6079--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;) style. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26180"></a> is set to the short
+ id="dx1-27180"></a> is set to the short
      form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-26181"></a> is set to the long form. Note that this style will change
+ id="dx1-27181"></a> is set to the long form. Note that this style will change
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>(and its variants) so that it fakes non-<a 
- id="dx1-26182"></a>first use. (Otherwise the
+ id="dx1-27182"></a>first use. (Otherwise the
      footnote would appear after the inline form.)
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.postfootnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">postfootnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-26183"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27183"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26184"></a>.
+ id="dx1-27184"></a>.
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -12254,17 +12708,17 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-26185"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27185"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26186"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27186"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26187"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-27187"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26188"></a>. Renamed in
+ id="dx1-27188"></a>. Renamed in
      version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
      backward-compatibility.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12271,17 +12725,17 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-postfootnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-26189"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27189"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26190"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27190"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26191"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-27191"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-26192"></a>. Renamed
+ id="dx1-27192"></a>. Renamed
      in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
      backward-compatibility.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12288,17 +12742,17 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-postfootnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-postfootnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-26193"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27193"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26194"></a> but redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-27194"></a> but redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-26195"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-27195"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">postfootnote-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-26196"></a>. Renamed
+ id="dx1-27196"></a>. Renamed
      in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
      backward-compatibility.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12305,18 +12759,18 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user</span><a 
- id="dx1-26197"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27197"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
      <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26198"></a> style but defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text.
+ id="dx1-27198"></a> style but defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text.
      This means that you don’t have such a long hyperlink (which can cause
      problems for the DVI <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;format) and it also means that the user supplied
      material can include a hyperlink to another location. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26199"></a> key is obtained
+ id="dx1-27199"></a> key is obtained
      from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12323,16 +12777,16 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26200"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27200"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
      above <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26201"></a> style but the <span 
+ id="dx1-27201"></a> style but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-26202"></a> must be specified. The <span 
+ id="dx1-27202"></a> must be specified. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26203"></a>
+ id="dx1-27203"></a>
      is obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12339,31 +12793,31 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user</span><a 
- id="dx1-26204"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27204"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
      above <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26205"></a> style but the long form is shown first and
+ id="dx1-27205"></a> style but the long form is shown first and
      the short form is in the parenthetical material (as for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26206"></a>)
+ id="dx1-27206"></a>)
      style.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26207"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27207"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
      above <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26208"></a> style but the <span 
+ id="dx1-27208"></a> style but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-26209"></a> must be specified. The <span 
+ id="dx1-27209"></a> must be specified. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26210"></a>
+ id="dx1-27210"></a>
      is obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12370,17 +12824,17 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span><a 
- id="dx1-26211"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27211"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is designed to work
      with the <a 
 href="#catattr.markwords"><span 
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26212"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted
+ id="dx1-27212"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted
      using
-     <!--l. 5904--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 6140--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26213"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27213"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12395,7 +12849,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 5906--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" >
      where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; is the inserted material provided in the final optional argument of
      commands like <span 
@@ -12403,26 +12857,26 @@
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; start with a hyphen, then this locally
      redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep</span><a 
- id="dx1-26214"></a> to a hyphen, which means that if the <a 
+ id="dx1-27214"></a> to a hyphen, which means that if the <a 
 href="#catattr.markwords"><span 
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26215"></a>
+ id="dx1-27215"></a>
      attribute is set then the long form will become hyphenated. (If this attribute
      isn’t set, there’s no alteration to the way the long form is displayed.) The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26216"></a>
+ id="dx1-27216"></a>
      key is obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 5916--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p><!--l. 6152--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;) type of styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26217"></a>, this style also
+ id="dx1-27217"></a>, this style also
      repeats the insertion in the parenthetical part, so that the first use form
      is:
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 5921--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+         <!--l. 6157--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12432,7 +12886,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 5924--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
+     <!--l. 6160--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12441,41 +12895,41 @@
      moved into the formatting commands according to the conditional
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 5929--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6165--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{english}{markwords}{true}
      &#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
      &#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet&#x00A0;Protocol}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5934--><p class="nopar" > then
+     <!--l. 6170--><p class="nopar" > then
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
      \gls{ip}[-Adressen]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5938--><p class="nopar" > will do
+     <!--l. 6174--><p class="nopar" > will do
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 5941--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
+         <!--l. 6177--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
+     <!--l. 6179--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
      \gls{ip}[&#x00A0;Address]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5946--><p class="nopar" > will do
+     <!--l. 6182--><p class="nopar" > will do
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 5949--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 5951--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
-     </p><!--l. 5953--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
+         <!--l. 6185--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div>
+     <!--l. 6187--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
+     </p><!--l. 6189--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that
                                                                   
@@ -12482,39 +12936,39 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
      \glsxtrlong{ip}[-Adressen]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5958--><p class="nopar" > will do
+     <!--l. 6194--><p class="nopar" > will do
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 5961--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div>
+         <!--l. 6197--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div>
      </div>
-     <!--l. 5963--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 5965--><p class="noindent" >If the <a 
+     <!--l. 6199--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6201--><p class="noindent" >If the <a 
 href="#catattr.markwords"><span 
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26218"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of
+ id="dx1-27218"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154">
      \gls{ip}[-Adressen]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5969--><p class="nopar" > would do
+     <!--l. 6205--><p class="nopar" > would do
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 5972--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 5974--><p class="noindent" >instead.
-     </p><!--l. 5976--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material &#x27E8;<span 
+         <!--l. 6208--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
+     <!--l. 6210--><p class="noindent" >instead.
+     </p><!--l. 6212--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; is likely to contain commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>,
      then use <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26219"></a> instead to avoid nested links.
+ id="dx1-27219"></a> instead to avoid nested links.
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 5980--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 5982--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
+     </p><!--l. 6216--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6218--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps
@@ -12523,21 +12977,21 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
      \renewcommand{\glsabbrvhyphenfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}
      &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5988--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
+     <!--l. 6224--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-26220"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27220"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like
      <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26221"></a> except that the parenthetical part is omitted and
+ id="dx1-27221"></a> except that the parenthetical part is omitted and
      the long form is displayed on subsequent use. The short form can be accessed
      with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>but just uses the default abbreviation font. There’s
@@ -12544,7 +12998,7 @@
      no regular version of this style as the regular form doesn’t have the
      flexibility to deal with the hyphen switch. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26222"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-27222"></a> is obtained from
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12551,37 +13005,37 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-26223"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27223"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like
      <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26224"></a> but the name is set to the short form and the
+ id="dx1-27224"></a> but the name is set to the short form and the
      description is set to the long form.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26225"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27225"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6009--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 6245--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26226"></a> but the user
+ id="dx1-27226"></a> but the user
      supplies the description. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26227"></a> is obtained from <span 
+ id="dx1-27227"></a> is obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span><a 
- id="dx1-26228"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27228"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6016--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 6252--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26229"></a> but the
+ id="dx1-27229"></a> but the
      inserted and parenthetical material are moved to the post-link hook. On first
      use, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12604,16 +13058,16 @@
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
      <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
      where
-     </p><!--l. 6024--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 6260--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26230"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27230"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6026--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6262--><p class="noindent" >
      is in the post-link hook. This uses the format: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
      <br />&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; (<span 
@@ -12625,18 +13079,18 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6268--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. (Unlike
      <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26231"></a>.) </div>
-     </p><!--l. 6035--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 6037--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
-     </p><!--l. 6038--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-27231"></a>.) </div>
+     </p><!--l. 6271--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6273--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
+     </p><!--l. 6274--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphen</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26232"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27232"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphen{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12645,7 +13099,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6040--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6276--><p class="noindent" >
      checks if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; starts with a hyphen. If it does, then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally
@@ -12658,7 +13112,7 @@
      this style without causing nested hyperlinks, but only for commands like
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 6049--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6285--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; part for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -12665,8 +13119,8 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 6052--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 6054--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6288--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6290--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
      behaves differently to the first use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -12681,15 +13135,15 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26233"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27233"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6061--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26234"></a>
+ id="dx1-27234"></a>
      but the user supplies the description. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26235"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-27235"></a> is obtained from
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12696,17 +13150,17 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span><a 
- id="dx1-26236"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27236"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26237"></a>,
+ id="dx1-27237"></a>,
      except that the short form is displayed first followed by the long form in
      parentheses. The full form is formatted using
-     <!--l. 6071--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 6307--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26238"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27238"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12718,11 +13172,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6073--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6309--><p class="noindent" >
      which behaves in an analogous way to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26239"></a> is
+ id="dx1-27239"></a> is
      obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12729,15 +13183,15 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26240"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27240"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6079--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26241"></a> but the user
+ id="dx1-27241"></a> but the user
      supplies the description. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26242"></a> is obtained from <span 
+ id="dx1-27242"></a> is obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>.
                                                                   
 
@@ -12746,12 +13200,12 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span><a 
- id="dx1-26243"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27243"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is like
      <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26244"></a>, but the short form is displayed first followed by
+ id="dx1-27244"></a>, but the short form is displayed first followed by
      the long form in parentheses. On first use, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12774,26 +13228,26 @@
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
      <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
      where
-     <!--l. 6094--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 6330--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26245"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-27245"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenlong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6096--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6332--><p class="noindent" >
      is in the post-link hook. These commands behave in an analogous manner to
      those used with <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26246"></a>. The <span 
+ id="dx1-27246"></a>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26247"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-27247"></a> is obtained from
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 6101--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6337--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; part for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -12800,8 +13254,8 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 6104--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 6106--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6340--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6342--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
      behaves differently to the first use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -12816,29 +13270,29 @@
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26248"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-27248"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6113--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 6349--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-26249"></a>
+ id="dx1-27249"></a>
      but the user supplies the description. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26250"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-27250"></a> is obtained from
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>.
 </p>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6120--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6356--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 6120--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6356--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.5   </span> <a 
  id="sec:newabbrvstyle"></a>Defining New Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 6123--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
-</p><!--l. 6124--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 6359--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
+</p><!--l. 6360--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviationstyle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27001"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12847,76 +13301,76 @@
 class="cmitt-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6126--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6362--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6127--><p class="noindent" >where &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 6363--><p class="noindent" >where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the new style (as used in the mandatory argument of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a 
- id="dx1-27002"></a>). This is similar but not identical to the <span 
+ id="dx1-28002"></a>). This is similar but not identical to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a 
- id="dx1-27003"></a> command.
-</p><!--l. 6134--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span 
+ id="dx1-28003"></a> command.
+</p><!--l. 6370--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
 unless you have reverted <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-27004"></a> back to its generic definition from
+ id="dx1-28004"></a> back to its generic definition from
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span><a 
- id="dx1-27005"></a>). The acronym styles from the <span 
+ id="dx1-28005"></a>). The acronym styles from the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 package can’t be used with abbreviations defined with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 6141--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6143--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 6377--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6379--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">setup</span>&#x27E9; argument deals with the way the entry is defined and may
 set attributes for the given abbreviation category. This argument should
 redefine
-</p><!--l. 6146--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6382--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27006"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28006"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6148--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6384--><p class="noindent" >
 to set the entry fields including the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-27007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted),
+ id="dx1-28007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted),
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-27008"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-28008"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-27009"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-28009"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-27010"></a>. Other fields may also be set, such as <span 
+ id="dx1-28010"></a>. Other fields may also be set, such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-27011"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-28011"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-27012"></a> and
+ id="dx1-28012"></a> and
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-27013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6155--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
+ id="dx1-28013"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6391--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span>is expanded by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>so take care to
 protect commands that shouldn’t be expanded. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6158--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6160--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
+</p><!--l. 6394--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6396--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27014"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-28014"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">setup</span>&#x27E9;:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={\the\glsshorttok},
@@ -12929,17 +13383,17 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={\the\glslongtok}}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 6174--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span 
+<!--l. 6410--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-27015"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-28015"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-27016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by
+ id="dx1-28016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6178--><p class="indent" >   The basic styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 6414--><p class="indent" >   The basic styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27017"></a>, use commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-28017"></a>, use commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>(which are
 redefined whenever the style formatting is set) within <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>.
@@ -12946,7 +13400,7 @@
 Other styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27018"></a> directly use their own custom commands, such
+ id="dx1-28018"></a> directly use their own custom commands, such
 as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span>. With these styles, commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>still need to
@@ -12954,26 +13408,26 @@
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9; argument even if they’re not used within
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6187--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 6423--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">setup</span>&#x27E9; argument may also redefine
-</p><!--l. 6188--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6424--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27019"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6190--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6426--><p class="noindent" >
 which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically be initialised to do
 nothing.)
-</p><!--l. 6194--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
+</p><!--l. 6430--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27020"></a> includes the following in &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-28020"></a> includes the following in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">setup</span>&#x27E9;:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
@@ -12983,252 +13437,252 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 6205--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a 
+<!--l. 6441--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a 
+ id="dx1-28021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27022"></a> attribute if it
+ id="dx1-28022"></a> attribute if it
 has previously been set. Note that the <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by
+ id="dx1-28023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by
 other styles, so take care not to switch styles for the same category.
-</p><!--l. 6212--><p class="indent" >   You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
+</p><!--l. 6448--><p class="indent" >   You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
 following token registers.
-</p><!--l. 6215--><p class="indent" >   Short value (defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6451--><p class="indent" >   Short value (defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6216--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6452--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsshorttok</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27024"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6218--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6220--><p class="indent" >   Short plural value (defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6454--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6456--><p class="indent" >   Short plural value (defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6221--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6457--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsshortpltok</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27025"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28025"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6223--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6459--><p class="noindent" >
 (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
 through the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-27026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span 
+ id="dx1-28026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-27027"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6228--><p class="indent" >   Long value (defined by <span 
+ id="dx1-28027"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 6464--><p class="indent" >   Long value (defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6229--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6465--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongtok</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27028"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28028"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6231--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6233--><p class="indent" >   Long plural value (defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6467--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6469--><p class="indent" >   Long plural value (defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6234--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6470--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongpltok</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27029"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6472--><p class="noindent" >
 (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
 through the <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-27030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span 
+ id="dx1-28030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-27031"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6241--><p class="indent" >   The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a 
+ id="dx1-28031"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 6477--><p class="indent" >   The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a 
 href="#catattr.markwords"><span 
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27032"></a>). The
+ id="dx1-28032"></a>). The
 above registers reflect the modification. If you want to access the original
 (unmodified) short or long form (as provided in the final two arguments of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>), then use the commands:
-</p><!--l. 6246--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6482--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorgshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27033"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6248--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6484--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form and
-</p><!--l. 6250--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6486--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorglong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27034"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28034"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6252--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6488--><p class="noindent" >
 for the long form. (These may be useful for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-27035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that
+ id="dx1-28035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 may be added by the attribute setting.)
-</p><!--l. 6256--><p class="indent" >   There are two other registers available that are defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6492--><p class="indent" >   There are two other registers available that are defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
-</p><!--l. 6259--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6495--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslabeltok</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27036"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28036"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6261--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6497--><p class="noindent" >
 which contains the entry’s label and
-</p><!--l. 6263--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6499--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glskeylisttok</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27037"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28037"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6265--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6501--><p class="noindent" >
 which contains the values provided in the optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-27038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6269--><p class="indent" >   Remember put <span 
+ id="dx1-28038"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6505--><p class="indent" >   Remember put <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the </span>in front of the register command as in the examples above.
 The category label can be access through the command (not a register):
-</p><!--l. 6272--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6508--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glscategorylabel</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27039"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28039"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6274--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6510--><p class="noindent" >
 This may be used inside the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6278--><p class="indent" >   If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 6279--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6514--><p class="indent" >   If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 6515--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27040"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28040"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6281--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6517--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the existing style. For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27041"></a>
+ id="dx1-28041"></a>
 style simply does
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
 \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6286--><p class="nopar" > within &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 6522--><p class="nopar" > within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">setup</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 6289--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 6525--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9; argument deals with the way the entry is displayed in the document.
 This argument should redefine the following commands.
-</p><!--l. 6293--><p class="indent" >   The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6529--><p class="indent" >   The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-27042"></a>
+ id="dx1-28042"></a>
 key):
-</p><!--l. 6295--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6531--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27043"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28043"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6533--><p class="noindent" >
 (Note that this isn’t used for the plural long form, which just uses the regular
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 6301--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the short form on <a 
- id="dx1-27044"></a><a 
+</p><!--l. 6537--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the short form on <a 
+ id="dx1-28044"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 6302--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6538--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27045"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28045"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6304--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6306--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
+</p><!--l. 6540--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6542--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-27046"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 6308--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-28046"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 6544--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27047"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28047"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6310--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6312--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the long form on <a 
- id="dx1-27048"></a>first use or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 6313--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6546--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6548--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the long form on <a 
+ id="dx1-28048"></a>first use or in the full forms:
+</p><!--l. 6549--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27049"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28049"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6317--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the long form in commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 6551--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6553--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the long form in commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong </span>use:
-</p><!--l. 6319--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6555--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27050"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28050"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6321--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6323--><p class="indent" >   Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6557--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6559--><p class="indent" >   Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-27051"></a> on <a 
- id="dx1-27052"></a>first use for
+ id="dx1-28051"></a> on <a 
+ id="dx1-28052"></a>first use for
 abbreviations without the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27053"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6326--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-28053"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 6562--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27054"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28054"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6328--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6330--><p class="indent" >   Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6564--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6566--><p class="indent" >   Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-27055"></a> on
+ id="dx1-28055"></a> on
 <a 
- id="dx1-27056"></a>first use for abbreviations without the <a 
+ id="dx1-28056"></a>first use for abbreviations without the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27057"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6333--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-28057"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 6569--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27058"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28058"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6335--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6337--><p class="indent" >   Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6571--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6573--><p class="indent" >   Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-27059"></a> on <a 
- id="dx1-27060"></a>first use for
+ id="dx1-28059"></a> on <a 
+ id="dx1-28060"></a>first use for
 abbreviations without the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27061"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6340--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-28061"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 6576--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27062"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28062"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13237,42 +13691,42 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6342--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6344--><p class="indent" >   Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6578--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6580--><p class="indent" >   Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-27063"></a> on
+ id="dx1-28063"></a> on
 <a 
- id="dx1-27064"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-28064"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for abbreviations without the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27065"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6347--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-28065"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 6583--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27066"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28066"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6349--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6351--><p class="indent" >   In addition &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 6585--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6587--><p class="indent" >   In addition &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9; may also redefine the following commands that govern the inline
 full formats. If the style doesn’t redefine them, they will default to the same as the
 display full forms.
-</p><!--l. 6355--><p class="indent" >   Inline singular no case-change (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6591--><p class="indent" >   Inline singular no case-change (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a 
- id="dx1-27067"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-28067"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a 
- id="dx1-27068"></a> and
+ id="dx1-28068"></a> and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a 
- id="dx1-27069"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 6357--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-28069"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 6593--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27070"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28070"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13279,17 +13733,17 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6359--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6361--><p class="indent" >   Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6595--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6597--><p class="indent" >   Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><a 
- id="dx1-27071"></a> and
+ id="dx1-28071"></a> and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a 
- id="dx1-27072"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 6363--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-28072"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 6599--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27073"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28073"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13296,19 +13750,19 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6365--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6367--><p class="indent" >   Inline plural no case-change (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6601--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6603--><p class="indent" >   Inline plural no case-change (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-27074"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-28074"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-27075"></a> and
+ id="dx1-28075"></a> and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-27076"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 6369--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-28076"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 6605--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27077"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28077"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13315,17 +13769,17 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6371--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6373--><p class="indent" >   Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6607--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6609--><p class="indent" >   Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-27078"></a> and
+ id="dx1-28078"></a> and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-27079"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 6375--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-28079"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 6611--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27080"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28080"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13332,44 +13786,44 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6377--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6379--><p class="indent" >   (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
+</p><!--l. 6613--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6615--><p class="indent" >   (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
 formatted by redefining the following four commands, but these won’t be used for
 abbreviations with the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these
+ id="dx1-28081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these
 commands, the default values are used.
-</p><!--l. 6385--><p class="indent" >   Singular with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 6386--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6621--><p class="indent" >   Singular with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 6622--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27082"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28082"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6388--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6390--><p class="indent" >   Singular with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 6391--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6624--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6626--><p class="indent" >   Singular with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 6627--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27083"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28083"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6393--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6629--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6395--><p class="indent" >   Plural with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 6396--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6631--><p class="indent" >   Plural with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 6632--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27084"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28084"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13376,12 +13830,12 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6398--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6400--><p class="indent" >   Plural with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 6401--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6634--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6636--><p class="indent" >   Plural with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 6637--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27085"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28085"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13388,10 +13842,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6403--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6405--><p class="indent" >   If you want to provide support for <span 
+</p><!--l. 6639--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6641--><p class="indent" >   If you want to provide support for <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-27086"></a> use the following
+ id="dx1-28086"></a> use the following
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands (<a 
@@ -13404,20 +13858,20 @@
 class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands. (If you
 don’t use <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-27087"></a>, they will just do the corresponding <span 
+ id="dx1-28087"></a>, they will just do the corresponding <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9;
 command.)
-</p><!--l. 6413--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
+</p><!--l. 6649--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27088"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-28088"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9;:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
@@ -13446,17 +13900,17 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 6443--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
+<!--l. 6679--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
 display versions.
-</p><!--l. 6447--><p class="indent" >   If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 6448--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6683--><p class="indent" >   If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 6684--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27089"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-28089"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6450--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6686--><p class="noindent" >
 within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9;, where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the existing style. For example, the
@@ -13463,20 +13917,20 @@
 <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27090"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-28090"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9;:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 6456--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6458--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a 
+<!--l. 6692--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6694--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27091"></a> that displays
+ id="dx1-28091"></a> that displays
 the short form within <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsf</span>:
                                                                   
@@ -13483,7 +13937,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
 \newabbreviationstyle
 &#x00A0;<br />{custom-sf}%&#x00A0;label
 &#x00A0;<br />{%&#x00A0;setup
@@ -13494,20 +13948,20 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6471--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
+<!--l. 6707--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
 such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27092"></a> as they explicitly use their own formatting commands, such as
+ id="dx1-28092"></a> as they explicitly use their own formatting commands, such as
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span>. The base styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-27093"></a>, use the more generic
+ id="dx1-28093"></a>, use the more generic
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>etc which makes them easier to adapt than the modified
 styles.
-</p><!--l. 6479--><p class="indent" >   For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
+</p><!--l. 6715--><p class="indent" >   For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
 (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>).
                                                                   
@@ -13514,17 +13968,17 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 6482--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 6482--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6718--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 6718--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a 
  id="sec:headtitle"></a>Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6485--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 6721--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual cautions against using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter
 or section titles. The principle problems are: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">if you have a table of contents, the <a 
- id="dx1-28001"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-29001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset in the contents
      rather than later in the document;
      </li>
@@ -13541,27 +13995,27 @@
      </li>
      <li class="itemize">if you use <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-28002"></a>, commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-29002"></a>, commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>can’t be expanded to a simple
      string and only the label will appear in the PDF bookmark (with a warning
      from <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-28003"></a>);
+ id="dx1-29003"></a>);
      </li>
      <li class="itemize">if you use <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-28004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of
+ id="dx1-29004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of
      contents.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 6506--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
+<!--l. 6742--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
 issues).
-</p><!--l. 6509--><p class="indent" >   To get around all these problems, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6745--><p class="indent" >   To get around all these problems, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual recommends
 using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a 
- id="dx1-28005"></a>
+ id="dx1-29005"></a>
 (for regular entries) or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-28006"></a> (for abbreviations). This is the
+ id="dx1-29006"></a> (for abbreviations). This is the
 simplest solution, but doesn’t allow for special formatting that’s applied to
 the entry through commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span 
@@ -13569,7 +14023,7 @@
 that if, for example, you are using one of the abbreviation styles that uses
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a 
- id="dx1-28007"></a> then the short form displayed with <span 
+ id="dx1-29007"></a> then the short form displayed with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>won’t use
 small caps. If you only have one abbreviation style in use, you can explicitly
 enclose <span 
@@ -13582,22 +14036,22 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
 \chapter{A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6522--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span 
+<!--l. 6758--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-28008"></a>:
+ id="dx1-29008"></a>:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
 \chapter{A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about
 &#x00A0;<br />\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6527--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6529--><p class="indent" >   Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
+<!--l. 6763--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6765--><p class="indent" >   Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
 this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this won’t work as commands like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span 
@@ -13610,30 +14064,30 @@
 used by the standard page styles that display the chapter or section title in the page
 header using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><a 
- id="dx1-28009"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6540--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+ id="dx1-29009"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6776--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package tries to resolve this by modifying <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\markright</span><a 
- id="dx1-28010"></a> and
+ id="dx1-29010"></a> and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\markboth</span><a 
- id="dx1-28011"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-29011"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc</span>. If you don’t like this change, you can restore their
 former definitions using
-</p><!--l. 6543--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6779--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28012"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6545--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6781--><p class="noindent" >
 If you only want to restore <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc </span>you can use:
-</p><!--l. 6547--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6783--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28013"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6549--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6785--><p class="noindent" >
 If you restore the header or table of contents commands, you’ll have to use the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>manual’s recommendations of either simply using <span 
@@ -13644,10 +14098,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
 \chapter[A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glsentryshort{html}]{A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\gls{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6556--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span 
+<!--l. 6792--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmarkhook </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrinmark</span>
 at the start of the header or table of contents either scoped or afterwards cancelled
@@ -13654,36 +14108,36 @@
 with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6562--><p class="indent" >   If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span 
+</p><!--l. 6798--><p class="indent" >   If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span>, you can
 use the commands described below in the argument of sectioning commands. You can
 still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they
 don’t conflict with the page style.
-</p><!--l. 6568--><p class="indent" >   The commands listed below all use <span 
+</p><!--l. 6804--><p class="indent" >   The commands listed below all use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a 
- id="dx1-28014"></a> if <span 
+ id="dx1-29014"></a> if <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-28015"></a> has been
+ id="dx1-29015"></a> has been
 loaded so that the expandable non-formatted version is added to the PDF
 bookmarks. Note that since the commands that convert the first letter to
 upper case aren’t expandable, the non-case-changing version is used for the
 bookmarks.
-</p><!--l. 6574--><p class="indent" >   These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span 
+</p><!--l. 6810--><p class="indent" >   These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>(or
 equivalent) with the options <span 
 class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-28016"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-29016"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyper=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-28017"></a>. The text produced won’t be
+ id="dx1-29017"></a>. The text produced won’t be
 converted to upper case in the page headings by default. If you want the text
 converted to upper case you need to set the <a 
 href="#catattr.headuc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-28018"></a> attribute to “true” for the
+ id="dx1-29018"></a> attribute to “true” for the
 appropriate category.
-</p><!--l. 6582--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6818--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a 
- id="dx1-28019"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t
+ id="dx1-29019"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t
 provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This means that if the chapter
 or section title style uses bold, this may override the small-caps setting,
 in which case the abbreviation will just appear as lower case bold. If the
@@ -13692,322 +14146,322 @@
 class="cmti-10">even if you have set the </span><a 
 href="#catattr.headuc"><span 
 class="cmssi-10">headuc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-28020"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29020"></a> <span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute </span>since the all-capitals form still uses
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>. You may want to consider using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">slantsc</span><a 
- id="dx1-28021"></a> package in this case.
+ id="dx1-29021"></a> package in this case.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 6593--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6595--><p class="indent" >   Display the short form:
-</p><!--l. 6596--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6829--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6831--><p class="indent" >   Display the short form:
+</p><!--l. 6832--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28022"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29022"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6598--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6600--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 6601--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6834--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6836--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 6837--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28023"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6603--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6605--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular short form:
-</p><!--l. 6606--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6839--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6841--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular short form:
+</p><!--l. 6842--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28024"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6608--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6844--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 6611--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 6847--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural short form:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6612--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6848--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28025"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29025"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6614--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6850--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 6617--><p class="indent" >   Display the long form:
-</p><!--l. 6618--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6853--><p class="indent" >   Display the long form:
+</p><!--l. 6854--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28026"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29026"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6620--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6622--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 6623--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6856--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 6859--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28027"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6625--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6627--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular long form:
-</p><!--l. 6628--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6861--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular long form:
+</p><!--l. 6864--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28028"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29028"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6630--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6866--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 6633--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 6634--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 6870--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28029"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6636--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6872--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 6639--><p class="indent" >   There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="indent" >   There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span 
 class="cmti-10">inline</span>
 full form, which may be different from the full form used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6643--><p class="indent" >   Display the full form:
-</p><!--l. 6644--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6879--><p class="indent" >   Display the full form:
+</p><!--l. 6880--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28030"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29030"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6646--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6648--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 6649--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6882--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6884--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 6885--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28031"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29031"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6651--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6653--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular full form:
-</p><!--l. 6654--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6887--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular full form:
+</p><!--l. 6890--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28032"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29032"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6656--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6892--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 6659--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 6660--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 6896--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28033"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6662--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6898--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 6665--><p class="indent" >   There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6901--><p class="indent" >   There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-28034"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 6667--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-29034"></a> field:
+</p><!--l. 6903--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmttext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28035"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29035"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6669--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6671--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 6672--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6905--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6907--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 6908--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmttext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28036"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29036"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6674--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6910--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 6677--><p class="indent" >   The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 6913--><p class="indent" >   The plural equivalents:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6678--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28037"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29037"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6680--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6916--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 6682--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6918--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28038"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29038"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6684--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6686--><p class="indent" >   Likewise for the value of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6920--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6922--><p class="indent" >   Likewise for the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-28039"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 6688--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-29039"></a> field:
+</p><!--l. 6924--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28040"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29040"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6690--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6692--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 6693--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6926--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6928--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28041"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29041"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6695--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6931--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 6698--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the value of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6934--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-28042"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 6700--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-29042"></a> field:
+</p><!--l. 6936--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28043"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29043"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6702--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6704--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 6705--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6938--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6940--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28044"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29044"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6707--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6943--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 6710--><p class="indent" >   The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 6711--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6946--><p class="indent" >   The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirstpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28045"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29045"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6713--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6949--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 6715--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirstpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-28046"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-29046"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6717--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 6719--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 6719--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6955--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 6955--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a 
  id="sec:categories"></a>Categories</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6722--><p class="indent" >   Each entry defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="indent" >   Each entry defined by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-29001"></a> (or commands that internally use it
+ id="dx1-30001"></a> (or commands that internally use it
 such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-29002"></a>) is assigned a category through the <span 
+ id="dx1-30002"></a>) is assigned a category through the <span 
 class="cmss-10">category</span><a 
- id="dx1-29003"></a> key. You may
+ id="dx1-30003"></a> key. You may
 add any category that you like, but since the category is a label used in the creation
 of some control sequences, avoid problematic characters within the category label.
 (So take care if you have <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-29004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters
+ id="dx1-30004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters
 active.)
-</p><!--l. 6731--><p class="indent" >   The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
+</p><!--l. 6967--><p class="indent" >   The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
 in the text or glossary. Note that an entry’s category is independent of the glossary
 type. Be careful not to confuse <span 
 class="cmss-10">category</span><a 
- id="dx1-29005"></a> with <span 
+ id="dx1-30005"></a> with <span 
 class="cmss-10">type</span><a 
- id="dx1-29006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6736--><p class="indent" >   The default category assumed by <span 
+ id="dx1-30006"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6972--><p class="indent" >   The default category assumed by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is labelled <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
- id="dx1-29007"></a>.
+ id="dx1-30007"></a>.
 Abbreviations defined with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>have the category set to <span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-29008"></a>
+ id="dx1-30008"></a>
 by default. Abbreviations defined with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>have the category set to
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-29009"></a> by default.
-</p><!--l. 6743--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, if you have enabled <span 
+ id="dx1-30009"></a> by default.
+</p><!--l. 6979--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, if you have enabled <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a 
- id="dx1-29010"></a> with the <a 
+ id="dx1-30010"></a> with the <a 
 href="#styopt.index"><span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29011"></a> package option
+ id="dx1-30011"></a> package option
 that command will set the category to <span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-29012"></a> by default. If you have enabled
+ id="dx1-30012"></a> by default. If you have enabled
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-29013"></a> with the <a 
+ id="dx1-30013"></a> with the <a 
 href="#styopt.symbols"><span 
 class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29014"></a> package option, that command will set the
+ id="dx1-30014"></a> package option, that command will set the
 category to <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-29015"></a>. If you have enabled <span 
+ id="dx1-30015"></a>. If you have enabled <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a 
- id="dx1-29016"></a> with the <a 
+ id="dx1-30016"></a> with the <a 
 href="#styopt.numbers"><span 
 class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29017"></a> package
+ id="dx1-30017"></a> package
 option, that command will set the category to <span 
 class="cmss-10">number</span><a 
- id="dx1-29018"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6751--><p class="indent" >   You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 6752--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-30018"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6987--><p class="indent" >   You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 6988--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glscategory</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29019"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6754--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6990--><p class="noindent" >
 This is equivalent to commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>and so may be used in an
 expandable context. No error is generated if the entry doesn’t exist.
-</p><!--l. 6759--><p class="indent" >   You can test the category for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 6760--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6995--><p class="indent" >   You can test the category for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 6996--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategory</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29020"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30020"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14019,12 +14473,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6763--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6999--><p class="noindent" >
 This is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq</span><a 
- id="dx1-29021"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-30021"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span><span 
@@ -14045,15 +14499,15 @@
 </div> so any restrictions that apply to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq </span>also apply to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span>.
-<!--l. 6772--><p class="indent" >   Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span 
+<!--l. 7008--><p class="indent" >   Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
- id="dx1-29022"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-30022"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-29023"></a>
+ id="dx1-30023"></a>
 categories have the attribute <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29024"></a> set to “true” to indicate that all entries with
+ id="dx1-30024"></a> set to “true” to indicate that all entries with
 either of those categories are regular entries (as opposed to abbreviations).
 This attribute is accessed by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>to determine whether to use
@@ -14060,25 +14514,25 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6780--><p class="indent" >   Other attributes recognised by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7016--><p class="indent" >   Other attributes recognised by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.nohyperfirst"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nohyperfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-29025"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30025"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">When using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-29026"></a> this will automatically suppress the
+ id="dx1-30026"></a> this will automatically suppress the
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
      hyperlink on <a 
- id="dx1-29027"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-30027"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for entries with a category that has this attribute set to
      “true”. (This settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a 
- id="dx1-29028"></a>
+ id="dx1-30028"></a>
      key on or off in the optional argument of commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.) As
      from version 1.07, <span 
@@ -14086,7 +14540,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst </span>and their plural
      versions (which should ideally behave in a similar way to the <a 
- id="dx1-29029"></a>first use of
+ id="dx1-30029"></a>first use of
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>) now honour this attribute (but not the package-wide
@@ -14094,36 +14548,36 @@
 href="#styopt.hyperfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-29030"></a> option, which matches the behaviour of <span 
+ id="dx1-30030"></a> option, which matches the behaviour of <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-29031"></a>). If you want
+ id="dx1-30031"></a>). If you want
      commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>to ignore the <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29032"></a> attribute then just
+ id="dx1-30032"></a> attribute then just
      redefine
-     <!--l. 6797--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 7033--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29033"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6799--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7035--><p class="noindent" >
      to do nothing.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.nohyper"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nohyper</span><a 
- id="dx1-29034"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30034"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">When using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-29035"></a> this will automatically suppress the
+ id="dx1-30035"></a> this will automatically suppress the
      hyperlink for entries with a category that has this attribute set to “true”. (This
      settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a 
- id="dx1-29036"></a> key on or off in the
+ id="dx1-30036"></a> key on or off in the
      optional argument of commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -14130,31 +14584,31 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.indexonlyfirst"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-29037"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30037"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This is similar to the <a 
 href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29038"></a> package option but only for entries
+ id="dx1-30038"></a> package option but only for entries
      that have a category with this attribute set to “true”.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.wrgloss"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a 
- id="dx1-29039"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30039"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">When using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-29040"></a>, if this attribute is set to “after”, it will
+ id="dx1-30040"></a>, if this attribute is set to “after”, it will
      automatically implement <span 
 class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a 
- id="dx1-29041"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-30041"></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=after</span>. (New to v1.14.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.discardperiod"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">discardperiod</span><a 
- id="dx1-29042"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30042"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If set to “true”, the post-<a 
- id="dx1-29043"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-30043"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook will discard a&#x00A0;full stop
      (period) that follows <span 
 class="cmti-10">non-plural </span>commands like <span 
@@ -14167,25 +14621,25 @@
      it’s using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to the accessibility
      fields.
-     <!--l. 6826--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
+     <!--l. 7062--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
      full stop. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
      \newabbreviation
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[user1={German&#x00A0;Speaking&#x00A0;\TeX\&#x00A0;User&#x00A0;Group}]
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{dante}{DANTE&#x00A0;e.V.}{Deutschsprachige&#x00A0;Anwendervereinigung&#x00A0;\TeX\
      &#x00A0;<br />e.V.}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6833--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span 
+     <!--l. 7069--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-29044"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-30044"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-29045"></a> fields end with a full stop, but the <span 
+ id="dx1-30045"></a> fields end with a full stop, but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
- id="dx1-29046"></a> field doesn’t.
+ id="dx1-30046"></a> field doesn’t.
      The simplest solution in this situation is to put the sentence terminator in the
      final optional argument. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -14192,11 +14646,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
      \glsuseri{dante}[.]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6840--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a 
- id="dx1-29047"></a><a 
+     <!--l. 7076--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a 
+ id="dx1-30047"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> and it won’t be
      discarded.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -14203,12 +14657,12 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span><a 
- id="dx1-29048"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30048"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” <span 
 class="cmti-10">and </span>the <a 
 href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span 
 class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29049"></a> attribute is
+ id="dx1-30049"></a> attribute is
      set to “true”, this will behave as above for the plural commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or
      <span 
@@ -14221,17 +14675,17 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.retainfirstuseperiod"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span><a 
- id="dx1-29050"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30050"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” then the full stop won’t be
      discarded for <a 
- id="dx1-29051"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-30051"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> instances, even if <a 
 href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span 
 class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29052"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-30052"></a> or <a 
 href="#catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"><span 
 class="cmss-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29053"></a> are
+ id="dx1-30053"></a> are
      set. This is useful for &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;) abbreviation styles where only the
@@ -14246,52 +14700,52 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.markwords"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">markwords</span><a 
- id="dx1-29054"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30054"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-29055"></a>
+ id="dx1-30055"></a>
      will automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with
-     <!--l. 6864--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 7100--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrwordsep</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29056"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30056"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6866--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7102--><p class="noindent" >
      and each word is encapsulated with
-     </p><!--l. 6868--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 7104--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrword</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29057"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30057"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">word</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6870--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7106--><p class="noindent" >
      For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{markwords}{true}
      &#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet&#x00A0;Protocol}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6875--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
+     <!--l. 7111--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
      \newabbreviation{ip}{IP}
      &#x00A0;<br />{\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6880--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a 
+     <!--l. 7116--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29058"></a>, take advantage of this
+ id="dx1-30058"></a>, take advantage of this
      markup. If the inserted material (provided in the final argument of commands
      like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-29059"></a>) starts with a hyphen then <span 
+ id="dx1-30059"></a>) starts with a hyphen then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally redefined to a
      hyphen. (The default value is a space). Note that this only applies to
      commands like <span 
@@ -14302,33 +14756,33 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
      \newcommand{\hyplong}[2][]{%
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6892--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p><!--l. 6894--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to
+     <!--l. 7128--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 7130--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to
      entries defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
-     </p><!--l. 6898--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 7134--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
      ending up in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-29060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 6902--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-30060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 7138--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.markshortwords"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">markshortwords</span><a 
- id="dx1-29061"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30061"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This is similar to <a 
 href="#catattr.markwords"><span 
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only
+ id="dx1-30062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only
      useful for abbreviations that contain spaces.) This attribute is only applicable
      to entries defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
@@ -14335,28 +14789,28 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
-     <!--l. 6910--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span 
+     <!--l. 7146--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-29063"></a> key isn’t used.
+ id="dx1-30063"></a> key isn’t used.
      This setting will take precedence over <a 
 href="#catattr.insertdots"><span 
 class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29064"></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 6914--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span 
+ id="dx1-30064"></a>.
+     </p><!--l. 7150--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
      ending up in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-29065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 6918--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-30065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 7154--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.insertdots"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">insertdots</span><a 
- id="dx1-29066"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30066"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-29067"></a>
+ id="dx1-30067"></a>
      will automatically have full stops (periods) inserted after each letter. The entry
      will be defined with those dots present as though they had been present in the
      &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14370,7 +14824,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">incompatible with </span><a 
 href="#catattr.markshortwords"><span 
 class="cmssi-10">markshortwords</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29068"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-30068"></a><span 
 class="cmti-10">. </span>This attribute is only applicable to
      entries defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
@@ -14377,37 +14831,37 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
-     <!--l. 6932--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span 
+     <!--l. 7168--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-29069"></a> key, you must
+ id="dx1-30069"></a> key, you must
      explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there’s no way for the code to
      determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn’t be followed by a dot).
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 6938--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7174--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 6940--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 7176--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a 
 href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span 
 class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29070"></a> attribute set to “true”.
+ id="dx1-30070"></a> attribute set to “true”.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.aposplural"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">aposplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-29071"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30071"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-29072"></a> will insert an
+ id="dx1-30072"></a> will insert an
      apostrophe (’) before the plural suffix for the <span 
 class="cmti-10">short </span>plural form (unless
      explicitly overridden with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-29073"></a> key). The long plural form is
+ id="dx1-30073"></a> key). The long plural form is
      unaffected by this setting. This setting overrides <a 
 href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29074"></a>. This
+ id="dx1-30074"></a>. This
      attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
      <span 
@@ -14419,22 +14873,22 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.noshortplural"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">noshortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-29075"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30075"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-29076"></a> won’t append
+ id="dx1-30076"></a> won’t append
      the plural suffix for the short plural form. This means the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-29077"></a> and
+ id="dx1-30077"></a> and
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-29078"></a> values will be the same unless explicitly overridden. <span 
+ id="dx1-30078"></a> values will be the same unless explicitly overridden. <span 
 class="cmti-10">This setting</span>
      <span 
 class="cmti-10">is incompatible with </span><a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmssi-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29079"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-30079"></a><span 
 class="cmti-10">. </span>This attribute is only applicable to
      entries defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
@@ -14445,34 +14899,34 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.accessinsertdots"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">accessinsertdots</span><a 
- id="dx1-29080"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30080"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-29081"></a> package
+ id="dx1-30081"></a> package
      has been loaded (with the <a 
 href="#styopt.accsupp"><span 
 class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29082"></a> option), then this behaves like <a 
+ id="dx1-30082"></a> option), then this behaves like <a 
 href="#catattr.insertdots"><span 
 class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29083"></a> but
+ id="dx1-30083"></a> but
      for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29084"></a> field instead of the <span 
+ id="dx1-30084"></a> field instead of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-29085"></a> field. This can be used to assist the
+ id="dx1-30085"></a> field. This can be used to assist the
      screen reader for initialisms that should be read out letter by letter rather than
      as a word. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{initialism}{accessinsertdots}{true}
      &#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation[category=initialism]{pi}{PI}{Private&#x00A0;Investigator}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6974--><p class="nopar" > This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of the <span 
+     <!--l. 7210--><p class="nopar" > This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29086"></a> key in the
+ id="dx1-30086"></a> key in the
      optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). This attribute is
@@ -14485,21 +14939,21 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.nameshortaccess"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nameshortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29087"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30087"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">access</span><a 
- id="dx1-29088"></a> field (used for the <span 
+ id="dx1-30088"></a> field (used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-29089"></a>
+ id="dx1-30089"></a>
      field’s accessibility support) is set to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29090"></a> value. This attribute has no
+ id="dx1-30090"></a> value. This attribute has no
      effect if there’s no accessibility support or if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29091"></a> field hasn’t been
+ id="dx1-30091"></a> field hasn’t been
      assigned or if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">access</span><a 
- id="dx1-29092"></a> field is used explicitly. This attribute is only applicable
+ id="dx1-30092"></a> field is used explicitly. This attribute is only applicable
      to entries defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
@@ -14509,61 +14963,61 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.textshortaccess"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">textshortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29093"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30093"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <span 
 class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29094"></a> but applies to the <span 
+ id="dx1-30094"></a> but applies to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">textaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29095"></a> field (for use with
+ id="dx1-30095"></a> field (for use with
      regular abbreviations).
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.firstshortaccess"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">firstshortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29096"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30096"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Like <span 
 class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29097"></a> but applies to the <span 
+ id="dx1-30097"></a> but applies to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29098"></a> field (for use with
+ id="dx1-30098"></a> field (for use with
      regular abbreviations).
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.accessaposplural"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">accessaposplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-29099"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30099"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This boolean attribute overrides <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29100"></a> for the <span 
+ id="dx1-30100"></a> for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29101"></a>
+ id="dx1-30101"></a>
      key. Has no effect if there’s no accessibility support or if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29102"></a> key
+ id="dx1-30102"></a> key
      hasn’t been set or if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29103"></a> key is explicitly set. If the <a 
+ id="dx1-30103"></a> key is explicitly set. If the <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29104"></a> is
+ id="dx1-30104"></a> is
      set and this attribute isn’t set and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29105"></a> key is set, then the
+ id="dx1-30105"></a> key is set, then the
      <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29106"></a> setting governs the default <span 
+ id="dx1-30106"></a> setting governs the default <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29107"></a> setting. If you want
+ id="dx1-30107"></a> setting. If you want
      <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29108"></a> but don’t want it applied to the accessibility support, set the
+ id="dx1-30108"></a> but don’t want it applied to the accessibility support, set the
      <a 
 href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29109"></a> attribute to “false”. This attribute is only applicable to
+ id="dx1-30109"></a> attribute to “false”. This attribute is only applicable to
      entries defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
@@ -14573,17 +15027,17 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.accessnoshortplural"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">accessnoshortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-29110"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30110"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This boolean attribute overrides <a 
 href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29111"></a> for the
+ id="dx1-30111"></a> for the
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-29112"></a> key. The same conditions apply as for <a 
+ id="dx1-30112"></a> key. The same conditions apply as for <a 
 href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29113"></a>. This
+ id="dx1-30113"></a>. This
      attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
      <span 
@@ -14593,10 +15047,10 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.headuc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">headuc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29114"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30114"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-29115"></a> will use the
+ id="dx1-30115"></a> will use the
      upper case version in the page headers.
                                                                   
 
@@ -14605,13 +15059,13 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.tagging"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">tagging</span><a 
- id="dx1-29116"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30116"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the tagging command defined by
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><a 
- id="dx1-29117"></a> will be activated to use <span 
+ id="dx1-30117"></a> will be activated to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29118"></a> in
+ id="dx1-30118"></a> in
      the glossary (see <a 
 href="#sec:tagging"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.1 </a><a 
@@ -14620,11 +15074,11 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.entrycount"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">entrycount</span><a 
- id="dx1-29119"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30119"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Unlike the above attributes, this attribute isn’t boolean but instead must
      be an integer value and is used in combination with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a 
- id="dx1-29120"></a>
+ id="dx1-30120"></a>
      (see <a 
 href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a 
@@ -14632,11 +15086,11 @@
      categories that shouldn’t have this facility enabled. The value of this attribute
      is used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><a 
- id="dx1-29121"></a> to determine how commands such as <span 
+ id="dx1-30121"></a> to determine how commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
- id="dx1-29122"></a>
+ id="dx1-30122"></a>
      should behave.
-     <!--l. 7035--><p class="noindent" >With <span 
+     <!--l. 7271--><p class="noindent" >With <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>only if the previous
@@ -14645,7 +15099,7 @@
      for entries that have the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29123"></a> attribute set and where the previous
+ id="dx1-30123"></a> attribute set and where the previous
      usage count for that entry is less than or equal to the value of that
      attribute.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -14652,11 +15106,11 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.linkcount"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">linkcount</span><a 
- id="dx1-29124"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30124"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This attribute is set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true </span>by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a 
- id="dx1-29125"></a> (see <a 
+ id="dx1-30125"></a> (see <a 
 href="#sec:linkcount"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2
      </a><a 
@@ -14665,11 +15119,11 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.linkcountmaster"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">linkcountmaster</span><a 
- id="dx1-29126"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30126"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This attribute is set to the name of the master counter by
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a 
- id="dx1-29127"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see <a 
+ id="dx1-30127"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see <a 
 href="#sec:linkcount"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2
      </a><a 
@@ -14678,10 +15132,10 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.glossdesc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">glossdesc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29128"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30128"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29129"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary styles) is
+ id="dx1-30129"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary styles) is
      modified by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check for this attribute. The attribute may have
      one of the following values:
@@ -14690,34 +15144,34 @@
 class="cmtt-10">firstuc</span>: the first letter of the description will be converted to upper
          case (using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29130"></a>).
+ id="dx1-30130"></a>).
          </li>
          <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">title</span>: the description will be used in the argument of the title casing
          command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\capitalisewords</span><a 
- id="dx1-29131"></a> (provided by <span 
+ id="dx1-30131"></a> (provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29132"></a>). If you want to use a
+ id="dx1-30132"></a>). If you want to use a
          different command you can redefine:
-         <!--l. 7063--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+         <!--l. 7299--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29133"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30133"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">phrase cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
          </div><hr>
-         </p><!--l. 7065--><p class="noindent" >
+         </p><!--l. 7301--><p class="noindent" >
          For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
          \newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs}[1]{\xcapitalisefmtwords*{#1}}
 </div>
-         <!--l. 7069--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span 
+         <!--l. 7305--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs </span>will be a control
          sequence whose replacement text is the entry’s description, which is why
          <span 
@@ -14725,20 +15179,20 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\capitalisefmtwords</span>.)
 </p>
          </li></ul>
-     <!--l. 7076--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
+     <!--l. 7312--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
      limitations for both the first letter uppercasing and the title casing commands.
      See the <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29134"></a> user manual for further details.
+ id="dx1-30134"></a> user manual for further details.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.glossdescfont"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">glossdescfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29135"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30135"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29136"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the
+ id="dx1-30136"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the
      name of a control sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one
      argument. This control sequence will be applied to the description text. For
      example:
@@ -14745,34 +15199,34 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossdescfont}{emph}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 7089--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 7325--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.glossname"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">glossname</span><a 
- id="dx1-29137"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30137"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">As <a 
 href="#catattr.glossdesc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29138"></a> but applies to <span 
+ id="dx1-30138"></a> but applies to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
- id="dx1-29139"></a>. Additionally, if this
+ id="dx1-30139"></a>. Additionally, if this
      attribute is set to “uc” the name is converted to all capitals.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.indexname"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">indexname</span><a 
- id="dx1-29140"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30140"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If set, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>hook used at the end of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
- id="dx1-29141"></a>
+ id="dx1-30141"></a>
      will index the entry using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
- id="dx1-29142"></a>. See <a 
+ id="dx1-30142"></a>. See <a 
 href="#sec:autoindex"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a 
 href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further
@@ -14781,11 +15235,11 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.glossnamefont"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">glossnamefont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29143"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30143"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
- id="dx1-29144"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the
+ id="dx1-30144"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the
      name of a control sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one
      argument. This control sequence will be applied to the name text. For
      example:
@@ -14792,13 +15246,13 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossnamefont}{emph}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 7109--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span 
+     <!--l. 7345--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>which will only be used if this attribute
      hasn’t been set.
-     </p><!--l. 7113--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
+     </p><!--l. 7349--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
      such as the list styles which put the name in the optional argument of
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\item</span>.
@@ -14806,7 +15260,7 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.textformat"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a 
- id="dx1-29145"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30145"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">(New to version 1.21.) Commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>have the link
@@ -14821,7 +15275,7 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.hyperoutside"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a 
- id="dx1-29146"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30146"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">(New to v1.21.) The attribute value may be <span 
 class="cmtt-10">false</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true </span>or unset. If
@@ -14828,7 +15282,7 @@
      unset, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. This indicates the default setting of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span><a 
- id="dx1-29147"></a>
+ id="dx1-30147"></a>
      key, described in <a 
 href="#sec:wrglossary"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.1 </a><a 
@@ -14837,16 +15291,16 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.dualindex"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">dualindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-29148"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30148"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If set, whenever a glossary entry has information written to the external
      glossary file through commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-29149"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-30149"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a 
- id="dx1-29150"></a>, a&#x00A0;corresponding line
+ id="dx1-30150"></a>, a&#x00A0;corresponding line
      will be written to the indexing file using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
- id="dx1-29151"></a>. See <a 
+ id="dx1-30151"></a>. See <a 
 href="#sec:autoindex"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a 
 href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for
@@ -14855,7 +15309,7 @@
 <a 
  id="catattr.targeturl"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">targeturl</span><a 
- id="dx1-29152"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30152"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If set, the hyperlink generated by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will be set to the
      URL provided by this attributes value. For example:
@@ -14862,10 +15316,10 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 7143--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span 
+     <!--l. 7379--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-external.tex</span>.) If the URL
      contains awkward characters (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">%</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
@@ -14873,16 +15327,16 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
      package provides commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar</span><a 
- id="dx1-29153"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-30153"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span>that
      expand to literal characters.
-     </p><!--l. 7151--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
+     </p><!--l. 7387--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">#</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; to the URL), then you also need to set <a 
 href="#catattr.targetname"><span 
 class="cmss-10">targetname</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29154"></a> to the anchor &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-30154"></a> to the anchor &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;.
      You may use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>within &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14889,7 +15343,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; which is set by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to
      the entry’s label.
-     </p><!--l. 7157--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span 
+     </p><!--l. 7393--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>
      which sets the anchor to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix\glslabel</span></span></span>, so if you want
@@ -14896,56 +15350,56 @@
      entries to link to glossaries in the URL given by <a 
 href="#catattr.targeturl"><span 
 class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29155"></a>, you can just
+ id="dx1-30155"></a>, you can just
      do:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 7164--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span 
+     <!--l. 7400--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>then you will need to adjust
      the above as appropriate.)
-     </p><!--l. 7168--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p><!--l. 7404--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name1</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name2</span>&#x27E9; then use <a 
 href="#catattr.targetname"><span 
 class="cmss-10">targetname</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29156"></a> for the &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-30156"></a> for the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name2</span>&#x27E9;
      part and <a 
 href="#catattr.targetcategory"><span 
 class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29157"></a> for the &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-30157"></a> for the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name1</span>&#x27E9; part.
-     </p><!--l. 7172--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+     </p><!--l. 7408--><p class="noindent" >For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
      &#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page}
      &#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 7177--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span 
+     <!--l. 7413--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">general </span>entries to link to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">master-doc.pdf#page.7</span>
      (page 7 of that PDF).
-     </p><!--l. 7181--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
+     </p><!--l. 7417--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
      glossary and entries that link to an external URL then you can use
      the starred form of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-29158"></a> for the external list. For
+ id="dx1-30158"></a> for the external list. For
      example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177">
      \newignoredglossary*{external}
      &#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{external}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
      &#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
@@ -14955,12 +15409,12 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;category=external,
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={external&#x00A0;example}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 7197--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 7433--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.externallocation"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">externallocation</span><a 
- id="dx1-29159"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30159"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">The value should be the file name of the target document when
      manually indexing an external location (see <a 
 href="#sec:wrglossary"><span 
@@ -14967,16 +15421,16 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>). In general,
      it’s better to use <a 
- id="dx1-29160"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-30160"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v1.7+ which can handle multiple external sources
      and doesn’t require this attribute.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7207--><p class="indent" >   An attribute can be set using:
-</p><!--l. 7208--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 7443--><p class="indent" >   An attribute can be set using:
+</p><!--l. 7444--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssetcategoryattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29161"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30161"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -14986,31 +15440,31 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7210--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7446--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9; is the category label, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9; is the attribute label and
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; is the new value for the attribute.
-</p><!--l. 7215--><p class="indent" >   There is a shortcut version to set the <a 
+</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="indent" >   There is a shortcut version to set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29162"></a> attribute to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 7217--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-30162"></a> attribute to “true”:
+</p><!--l. 7453--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssetregularcategory</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29163"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30163"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetregularcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7219--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7221--><p class="indent" >   If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
+</p><!--l. 7455--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7457--><p class="indent" >   If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
 shortcut command:
-</p><!--l. 7223--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7459--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssetattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29164"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30164"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15020,16 +15474,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7461--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscategory </span>to set the attribute. Note
 that this will affect all other entries that share this entry’s category.
-</p><!--l. 7230--><p class="indent" >   You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-</p><!--l. 7232--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7466--><p class="indent" >   You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 7468--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgetcategoryattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29165"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30165"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgetcategoryattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -15040,13 +15494,13 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 7234--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7470--><p class="noindent" >
 Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label for a given
 entry:
-</p><!--l. 7237--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7473--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgetattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29166"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30166"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgetattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15053,12 +15507,12 @@
 class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7239--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7241--><p class="indent" >   You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 7243--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7477--><p class="indent" >   You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 7479--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glshascategoryattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29167"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30167"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshascategoryattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -15070,19 +15524,19 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7246--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7482--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
- id="dx1-29168"></a>’s <span 
+ id="dx1-30168"></a>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifcsvoid </span>and does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true code</span>&#x27E9; if the attribute has been set and
 isn’t blank and isn’t <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. The shortcut if you need to lookup the category label
 from an entry is:
-</p><!--l. 7251--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7487--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glshasattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29169"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30169"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshasattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15094,12 +15548,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7254--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7256--><p class="indent" >   You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-</p><!--l. 7258--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7490--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7492--><p class="indent" >   You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 7494--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategoryattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29170"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30170"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategoryattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -15113,7 +15567,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7260--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7496--><p class="noindent" >
 This tests if the attribute (given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;) for the category (given by
 &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15123,35 +15577,35 @@
 isn’t set or is set but isn’t equal to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; is done.
-</p><!--l. 7267--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 7503--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
 \glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO&#x00A0;HYPER}{HYPER}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7270--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span 
+<!--l. 7506--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
- id="dx1-29171"></a> category has the <a 
+ id="dx1-30171"></a> category has the <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyper"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29172"></a> attribute set to
+ id="dx1-30172"></a> attribute set to
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true </span>otherwise if does “HYPER”.
-</p><!--l. 7275--><p class="indent" >   With boolean-style attributes like <a 
+</p><!--l. 7511--><p class="indent" >   With boolean-style attributes like <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyper"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29173"></a>, make sure you always test for <span 
+ id="dx1-30173"></a>, make sure you always test for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true</span>
 not <span 
 class="cmtt-10">false </span>in case the attribute hasn’t been set.
-</p><!--l. 7278--><p class="indent" >   Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
+</p><!--l. 7514--><p class="indent" >   Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
 entry:
-</p><!--l. 7280--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7516--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29174"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30174"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15165,16 +15619,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} {</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7282--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7284--><p class="indent" >   There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a 
+</p><!--l. 7518--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7520--><p class="indent" >   There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29175"></a>
+ id="dx1-30175"></a>
 attribute set to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 7286--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7522--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifregularcategory</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29176"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30176"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifregularcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -15184,12 +15638,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7288--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7524--><p class="noindent" >
 Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 7291--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7527--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifregular</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29177"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30177"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifregular{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15198,21 +15652,21 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7293--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7529--><p class="noindent" >
 Note that if the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29178"></a> attribute hasn’t be set, the above do &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-30178"></a> attribute hasn’t be set, the above do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;. There
 are also reverse commands that test if the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29179"></a> attribute has been set to
+ id="dx1-30179"></a> attribute has been set to
 “false”:
-</p><!--l. 7297--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7533--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregularcategory</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29180"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30180"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregularcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -15222,12 +15676,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7299--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7535--><p class="noindent" >
 or for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 7301--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7537--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregular</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29181"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30181"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregular{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15236,15 +15690,15 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7303--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7539--><p class="noindent" >
 Again, if the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29182"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-30182"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;, so these
 reverse commands aren’t logically opposite in the strict sense.
-</p><!--l. 7308--><p class="indent" >   You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 7310--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7544--><p class="indent" >   You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 7546--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachincategory[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15258,7 +15712,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7311--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7547--><p class="noindent" >
 This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated
 list &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9; that have the category given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15274,12 +15728,12 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 7321--><p class="indent" >   Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
+</p><!--l. 7557--><p class="indent" >   Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
 attribute using:
-</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7559--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsforeachwithattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29183"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30183"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachwithattribute[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
@@ -15296,21 +15750,21 @@
 class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7325--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7561--><p class="noindent" >
 This will do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">body</span>&#x27E9; for each entry that has a category with the attribute &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;
 set to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-value</span>&#x27E9;. The remaining arguments are as the previous command.
-</p><!--l. 7330--><p class="indent" >   You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
+</p><!--l. 7566--><p class="indent" >   You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
 field changing commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span><a 
- id="dx1-29184"></a>. Alternatively, you can
+ id="dx1-30184"></a>. Alternatively, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 7333--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7569--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategory</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29185"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30185"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15317,21 +15771,21 @@
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7571--><p class="noindent" >
 This will change the category to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9; for each entry listed in the
 comma-separated list &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-labels</span>&#x27E9;. This command uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span><a 
- id="dx1-29186"></a> so it will
+ id="dx1-30186"></a> so it will
 expand &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9; and make the change global.
-</p><!--l. 7341--><p class="indent" >   You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
+</p><!--l. 7577--><p class="indent" >   You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
 using:
-</p><!--l. 7343--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7579--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29187"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30187"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -15339,7 +15793,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7345--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7581--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of glossary labels.
                                                                   
@@ -15346,14 +15800,14 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 7349--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 7349--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7585--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 7585--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a 
  id="sec:countref"></a>Counting References</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7352--><p class="indent" >   There are three basic ways of counting entry references:
+</p><!--l. 7588--><p class="indent" >   There are three basic ways of counting entry references:
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-30002x1">Counting the total number of times <span 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-31002x1">Counting the total number of times <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>resets
      the count and is best avoided). This is provided by the base <span 
@@ -15364,7 +15818,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file  so  that  it’s  available  on  the  next
      <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run.
-     <!--l. 7362--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span 
+     <!--l. 7598--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and is described in <a 
 href="#sec:entrycount"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a 
@@ -15372,9 +15826,9 @@
      Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
      </p></li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-30004x2">Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-31004x2">Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with
      <a 
- id="dx1-30005"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-31005"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> and is intended for documents where the term should be displayed
      differently if it’s only been recorded (indexed) a certain number of times.
@@ -15384,7 +15838,7 @@
 href="#sec:recordcount">Record Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordcount --></a> for further details.
      </li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-30007x3">Counting   the   number   of   times   the   <span 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-31007x3">Counting   the   number   of   times   the   <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like   or   <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like
      commands  are  used.  (That  is,  those  commands  that  internally  use
@@ -15401,10 +15855,10 @@
 href="#sec:linkcount"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2 </a><a 
 href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a> for further details.</li></ol>
-<!--l. 7381--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7617--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:entrycount"></a>Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</h3>
-<!--l. 7384--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a 
+<!--l. 7620--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a 
 href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a 
 href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>, <span 
@@ -15411,40 +15865,40 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>modifies the
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a 
- id="dx1-31001"></a> command to allow for the <a 
+ id="dx1-32001"></a> command to allow for the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-31002"></a> attribute. This means
+ id="dx1-32002"></a> attribute. This means
 that you not only need to enable entry counting with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a 
- id="dx1-31003"></a>, but
+ id="dx1-32003"></a>, but
 you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 7391--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
+</p><!--l. 7627--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
 by commands that change the <a 
- id="dx1-31004"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-32004"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. (That is, all those commands
 that mark the entry as having been used.) There are many commands that
 don’t modify this flag and they won’t contribute to the entry use count.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 7397--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7399--><p class="indent" >   With <span 
+</p><!--l. 7633--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7635--><p class="indent" >   With <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you may use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
- id="dx1-31005"></a> instead of <span 
+ id="dx1-32005"></a> instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-31006"></a> even if you haven’t enabled
+ id="dx1-32006"></a> even if you haven’t enabled
 entry counting. You will only get a warning if you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>
 without setting the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-31007"></a> attribute. (With <span 
+ id="dx1-32007"></a> attribute. (With <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
- id="dx1-31008"></a>
+ id="dx1-32008"></a>
 will generate a warning if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>hasn’t been used.) The
                                                                   
@@ -15452,7 +15906,7 @@
                                                                   
 abbreviation shortcut <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ab</span><a 
- id="dx1-31009"></a> uses <span 
+ id="dx1-32009"></a> uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>(see <a 
 href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.3 </a><a 
@@ -15459,33 +15913,33 @@
 href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>). The
 acronym shortcut <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a 
- id="dx1-31010"></a> uses <span 
+ id="dx1-32010"></a> uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>if it’s been defined with <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a 
- id="dx1-31011"></a> (or
+ id="dx1-32011"></a> (or
 <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=all</span><a 
- id="dx1-31012"></a>) but uses <span 
+ id="dx1-32012"></a>) but uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>if it’s been defined with <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a 
- id="dx1-31013"></a> (or
+ id="dx1-32013"></a> (or
 <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a 
- id="dx1-31014"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 7412--><p class="indent" >   All upper case versions (not provided by <span 
+ id="dx1-32014"></a>).
+</p><!--l. 7648--><p class="indent" >   All upper case versions (not provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) are also available:
-</p><!--l. 7414--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7650--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cGLS</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-31015"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-32015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLS[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15493,12 +15947,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7416--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7652--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 7418--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7654--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cGLSpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-31016"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-32016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15506,42 +15960,42 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7420--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7656--><p class="noindent" >
 These are analogous to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>but they use
-</p><!--l. 7423--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7659--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cGLSformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-31017"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-32017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLSformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7425--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7661--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 7427--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7663--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cGLSplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-31018"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-32018"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLSplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7665--><p class="noindent" >
 which convert the analogous <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat </span>to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 7433--><p class="indent" >   Just using <span 
+</p><!--l. 7669--><p class="indent" >   Just using <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
 &#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
@@ -15554,17 +16008,17 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7455--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7457--><p class="indent" >   If you switch to <span 
+<!--l. 7691--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7693--><p class="indent" >   If you switch to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you must set the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-31019"></a> attribute:
+ id="dx1-32019"></a> attribute:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
@@ -15578,16 +16032,16 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7482--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7484--><p class="indent" >   When activated with <span 
+<!--l. 7718--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7720--><p class="indent" >   When activated with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
- id="dx1-31020"></a> now
+ id="dx1-32020"></a> now
 use
-</p><!--l. 7486--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7722--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-31021"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-32021"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15597,12 +16051,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">normal code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7489--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7725--><p class="noindent" >
 to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger. The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; uses
 commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and unsets the <a 
- id="dx1-31022"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-32022"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">normal code</span>&#x27E9; is the
 code that would ordinarily be performed by whatever the equivalent command is (for
@@ -15613,12 +16067,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behaviour in
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">normal code</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 7498--><p class="indent" >   The default definition is:
+</p><!--l. 7734--><p class="indent" >   The default definition is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}[3]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glshasattribute{#1}{entrycount}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%
@@ -15631,37 +16085,37 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{#3}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7511--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a 
+<!--l. 7747--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-31023"></a>
+ id="dx1-32023"></a>
 attribute then the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; will be used if the previous count value (the number of
 times the entry was used on the last run) is greater than the value of the
 attribute.
-</p><!--l. 7518--><p class="indent" >   For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
+</p><!--l. 7754--><p class="indent" >   For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
 four:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7522--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7524--><p class="indent" >   There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
+<!--l. 7758--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7760--><p class="indent" >   There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
 <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-31024"></a> attribute and redefine <span 
+ id="dx1-32024"></a> attribute and redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-31025"></a>, etc to use <span 
+ id="dx1-32025"></a>, etc to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
- id="dx1-31026"></a> etc:
-</p><!--l. 7527--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-32026"></a> etc:
+</p><!--l. 7763--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-31027"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-32027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">categories</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -15669,19 +16123,19 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7529--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7765--><p class="noindent" >
 The first argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">categories</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of categories. For each
 category, the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-31028"></a> attribute is set to &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-32028"></a> attribute is set to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9;. In addition, this does:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
 \renewcommand*{\gls}{\cgls}%
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}%
@@ -15689,19 +16143,19 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7540--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
-</p><!--l. 7544--><p class="indent" >   If you use <span 
+<!--l. 7776--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
+</p><!--l. 7780--><p class="indent" >   If you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting </span>more than once, subsequent uses will
 just set the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-31029"></a> attribute for each listed category.
-</p><!--l. 7548--><p class="indent" >   The above example document can then become:
+ id="dx1-32029"></a> attribute for each listed category.
+</p><!--l. 7784--><p class="indent" >   The above example document can then become:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
@@ -15714,15 +16168,15 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7570--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7572--><p class="indent" >   The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
+<!--l. 7806--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7808--><p class="indent" >   The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
 an entry has been marked as used throughout the document. (The reset commands
 will reset the total back to zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 7577--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7813--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-31030"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-32030"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15732,7 +16186,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7579--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7815--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">categories</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of categories to which this feature should
 be applied, &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15739,20 +16193,20 @@
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; is the trigger value and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the counter
 used by the sectional unit.
-</p><!--l. 7585--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span 
+</p><!--l. 7821--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>’s output routine, discrepancies will
 occur in page spanning paragraphs if you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">page</span><a 
- id="dx1-31031"></a> counter. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7589--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7591--><p class="indent" >   Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
+ id="dx1-32031"></a> counter. </div>
+</p><!--l. 7825--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7827--><p class="indent" >   Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
 counting in the same document.
-</p><!--l. 7594--><p class="indent" >   The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span 
+</p><!--l. 7830--><p class="indent" >   The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9;
 needs to be expandable. Since <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-31032"></a> also has a similar requirement and provides
+ id="dx1-32032"></a> also has a similar requirement and provides
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9; as an expandable alternative, <span 
@@ -15762,10 +16216,10 @@
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9; if it exists otherwise it will use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 7601--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a 
+</p><!--l. 7837--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-31033"></a> (as before) and
+ id="dx1-32033"></a> (as before) and
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -15772,59 +16226,59 @@
 <a 
 href="#catattr.unitcount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">unitcount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-31034"></a> (the name of the counter).
-</p><!--l. 7604--><p class="indent" >   Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
+ id="dx1-32034"></a> (the name of the counter).
+</p><!--l. 7840--><p class="indent" >   Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
 mechanism provide a command that can be used to access the current count value for
 this run:
-</p><!--l. 7607--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7843--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-31035"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-32035"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7609--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7845--><p class="noindent" >
 and the final value from the previous run:
-</p><!--l. 7611--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7847--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevcount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-31036"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-32036"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7613--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7849--><p class="noindent" >
 In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value <span 
 class="cmti-10">for the current unit</span>. In
 both commands &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 7618--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
-</p><!--l. 7619--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7854--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
+</p><!--l. 7855--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevtotalcount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-31037"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-32037"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7621--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7857--><p class="noindent" >
 which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run for the entry
 given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, and
-</p><!--l. 7624--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7860--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevmaxcount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-31038"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-32038"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7626--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7862--><p class="noindent" >
 which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run.
-</p><!--l. 7629--><p class="indent" >   The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
-</p><!--l. 7631--><p class="indent" >   Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
+</p><!--l. 7865--><p class="indent" >   The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
+</p><!--l. 7867--><p class="indent" >   Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
 \documentclass{report}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{abbreviation}{2}{chapter}
@@ -15843,11 +16297,11 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7662--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span 
+<!--l. 7898--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">css </span>entry is used three times in the first chapter. This is
 more than the trigger value of 2, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> is expanded on <a 
- id="dx1-31039"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-32039"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>
 with the short form used on subsequent use, and the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">css </span>entries in that
@@ -15857,33 +16311,33 @@
 long form is used and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> doesn’t get a line added to the glossary
 file.
-</p><!--l. 7673--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 7909--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>is used a total of three times, but the expansion and indexing
 suppression trigger is tripped in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the
 first chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal to the trigger
 value.
-</p><!--l. 7679--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 7915--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample </span>entry has only been used once, but it doesn’t trip the indexing
 suppression because it’s in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
- id="dx1-31040"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in
+ id="dx1-32040"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span>.
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 7684--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
+</p><!--l. 7920--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
 example document the trigger value is set to zero, which means the index suppression
 won’t be triggered, but the unit entry count is used to automatically suppress the
 hyperlink for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-31041"></a> by modifying the hook
-</p><!--l. 7690--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-32041"></a> by modifying the hook
+</p><!--l. 7926--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-31042"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-32042"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7692--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7928--><p class="noindent" >
 which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether or not to suppress the
 hyperlink.
                                                                   
@@ -15890,7 +16344,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
@@ -15911,22 +16365,22 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7727--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 7963--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on each
 page.
-</p><!--l. 7731--><p class="indent" >   The earlier warning about using the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7967--><p class="indent" >   The earlier warning about using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">page</span><a 
- id="dx1-31043"></a> counter still applies. If the
+ id="dx1-32043"></a> counter still applies. If the
 first instance of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>occurs at the top of the page within a paragraph that
 started on the previous page, then the count will continue from the previous
 page.
-</p><!--l. 7736--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7972--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 7736--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7972--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:linkcount"></a>Link Counting</h3>
-<!--l. 7739--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number
+<!--l. 7975--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -15940,13 +16394,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\@gls at link </span>may use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>when displaying the
 <a 
- id="dx1-32001"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-33001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 7746--><p class="indent" >   To enable link counting use the preamble-only command:
-</p><!--l. 7747--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7982--><p class="indent" >   To enable link counting use the preamble-only command:
+</p><!--l. 7983--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-32002"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-33002"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">master counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
@@ -15954,7 +16408,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">categories</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7749--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7985--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">categories</span>&#x27E9; is a list of category labels. The optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">master</span>
@@ -15964,24 +16418,24 @@
 incremented. This command automatically sets the <a 
 href="#catattr.linkcount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">linkcount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-32003"></a> attribute for the given
+ id="dx1-33003"></a> attribute for the given
 categories. If the optional argument is present, it also sets the <a 
 href="#catattr.linkcountmaster"><span 
 class="cmss-10">linkcountmaster</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-32004"></a>
+ id="dx1-33004"></a>
 attribute.
-</p><!--l. 7758--><p class="indent" >   When enabled, commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 7994--><p class="indent" >   When enabled, commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>increment the associated
 counter using
-</p><!--l. 7760--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7996--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinclinkcounter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-32005"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-33005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinclinkcounter{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7762--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7998--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\stepcounter{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15992,44 +16446,44 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinclinkcounter}[1]{\refstepcounter{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7768--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7770--><p class="indent" >   You can access the internal count register using
-</p><!--l. 7771--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 8004--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8006--><p class="indent" >   You can access the internal count register using
+</p><!--l. 8007--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-32006"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-33006"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7773--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8009--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label. This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been
 defined.
-</p><!--l. 7777--><p class="indent" >   It’s also possible to access the display value (<span 
+</p><!--l. 8013--><p class="indent" >   It’s also possible to access the display value (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;) using
-</p><!--l. 7779--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8015--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-32007"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-33007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7781--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8017--><p class="noindent" >
 (This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been defined.)
-</p><!--l. 7784--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first
+</p><!--l. 8020--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first
 needs to be incremented so terms that have been defined but haven’t been
 used in the document won’t have the associated count register allocated.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 7789--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7791--><p class="indent" >   You can test if the counter has been defined using:
-</p><!--l. 7792--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8025--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8027--><p class="indent" >   You can test if the counter has been defined using:
+</p><!--l. 8028--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-32008"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-33008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -16038,18 +16492,18 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7794--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8030--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 7797--><p class="indent" >   The counter name can be obtained using
-</p><!--l. 7798--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8033--><p class="indent" >   The counter name can be obtained using
+</p><!--l. 8034--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-32009"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-33009"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7800--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8036--><p class="noindent" >
 This simply expands to the counter name associated with the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;
 without any check for existence. For example, to change the display command
@@ -16057,15 +16511,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;) using <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
- id="dx1-32010"></a>:
+ id="dx1-33010"></a>:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188">
 \csdef{the\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}{\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7807--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t
+<!--l. 8043--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t
 convenient if you want to change the display for all entries. Instead, it’s simpler to
 redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span>. For example:
@@ -16073,7 +16527,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189">
 \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{#1}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{#1}}}%
@@ -16080,12 +16534,12 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{0}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7818--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span 
+<!--l. 8054--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7822--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after
+</p><!--l. 8058--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after
 the first reference. This redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a 
- id="dx1-32011"></a> (which is used by both <span 
+ id="dx1-33011"></a> (which is used by both <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
 and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>) instead of <span 
@@ -16097,7 +16551,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
@@ -16120,32 +16574,32 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7864--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span 
+<!--l. 8100--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a 
- id="dx1-32012"></a> means that the options can override this. For
+ id="dx1-33012"></a> means that the options can override this. For
 example
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">
 \gls[hyper=true]{sample1}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7869--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span 
+<!--l. 8105--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a 
- id="dx1-32013"></a>. If <span 
+ id="dx1-33013"></a>. If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a 
- id="dx1-32014"></a>
+ id="dx1-33014"></a>
 is used instead, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting will override the setting provided in the
 optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 7875--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8111--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-32015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a 
+ id="dx1-33015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a 
 href="#catattr.linkcount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">linkcount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-32016"></a> attribute set (since it’s not
+ id="dx1-33016"></a> attribute set (since it’s not
 listed in the argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>). This means that
 <span 
@@ -16156,10 +16610,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192">
 \ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}&#x003E;1
 </div>
-<!--l. 7883--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span 
+<!--l. 8119--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>
 applied. If the test is changed to
                                                                   
@@ -16166,98 +16620,98 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193">
 \ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}=1
 &#x00A0;<br />\else
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
 &#x00A0;<br />\fi
 </div>
-<!--l. 7891--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span 
+<!--l. 8127--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>applied.
-</p><!--l. 7895--><p class="indent" >   To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master
+</p><!--l. 8131--><p class="indent" >   To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master
 counter:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194">
 \GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[section]{general}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7899--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 8135--><p class="nopar" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 7901--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 7901--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8137--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 8137--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a 
  id="sec:autoindex"></a>Auto-Indexing</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7904--><p class="indent" >   It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
+</p><!--l. 8140--><p class="indent" >   It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
 and you may want entries to automatically be added to the index (as in
 this document). There are two attributes that govern this: <a 
 href="#catattr.indexname"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-33001"></a> and
+ id="dx1-34001"></a> and
 <a 
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-33002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7910--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a 
- id="dx1-33003"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-34002"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 8146--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a 
+ id="dx1-34003"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> syntax. If you’ve used the <a 
 href="#styopt.xindy"><span 
 class="cmss-10">xindy</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-33004"></a>
+ id="dx1-34004"></a>
 package option, the automatic escaping of <a 
- id="dx1-33005"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-34005"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> special characters in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-33006"></a> field
+ id="dx1-34006"></a> field
 may result in an incorrect sort value for the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index </span>command used by the
 auto-indexing. Note also that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">texindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-33007"></a> has a fixed set of special characters
+ id="dx1-34007"></a> has a fixed set of special characters
 (corresponding to <a 
- id="dx1-33008"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-34008"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>’s defaults) that can’t be customized. You may want
 to consider using <a 
- id="dx1-33009"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-34009"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> and its dual entries as an alternative approach.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 7919--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7922--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8155--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8158--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><a 
- id="dx1-33010"></a> macro, used at the end of <span 
+ id="dx1-34010"></a> macro, used at the end of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
- id="dx1-33011"></a> and
+ id="dx1-34011"></a> and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a 
- id="dx1-33012"></a>, checks the <a 
+ id="dx1-34012"></a>, checks the <a 
 href="#catattr.indexname"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-33013"></a> attribute for the category associated with
+ id="dx1-34013"></a> attribute for the category associated with
 that entry. Since <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>is used in the default glossary styles, this
 makes a convenient way of automatically indexing each entry name at its
 location in the glossary without fiddling around with the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-33014"></a>
+ id="dx1-34014"></a>
 key.
-</p><!--l. 7932--><p class="indent" >   The internal macro used by the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8168--><p class="indent" >   The internal macro used by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to write the information to the
 external glossary file is modified to check for the <a 
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-33015"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 7936--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the indexing is done through
-</p><!--l. 7937--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-34015"></a> attribute.
+</p><!--l. 8172--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the indexing is done through
+</p><!--l. 8173--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33016"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-34016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -16264,27 +16718,27 @@
 class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7939--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8175--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses the standard <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
- id="dx1-33017"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s
+ id="dx1-34017"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-33018"></a> key and the actual value set to <span 
+ id="dx1-34018"></a> key and the actual value set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>. As from v1.16, there are
 user-level commands available to change the sort and actual value used by the
 automated index.
-</p><!--l. 7946--><p class="indent" >   The actual value is given by
-</p><!--l. 7947--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8182--><p class="indent" >   The actual value is given by
+</p><!--l. 8183--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33019"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-34019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7949--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8185--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label. The default definition is:
                                                                   
@@ -16291,18 +16745,18 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryname{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7954--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span 
+<!--l. 8190--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\string </span>to prevent <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>from being expanded as it’s
 written to the index file.
-</p><!--l. 7958--><p class="indent" >   The sort value is assigned using:
-</p><!--l. 7959--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8194--><p class="indent" >   The sort value is assigned using:
+</p><!--l. 8195--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33020"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-34020"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -16309,7 +16763,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7961--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8197--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry label and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; is the command which needs to be set to the
@@ -16318,71 +16772,71 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexassignsort}[2]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7968--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 8204--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; is then processed to escape any of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-33021"></a>’s special
+ id="dx1-34021"></a>’s special
 characters. Note that this escaping is only performed on the sort not on the actual
 value. The escaping of the sort value is performed by
-</p><!--l. 7973--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8209--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33022"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-34022"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7975--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8211--><p class="noindent" >
 You can redefine this to do nothing if you want to omit the escaping. You may want
 to consider providing another field to obtain the appropriate sort value if the one
 provided in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-33023"></a> field isn’t suitable (because it may already have had special
+ id="dx1-34023"></a> field isn’t suitable (because it may already have had special
 characters escaped or it may be a numeric value in the case of sort by use or
 definition).
-</p><!--l. 7983--><p class="indent" >   The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
-</p><!--l. 7984--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8219--><p class="indent" >   The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
+</p><!--l. 8220--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindex</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33024"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-34024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7986--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8222--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 7989--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span 
+</p><!--l. 8225--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span 
 class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
- id="dx1-33025"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing.
+ id="dx1-34025"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 7992--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7994--><p class="indent" >   For example, to index the value of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8228--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8230--><p class="indent" >   For example, to index the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-33026"></a> key, instead of the <span 
+ id="dx1-34026"></a> key, instead of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-33027"></a> key:
+ id="dx1-34027"></a> key:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryfirst{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7998--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span 
+<!--l. 8234--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-33028"></a> field, if present, otherwise the
+ id="dx1-34028"></a> field, if present, otherwise the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-33029"></a> field:
+ id="dx1-34029"></a> field:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexassignsort}[2]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshaslong{#2}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{long}}%
@@ -16389,8 +16843,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8007--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8009--><p class="indent" >   If the value of the attribute given by &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 8243--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8245--><p class="indent" >   If the value of the attribute given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9; is “true”, no encap will be
 added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -16397,10 +16851,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8015--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span 
+<!--l. 8251--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>which will display the relevant page number in bold
 whereas
                                                                   
@@ -16407,118 +16861,118 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8020--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
-</p><!--l. 8023--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
+<!--l. 8256--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
+</p><!--l. 8259--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
 used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded package has modified the definition of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index </span>to use some thing else.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 8028--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8030--><p class="indent" >   By default the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8264--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8266--><p class="indent" >   By default the <span 
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
- id="dx1-33030"></a> key won’t be used with the <a 
+ id="dx1-34030"></a> key won’t be used with the <a 
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-33031"></a> attribute. You can
+ id="dx1-34031"></a> attribute. You can
 allow the <span 
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
- id="dx1-33032"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only
+ id="dx1-34032"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only
 command:
-</p><!--l. 8034--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8270--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33033"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-34033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8036--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8272--><p class="noindent" >
 If you use this command and <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-33034"></a> has been loaded, then the <span 
+ id="dx1-34034"></a> has been loaded, then the <span 
 class="cmss-10">theindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-33035"></a><a 
- id="dx1-33036"></a>
+ id="dx1-34035"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-34036"></a>
 environment will be modified to redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span><a 
- id="dx1-33037"></a> to allow formats that use
+ id="dx1-34037"></a> to allow formats that use
 that command.
-</p><!--l. 8041--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a 
+</p><!--l. 8277--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a 
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-33038"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the
+ id="dx1-34038"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the
 <a 
 href="#catattr.indexonlyfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-33039"></a> attribute (or <a 
+ id="dx1-34039"></a> attribute (or <a 
 href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-33040"></a> package option) is set. However, the <a 
+ id="dx1-34040"></a> package option) is set. However, the <a 
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-33041"></a>
+ id="dx1-34041"></a>
 attribute will honour the <span 
 class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-33042"></a> key. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8047--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+ id="dx1-34042"></a> key. </div>
+</p><!--l. 8283--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8285--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname </span>command will attempt to escape any of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-33043"></a>’s special characters, but there may be special cases where it fails, so take
+ id="dx1-34043"></a>’s special characters, but there may be special cases where it fails, so take
 care. This assumes the default <a 
- id="dx1-33044"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-34044"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> actual, level, quote and encap values
 (unless any of the commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\actualchar</span><a 
- id="dx1-33045"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-34045"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\levelchar</span><a 
- id="dx1-33046"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-34046"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\quotechar</span><a 
- id="dx1-33047"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-34047"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\encapchar</span><a 
- id="dx1-33048"></a>
+ id="dx1-34048"></a>
 have been defined before <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is loaded).
-</p><!--l. 8057--><p class="indent" >   If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
+</p><!--l. 8293--><p class="indent" >   If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
 the correct characters.
-</p><!--l. 8059--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
-</p><!--l. 8061--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8063--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8295--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
+</p><!--l. 8297--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8299--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetActualChar</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33049"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-34049"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8065--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8301--><p class="noindent" >
 Set the actual character to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8068--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8304--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33050"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-34050"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8070--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8306--><p class="noindent" >
 Set the level character to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8073--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8309--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEscChar</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33051"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-34051"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8075--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8311--><p class="noindent" >
 Set the escape (quote) character to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8078--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8314--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33052"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-34052"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -16525,7 +16979,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 8080--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8316--><p class="noindent" >
 Set the encap character to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;.
                                                                   
@@ -16532,11 +16986,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 8083--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 8083--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8319--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 8319--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a 
  id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8086--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 8322--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">word</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">word</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -16545,12 +16999,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\index </span>then just use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 8091--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8093--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8327--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8329--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package advises against defining entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-34001"></a><a 
- id="dx1-34002"></a>
+ id="dx1-35001"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-35002"></a>
 environment. As mentioned in <a 
 href="#sec:pkgopts"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.2 </a><a 
@@ -16560,28 +17014,28 @@
 <a 
 href="#styopt.docdefs"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-34003"></a> package options.
-</p><!--l. 8099--><p class="indent" >   Although this can be problematic, the <span 
+ id="dx1-35003"></a> package options.
+</p><!--l. 8335--><p class="indent" >   Although this can be problematic, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of
 defining and using entries within the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-34004"></a><a 
- id="dx1-34005"></a> environment without the tricks used
+ id="dx1-35004"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-35005"></a> environment without the tricks used
 with the <a 
 href="#styopt.docdefs"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-34006"></a> option. <span 
+ id="dx1-35006"></a> option. <span 
 class="cmti-10">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span>
 This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only
 command:
-</p><!--l. 8105--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8341--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-34007"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-35007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8107--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8343--><p class="noindent" >
 When used, this defines the commands described below.
-</p><!--l. 8110--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span 
+</p><!--l. 8346--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr </span>and <span 
@@ -16588,15 +17042,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl </span>can’t be used after
 the glossaries have been displayed (through <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-34008"></a> etc). It’s best not to
+ id="dx1-35008"></a> etc). It’s best not to
 mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or there
 may be unexpected results. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8116--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8118--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8352--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8354--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtr</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-34009"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-35009"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">][</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -16604,7 +17058,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8120--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8356--><p class="noindent" >
 If an entry with the label &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has already been defined, this just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -16639,34 +17093,34 @@
 class="cmsy-10">}</span>
 </div>
 </div>
-<!--l. 8132--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 8368--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting
 commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be
 omitted from the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; and placed in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-34010"></a> key must be provided in the optional
+ id="dx1-35010"></a> key must be provided in the optional
 argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9;. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8138--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8374--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 8140--><p class="indent" >   The second optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 8376--><p class="indent" >   The second optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9; should be empty if the entry has
 already been defined, since it’s too late for them. If it’s not empty, a&#x00A0;warning will be
 generated with
-</p><!--l. 8143--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8379--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarning</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-34011"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-35011"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarning{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8145--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8147--><p class="indent" >   For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span 
+</p><!--l. 8381--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8383--><p class="indent" >   For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>
 below:
                                                                   
@@ -16673,34 +17127,34 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
 \glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;later
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8153--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8155--><p class="indent" >   If you are considering doing something like:
+<!--l. 8389--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8391--><p class="indent" >   If you are considering doing something like:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
 \newcommand*{\goose}{\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;later
 &#x00A0;<br />\goose\&#x00A0;some&#x00A0;more&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here
 </div>
-<!--l. 8161--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
+<!--l. 8397--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
 preamble with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-34012"></a> and then use <span 
+ id="dx1-35012"></a> and then use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the document.
-</p><!--l. 8166--><p class="indent" >   There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span 
+</p><!--l. 8402--><p class="indent" >   There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>:
-</p><!--l. 8167--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8403--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-34013"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-35013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">][</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -16708,15 +17162,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8169--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8405--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8172--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8408--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtr</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-34014"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-35014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">][</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -16724,15 +17178,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8174--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8410--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8177--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8413--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-34015"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-35015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">][</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -16740,12 +17194,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8179--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8415--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8182--><p class="indent" >   If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
+</p><!--l. 8418--><p class="indent" >   If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
 ASCII-only label, then it’s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;instead of
 <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;(or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels
@@ -16754,22 +17208,22 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, but it’s
 experimental and may not work in some cases.
-</p><!--l. 8191--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span 
+</p><!--l. 8427--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don’t use any
 commands in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, even if they expand to just text. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8431--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 8197--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 8197--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8433--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 8433--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a 
  id="sec:bib2gls"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8200--><p class="indent" >   There is a new command line application called <a 
- id="dx1-35001"></a><a 
+</p><!--l. 8436--><p class="indent" >   There is a new command line application called <a 
+ id="dx1-36001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, which works in much
 the same way as a combination of <span 
@@ -16782,7 +17236,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span>, the entries can instead be stored in a <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file and <a 
- id="dx1-35002"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-36002"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can
 selectively write the appropriate commands to a <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file which is loaded using
@@ -16789,7 +17243,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>).
-</p><!--l. 8211--><p class="indent" >   This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
+</p><!--l. 8447--><p class="indent" >   This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
 maintain the database and it reduces the <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;overhead by only defining the entries
 that are actually required in the document. If you currently have a <span 
@@ -16801,32 +17255,32 @@
 containing glossary definitions to a <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a 
- id="dx1-35003"></a>, supplied with
+ id="dx1-36003"></a>, supplied with
 <a 
- id="dx1-35004"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-36004"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 8222--><p class="indent" >   There are some new commands and options added to <span 
+</p><!--l. 8458--><p class="indent" >   There are some new commands and options added to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to help assist
 the integration of <a 
- id="dx1-35005"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-36005"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>into the document build process.
-</p><!--l. 8226--><p class="indent" >   This chapter just provides a general overview of <a 
- id="dx1-35006"></a><span 
+</p><!--l. 8462--><p class="indent" >   This chapter just provides a general overview of <a 
+ id="dx1-36006"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The full details and
 some sample documents are provided in the <a 
- id="dx1-35007"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-36007"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span><a 
 href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls.pdf" >manual</a>.
-</p><!--l. 8230--><p class="indent" >   An example of the contents of <span 
+</p><!--l. 8466--><p class="indent" >   An example of the contents of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file that stores glossary entries that can be
 extracted with <a 
- id="dx1-35008"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-36008"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
 @entry{bird,
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={bird},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;{feathered&#x00A0;animal},
@@ -16842,13 +17296,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;waterbird&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;neck}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8249--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8251--><p class="indent" >   The follow provides some abbreviations:
+<!--l. 8485--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8487--><p class="indent" >   The follow provides some abbreviations:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204">
 @string{ssi={server-side&#x00A0;includes}}
 &#x00A0;<br />@string{html={hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}}
 &#x00A0;<br />@abbreviation{shtml,
@@ -16867,13 +17321,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;simple&#x00A0;interpreted&#x00A0;server-side&#x00A0;scripting&#x00A0;language}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8273--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8275--><p class="indent" >   Here are some symbols:
+<!--l. 8509--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8511--><p class="indent" >   Here are some symbols:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
 preamble{"\providecommand{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}"}
 &#x00A0;<br />@symbol{M,
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={$\mtx{M}$},
@@ -16891,54 +17345,54 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;set}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8296--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8298--><p class="indent" >   To ensure that <a 
- id="dx1-35009"></a><a 
+<!--l. 8532--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8534--><p class="indent" >   To ensure that <a 
+ id="dx1-36009"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can find out which entries have been used in the
 document, you need the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35010"></a> package option:
+ id="dx1-36010"></a> package option:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206">
 \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8302--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
+<!--l. 8538--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
 since <a 
- id="dx1-35011"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-36011"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can also sort the entries and collate the locations.
-</p><!--l. 8307--><p class="indent" >   If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
+</p><!--l. 8543--><p class="indent" >   If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
 <a 
- id="dx1-35012"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-36012"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> rule), then just use <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-35013"></a> and continue to use <span 
+ id="dx1-36013"></a> and continue to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
 and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>), but you also need to instruct
 <a 
- id="dx1-35014"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-36014"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to omit sorting to save time and to prevent the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-35015"></a> key from being
+ id="dx1-36015"></a> key from being
 set.
-</p><!--l. 8314--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8550--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file created by <a 
- id="dx1-35016"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-36016"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>is loaded using:
-</p><!--l. 8315--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8551--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrresourcefile</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-35017"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-36017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -16945,20 +17399,20 @@
 class="cmitt-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8317--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8553--><p class="noindent" >
 (Don’t include the file extension in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;.) There’s a shortcut version
 (recommended over the above) that sets &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">filename</span>&#x27E9; to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span>:
-</p><!--l. 8320--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8556--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-35018"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-36018"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8322--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8558--><p class="noindent" >
 On the first use, this command is a shortcut for </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -16971,7 +17425,7 @@
 </div>
 </div> On subsequent use,<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x9" id="fn1x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-35019f1"></a>&#x00A0;this
+ id="x1-36019f1"></a>&#x00A0;this
 command is a shortcut for <div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -16985,15 +17439,15 @@
 </div>
 </div> where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; is the current value of
-<!--l. 8334--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+<!--l. 8570--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcecount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8571--><p class="noindent" >
 which is incremented at the end of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. Any advisory notes
 regarding <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>also apply to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8340--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8576--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>command writes the line </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -17009,42 +17463,42 @@
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>if it
 exists.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x9" id="fn2x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-35020f2"></a>
+ id="x1-36020f2"></a>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 8350--><p class="indent" >   Since the <span 
+<!--l. 8586--><p class="indent" >   Since the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file won’t exist on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run, the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35021"></a> package
+ id="dx1-36021"></a> package
 option additionally switches on <a 
 href="#styopt.undefaction"><span 
 class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a 
- id="dx1-35022"></a>. Any use of commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-36022"></a>. Any use of commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>will produce ?? in the document, since the entries are undefined at this
 point. Once <a 
- id="dx1-35023"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-36023"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>has created the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file the references should be resolved.
 This may cause a shift in the locations if the actual text produced once the entry is
 defined is significantly larger than the placeholder ?? (as this can alter the page
 breaking).
-</p><!--l. 8360--><p class="indent" >   Note that as from v1.12, <span 
+</p><!--l. 8596--><p class="indent" >   Note that as from v1.12, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>temporarily switches the
 category code of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">@ </span>to 11 (letter) while it reads the file to allow for any internal
 commands stored in the location field.
 </p>
-<!--l. 8365--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8601--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1   </span> <a 
  id="selection"></a>Selection</h3>
-<!--l. 8367--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a 
- id="dx1-36001"></a><a 
+<!--l. 8603--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a 
+ id="dx1-37001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to select all entries that have a record in the
 <span 
@@ -17053,7 +17507,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>format (for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=glsignore]{duck}</span></span></span>) is recognised by
 <a 
- id="dx1-36002"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-37002"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>as a special ignored record. This means that it will match the selection
 criteria but the record won’t be added to the location list. This means that you won’t
 get spurious commas in the location list (as can happen with the other indexing
@@ -17062,34 +17516,34 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
 \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsignore}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8379--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and
+<!--l. 8615--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
 \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsnumberformat}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8383--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from
+<!--l. 8619--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from
 occurring in the location lists.
-</p><!--l. 8387--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 8623--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>don’t
 work with <a 
- id="dx1-36003"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-37003"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> as the command has to iterate over the internal lists of
 defined entry labels, which will be empty on the first run and on subsequent
 runs will only contain those entries that have been selected by <a 
- id="dx1-36004"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-37004"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 8392--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8394--><p class="indent" >   If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a 
- id="dx1-36005"></a><span 
+</p><!--l. 8628--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8630--><p class="indent" >   If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a 
+ id="dx1-37005"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>this in the
 options list. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -17096,32 +17550,32 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209">
 \GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},selection={all}]
 </div>
-<!--l. 8399--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the
+<!--l. 8635--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. Those that don’t have any records will have an empty location list. See the
 <a 
- id="dx1-36006"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-37006"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for more details of this option.
-</p><!--l. 8405--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8641--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8405--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8641--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.2   </span> <a 
  id="sortinganddisplayingtheglossary"></a>Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 8407--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a 
- id="dx1-37001"></a><span 
+<!--l. 8643--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a 
+ id="dx1-38001"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The default is to sort
 according to the system locale. If the document has a language setting, you can use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sort=doc </span>to instruct <a 
- id="dx1-37002"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-38002"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to sort according to that. (The language tag obtained
 from <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
- id="dx1-37003"></a>’s interface is written to the <span 
+ id="dx1-38003"></a>’s interface is written to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) For a multilingual document
 you need to explicitly set the locale using a well-formed language tag. For
 example:
@@ -17129,26 +17583,26 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210">
 \GlsXtrLoadResources[
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;src=terms,&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;data&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;terms.bib
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort=de-DE-1996&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;sort&#x00A0;according&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;locale
 &#x00A0;<br />]
 </div>
-<!--l. 8420--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of
+<!--l. 8656--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of
 symbols you may find it more appropriate to use one of the letter-base sort methods
 that sort according to the Unicode value of each character. Alternatively you can
 provide a custom rule. See the <a 
- id="dx1-37004"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-38004"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> manual for full details of all the available sort
 methods.
-</p><!--l. 8429--><p class="indent" >   Since the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8665--><p class="indent" >   Since the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file only defines those references required within the document
 (selected according to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">selection </span>option) and the definitions have been written in
 the order corresponding to <a 
- id="dx1-37005"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-38005"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s sorted list, the glossaries can simply be
 displayed using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(or <span 
@@ -17157,7 +17611,7 @@
 href="#sec:printunsrt"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.2 </a><a 
 href="#sec:printunsrt">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printunsrt --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8437--><p class="indent" >   Suppose the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8673--><p class="indent" >   Suppose the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>examples shown above have been stored in the files <span 
 class="cmtt-10">terms.bib</span>,
 <span 
@@ -17169,7 +17623,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
@@ -17181,18 +17635,18 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8459--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span 
+<!--l. 8695--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">mydoc</span>) is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
 pdflatex&#x00A0;mydoc
 &#x00A0;<br />bib2gls&#x00A0;mydoc
 &#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;mydoc
 </div>
-<!--l. 8466--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span 
+<!--l. 8702--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">duck</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, <span 
@@ -17205,12 +17659,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">M </span>entries were added because
 <a 
- id="dx1-37006"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-38006"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> detected (from the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file) that they had been used in the document. The
 other entries were added because <a 
- id="dx1-37007"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-38007"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>detected (from the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files) that they
 are referenced by the used entries. In the case of <span 
@@ -17218,24 +17672,24 @@
 class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, they are
 in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-37008"></a> field for <span 
+ id="dx1-38008"></a> field for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">bird</span>. In the case of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">html</span>, they are referenced
 in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-37009"></a> field of <span 
+ id="dx1-38009"></a> field of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. These cross-referenced entries won’t have
 a location list when the glossary is first displayed, but depending on how
 they are referenced, they may pick up a location list on the next document
 build.
-</p><!--l. 8483--><p class="indent" >   The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
+</p><!--l. 8719--><p class="indent" >   The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
 methods:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
@@ -17251,8 +17705,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8509--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8511--><p class="indent" >   Or you can have multiple instance of <span 
+<!--l. 8745--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8747--><p class="indent" >   Or you can have multiple instance of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>with the same
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-blocks. For example:
@@ -17260,7 +17714,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
@@ -17278,10 +17732,10 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8540--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the
+<!--l. 8776--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the
 second group has the title “Symbols” and then follow the usual letter groups. Note
 that for this example to work, you must run <a 
- id="dx1-37010"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-38010"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
@@ -17292,21 +17746,21 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
 pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
 &#x00A0;<br />bib2gls&#x00A0;-g&#x00A0;myDoc
 &#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
 </div>
-<!--l. 8551--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span 
+<!--l. 8787--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">group</span><a 
- id="dx1-37011"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding
+ id="dx1-38011"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding
 title with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle </span>(see <a 
 href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span 
-class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.11 </a><a 
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.12 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>). If no title
 is set then the label is used as the group title.
-</p><!--l. 8557--><p class="indent" >   You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using
+</p><!--l. 8793--><p class="indent" >   You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using
 <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -17443,7 +17897,7 @@
 </div>
 </div> Remember that if you are using <span 
 class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
- id="dx1-37012"></a> then extended characters, such as é or ø,
+ id="dx1-38012"></a> then extended characters, such as é or ø,
 are active and will expand when written to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. So with PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;the
@@ -17458,7 +17912,7 @@
 class="cmbx-10">in the </span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span><span 
 class="cmbx-10">file</span>. <a 
- id="dx1-37013"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-38013"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> will recognise this as the
 character given by the hexadecimal value &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17469,7 +17923,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6 </span>and so on. This is quite cumbersome, but you can
 use the shortcut <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshex</span><a 
- id="dx1-37014"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-38014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">E6 </span>instead, so the above needs to be written as:
 <div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -17605,46 +18059,46 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
 </div>
-<!--l. 8605--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 8841--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8605--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8841--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3   </span> <a 
- id="x1-380009.3"></a>The <span 
+ id="x1-390009.3"></a>The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 8608--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a 
+<!--l. 8844--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
- id="dx1-38001"></a> (or simply <a 
+ id="dx1-39001"></a> (or simply <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-38002"></a>) automatically loads the
+ id="dx1-39002"></a>) automatically loads the
 supplementary package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-38003"></a>, which provides some commands that
+ id="dx1-39003"></a>, which provides some commands that
 are specific to <a 
- id="dx1-38004"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-39004"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. The package isn’t loaded by <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-38005"></a> as that option
+ id="dx1-39005"></a> as that option
 is intended for sorting with <a 
- id="dx1-38006"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-39006"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a 
- id="dx1-38007"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-39007"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> and it is expected that the sorting
 will be switched off (with the resource option <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sort=none</span>).
-</p><!--l. 8617--><p class="indent" >   If <span 
+</p><!--l. 8853--><p class="indent" >   If <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-38008"></a> is loaded via the <a 
+ id="dx1-39008"></a> is loaded via the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-38009"></a> package option then the
+ id="dx1-39009"></a> package option then the
 check for associated language resource files (see <a 
 href="#sec:lang"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a 
@@ -17657,10 +18111,26 @@
 class="cmti-10">script</span>&#x27E9; is the four letter script identifier, such as
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>).
-</p><!--l. 8625--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8861--><p class="indent" >   This package provides some shortcut commands that use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-39010"></a> if the
+relevant package option has defined the associated glossary: <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtabbreviations</span><a 
+ id="dx1-39011"></a>,
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms</span><a 
+ id="dx1-39012"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtsymbols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-39013"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtnumbers</span><a 
+ id="dx1-39014"></a> and
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-39015"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 8867--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprovidecommand</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-38010"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-39016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidecommand{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17672,18 +18142,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8627--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8869--><p class="noindent" >
 This command is intended for use in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span>. It’s simply defined to
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\providecommand </span>in <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-38011"></a> but <a 
- id="dx1-38012"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-39017"></a> but <a 
+ id="dx1-39018"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s interpreter treats it as
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>. This means that you can override <a 
- id="dx1-38013"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-39019"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s internal definition of a
 command without overriding the command definition in the document (if it’s already
 defined before the resource file is input). For example
@@ -17691,11 +18161,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216">
 @preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\int}{integral}"}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8638--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a 
- id="dx1-38014"></a><a 
+<!--l. 8880--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a 
+ id="dx1-39020"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to treat <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\int </span>as the word “integral” to assist sorting but if
@@ -17703,7 +18173,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file (as it is by default) then it won’t
 override the current definition (provided by the kernel or redefined by a
 package).
-</p><!--l. 8645--><p class="indent" >   The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span 
+</p><!--l. 8887--><p class="indent" >   The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>.
 For many of them, if you want to provide an alternative definition then you need to
 define the command before the resource file is loaded. There are a few that may be
@@ -17713,10 +18183,10 @@
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run when the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist. In this case, you may prefer to
 use:
-</p><!--l. 8652--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8894--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsrenewcommand</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-38015"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-39021"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsrenewcommand{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17727,15 +18197,15 @@
 class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8654--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8896--><p class="noindent" >
 This behaves like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand </span>but only generates a warning rather than an error
 if the command isn’t already defined so it won’t interrupt the document
 build.
-</p><!--l. 8659--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8901--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-38016"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-39022"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17742,12 +18212,12 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8661--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8903--><p class="noindent" >
 If the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-38017"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span 
+ id="dx1-39023"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-38018"></a> has been
+ id="dx1-39024"></a> has been
 loaded before <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>) then this command checks for the existence of
 the <span 
@@ -17768,23 +18238,23 @@
 <a 
 href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-38019"></a> package option combined with <a 
- id="dx1-38020"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-39025"></a> package option combined with <a 
+ id="dx1-39026"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter</span>
 resource option. See the <a 
- id="dx1-38021"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-39027"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>manual for further details (at least version
 1.4).
-</p><!--l. 8675--><p class="indent" >   If you use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8917--><p class="indent" >   If you use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>resource option, <a 
- id="dx1-38022"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-39028"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+ will now
 use:
-</p><!--l. 8677--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8919--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSetWidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-38023"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-39029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidest{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17792,25 +18262,25 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8679--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8921--><p class="noindent" >
 (if it has been defined) to set the widest name for the given glossary type and level.
 This allows for both the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-38024"></a> style and the styles provided by <span 
+ id="dx1-39030"></a> style and the styles provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a 
- id="dx1-38025"></a>,
+ id="dx1-39031"></a>,
 which need to know the widest name.
-</p><!--l. 8685--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
- id="dx1-38026"></a><span 
+</p><!--l. 8927--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
+ id="dx1-39032"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can’t determine the widest name (typically because the name field
 consists of commands that aren’t recognised by the interpreter) then <a 
- id="dx1-38027"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-39033"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+
 will now use:
-</p><!--l. 8688--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8930--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSetWidestFallback</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-38028"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-39034"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidestFallback{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">max depth</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17820,27 +18290,27 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 8690--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8932--><p class="noindent" >
 (if defined). Currently the maximum hierarchical depth &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">max depth</span>&#x27E9; may only be 0 or
 2. This command requires commands provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
- id="dx1-38029"></a>
+ id="dx1-39035"></a>
 package with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-38030"></a> style enabled. In this case, it may be simpler to just use
+ id="dx1-39036"></a> style enabled. In this case, it may be simpler to just use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><a 
- id="dx1-38031"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8697--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-39037"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 8939--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8697--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8939--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:supplocations"></a>Supplemental Locations</h4>
-<!--l. 8700--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 8942--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaysupploc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-39001"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-40001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysupploc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17854,9 +18324,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8702--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8944--><p class="noindent" >
 This is used by <a 
- id="dx1-39002"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-40002"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> version 1.7+ for supplemental locations, instead of using
 <span 
@@ -17863,13 +18333,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>with the <a 
 href="#catattr.externallocation"><span 
 class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-39003"></a> attribute. This command sets up
+ id="dx1-40003"></a> attribute. This command sets up
 the location counter and prefix (used in the formation of hyperlinks) and then
 uses
-</p><!--l. 8708--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8950--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrmultisupplocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-39004"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-40004"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultisupplocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17879,16 +18349,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8710--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8952--><p class="noindent" >
 to format the actual location (with an external hyperlink, if supported).
-</p><!--l. 8714--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8956--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8714--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8956--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:recordnameref"></a>Nameref Record</h4>
-<!--l. 8717--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span 
+<!--l. 8959--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file in the form:
-</p><!--l. 8720--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8962--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17901,16 +18371,16 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8721--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8963--><p class="noindent" >
 The <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a 
- id="dx1-40001"></a> option, which requires at least <a 
- id="dx1-40002"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-41001"></a> option, which requires at least <a 
+ id="dx1-41002"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8, instead
 uses:
-</p><!--l. 8725--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8967--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record@nameref{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17930,7 +18400,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">hcounter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8726--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8968--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9; is obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>and &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17938,20 +18408,20 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref</span>. These commands require <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-40003"></a>. If they are undefined, &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-41003"></a>. If they are undefined, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9; and
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">href </span>&#x27E9; will be left empty and <a 
- id="dx1-40004"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-41004"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will treat it as a regular record.
-</p><!--l. 8733--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 8975--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">href </span>&#x27E9; will globally change on every instance of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>but &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9; won’t necessarily change. It can therefore cause
 unexpected behaviour. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8737--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8739--><p class="indent" >   The final argument &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 8979--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8981--><p class="indent" >   The final argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>&#x27E9; is obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; which provides the
@@ -17960,15 +18430,15 @@
 
                                                                   
 <a 
- id="dx1-40005"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-41005"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>/<a 
- id="dx1-40006"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-41006"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> approach, it’s not possible to include this information in the
 location, so the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-40007"></a> package attempts to derive a prefix from which the
+ id="dx1-41007"></a> package attempts to derive a prefix from which the
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>&#x27E9; value can be reconstituted by appending the prefix. Unfortunately, not all
 definitions of <span 
@@ -17979,9 +18449,9 @@
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; (most notably the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">equation</span><a 
- id="dx1-40008"></a> counter with chapters) so this can fail.
-</p><!--l. 8750--><p class="indent" >   Since <a 
- id="dx1-40009"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-41008"></a> counter with chapters) so this can fail.
+</p><!--l. 8992--><p class="indent" >   Since <a 
+ id="dx1-41009"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> is customized specifically for use with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, it’s now
@@ -17990,7 +18460,7 @@
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a 
- id="dx1-40010"></a> option does this. By providing both
+ id="dx1-41010"></a> option does this. By providing both
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">href </span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>&#x27E9;, you can determine which target you would rather use. The default
@@ -18001,10 +18471,10 @@
 using the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">href </span>&#x27E9; target, which will take you to the nearest target before the indexing
 took place.
-</p><!--l. 8761--><p class="indent" >   With <a 
- id="dx1-40011"></a><span 
+</p><!--l. 9003--><p class="indent" >   With <a 
+ id="dx1-41011"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+, normal locations are displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 8763--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9005--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18014,11 +18484,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8764--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9006--><p class="noindent" >
 This is provided by the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-40012"></a> package and is simply defined to do:
-</p><!--l. 8768--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+ id="dx1-41012"></a> package and is simply defined to do:
+</p><!--l. 9010--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18029,16 +18499,16 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8769--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9011--><p class="noindent" >
 Earlier versions of <a 
- id="dx1-40013"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-41013"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>only used this in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a 
- id="dx1-40014"></a> field and explicitly used
+ id="dx1-41014"></a> field and explicitly used
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter </span>in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">location</span><a 
- id="dx1-40015"></a> field followed by <span 
+ id="dx1-41015"></a> field followed by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18047,20 +18517,20 @@
 the code that’s created with the default <a 
 href="#styopt.makeindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">makeindex</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-40016"></a> setting. The <span 
+ id="dx1-41016"></a> setting. The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span>
 command sets up the prefix needed for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>to reform the target name
 from the given location.
-</p><!--l. 8779--><p class="indent" >   The locations identified by <span 
+</p><!--l. 9021--><p class="indent" >   The locations identified by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record@nameref </span>are written by <a 
- id="dx1-40017"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-41017"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to
 the location list using:
-</p><!--l. 8781--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9023--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-40018"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-41018"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18080,17 +18550,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8783--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9025--><p class="noindent" >
 With normal internal locations, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">file</span>&#x27E9; will always be empty. With supplemental
 locations, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">file</span>&#x27E9; will be the external file reference.
-</p><!--l. 8788--><p class="indent" >   The default definition is:
+</p><!--l. 9030--><p class="indent" >   The default definition is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[8]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifstrequal{#2}{equation}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{(#4)}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
@@ -18107,11 +18577,11 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8805--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
-</p><!--l. 8807--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 9047--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
+</p><!--l. 9049--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnamereflink</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-40019"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-41019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18122,7 +18592,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8809--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9051--><p class="noindent" >
 This ignores the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; and <span 
@@ -18132,24 +18602,24 @@
 hyperlink with the target name obtained from &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">target</span>&#x27E9; (and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">file</span>&#x27E9;, if not empty).
-</p><!--l. 8813--><p class="indent" >   Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of
+</p><!--l. 9055--><p class="indent" >   Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref </span>checks the counter was used as the location. If it’s <span 
 class="cmss-10">page</span><a 
- id="dx1-40020"></a>
+ id="dx1-41020"></a>
 or if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9; is empty, then just the location is used as the hyperlink text. If the counter
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">equation</span><a 
- id="dx1-40021"></a>, then the text is the location in parentheses. Otherwise the text is obtained
+ id="dx1-41021"></a>, then the text is the location in parentheses. Otherwise the text is obtained
 from &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8820--><p class="indent" >   If &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 9062--><p class="indent" >   If &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">file</span>&#x27E9; is empty an internal link is created with:
-</p><!--l. 8821--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9063--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-40022"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-41022"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">target</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18159,12 +18629,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8823--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9065--><p class="noindent" >
 otherwise an external link is created with:
-</p><!--l. 8825--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9067--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmtexternalnameref</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-40023"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-41023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtexternalnameref{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">target</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18176,13 +18646,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8827--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9069--><p class="noindent" >
 The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">file</span>&#x27E9; argument is set by <a 
- id="dx1-40024"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-41024"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> for supplemental locations.
-</p><!--l. 8831--><p class="indent" >   Here’s alternative definition that uses the &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 9073--><p class="indent" >   Here’s alternative definition that uses the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; to reform the
 target name (as <span 
@@ -18193,16 +18663,16 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[7]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#6}{#7}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8838--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
-</p><!--l. 8840--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 9080--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
+</p><!--l. 9082--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnameloclink</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-40025"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-41025"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnameloclink{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18218,10 +18688,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8842--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9084--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses the same commands as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink </span>to produce the hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 8846--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose
+</p><!--l. 9088--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose
 name is given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;, but <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>is first locally redefined to
@@ -18232,8 +18702,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">hyperbf </span>then it will simply behave like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8853--><p class="indent" >   For compactness, <a 
- id="dx1-40026"></a><a 
+</p><!--l. 9095--><p class="indent" >   For compactness, <a 
+ id="dx1-41026"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> merges normal records if the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18243,7 +18713,7 @@
 With nameref records, you can use the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">--merge-nameref-on</span></span></span> switch provided by
 <a 
- id="dx1-40027"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-41027"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+ to determine how to merge nameref records. This switch
 must be followed by one of the following keywords: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hcounter </span>(merge on
@@ -18258,17 +18728,17 @@
 class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9;, as regular records). In all cases, the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; must also
 match.
-</p><!--l. 8864--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9106--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8864--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9106--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:resourcecommands"></a>Helper Commands for Resource Options</h4>
-<!--l. 8867--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 9109--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glshex</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41001"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshex </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8869--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9111--><p class="noindent" >
 This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\string\u</span></span></span>, which is required when you need to indicate a
 Unicode character in the form <span 
@@ -18275,16 +18745,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\u</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">hex</span>&#x27E9; in some of the resource options (as illustrated
 above).
-</p><!--l. 8875--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9117--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glscapturedgroup</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41002"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42002"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscapturedgroup </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8877--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9119--><p class="noindent" >
 This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\string\$</span></span></span> and is used for the captured group reference in a
 replacement part of a regular expression substitution (requires at least <a 
- id="dx1-41003"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-42003"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>
 version 1.5). For example:
                                                                   
@@ -18291,19 +18761,19 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219">
 sort-replace={{([a-zA-Z])\string\.}{\glscapturedgroup1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8883--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,&#x2026;,z or
+<!--l. 9125--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,&#x2026;,z or
 A,&#x2026;,Z.
-</p><!--l. 8887--><p class="indent" >   If you use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 9129--><p class="indent" >   If you use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option, you can test if the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">childcount</span>
 field is non-zero using:
-</p><!--l. 8889--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9131--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41004"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42004"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -18313,7 +18783,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8891--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9133--><p class="noindent" >
 This internally uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero </span>and will do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9; if the field isn’t set.
@@ -18323,39 +18793,39 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>to access the value. (It
 will be 0 in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9; if the field isn’t set.)
-</p><!--l. 8898--><p class="indent" >   A convenient shortcut for use in the <span 
+</p><!--l. 9140--><p class="indent" >   A convenient shortcut for use in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">entry-type-aliases </span>setting:
-</p><!--l. 8900--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9142--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41005"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8902--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9144--><p class="noindent" >
 This provides aliases for Bib<span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>’s standard entry types to <a 
- id="dx1-41006"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-42006"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">@bibtexentry</span>
 entry type (requires at least <a 
- id="dx1-41007"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-42007"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>version 1.4).
-</p><!--l. 8907--><p class="indent" >   You may also want to provide storage keys for Bib<span class="TEX">T<span 
+</p><!--l. 9149--><p class="indent" >   You may also want to provide storage keys for Bib<span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>’s standard fields rather
 than having to alias them all. This can be done with:
-</p><!--l. 8909--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9151--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41008"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8911--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9153--><p class="noindent" >
 Note that Bib<span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">type </span>field clashes with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-41009"></a> package’s <span 
+ id="dx1-42009"></a> package’s <span 
 class="cmss-10">type</span><a 
- id="dx1-41010"></a> key, so
+ id="dx1-42010"></a> key, so
 this command provides the key <span 
 class="cmtt-10">bibtextype </span>instead. You can alias it with
 <span 
@@ -18369,55 +18839,55 @@
 accessed with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbibtype</span>. Each of these commands takes the entry label as the
 sole argument.
-</p><!--l. 8922--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 9164--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-41011"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing
+ id="dx1-42011"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing
 mathematical Greek commands: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41012"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42012"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a 
- id="dx1-41013"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42013"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Epsilon</span><a 
- id="dx1-41014"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42014"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Zeta</span><a 
- id="dx1-41015"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42015"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Eta</span><a 
- id="dx1-41016"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42016"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Iota</span><a 
- id="dx1-41017"></a>,
+ id="dx1-42017"></a>,
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Kappa</span><a 
- id="dx1-41018"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42018"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Mu</span><a 
- id="dx1-41019"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42019"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Nu</span><a 
- id="dx1-41020"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42020"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Omicron</span><a 
- id="dx1-41021"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42021"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Rho</span><a 
- id="dx1-41022"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42022"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Tau</span><a 
- id="dx1-41023"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42023"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Chi</span><a 
- id="dx1-41024"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42024"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a 
- id="dx1-41025"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42025"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\omicron</span><a 
- id="dx1-41026"></a>. These are all
+ id="dx1-42026"></a>. These are all
 defined with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>, so they won’t override any definitions provided by
 any package loaded before <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-41027"></a>. Since <a 
- id="dx1-41028"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-42027"></a>. Since <a 
+ id="dx1-42028"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s interpreter recognises
 these commands, using them instead of explicitly using the Latin characters with the
 same shape helps to keep the Greek symbols together when sorting. Similarly,
 if <span 
 class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a 
- id="dx1-41029"></a> has been loaded, the missing upright Greek commands are also
+ id="dx1-42029"></a> has been loaded, the missing upright Greek commands are also
 provided.
-</p><!--l. 8936--><p class="indent" >   The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the
+</p><!--l. 9178--><p class="indent" >   The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sort-rule </span>resource option. If you want a rule for a specific locale, you can
 provide similar commands in a file called <span 
@@ -18429,7 +18899,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\IfTrackedLanguageFileExists </span>in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
- id="dx1-41030"></a> documentation for further details.
+ id="dx1-42030"></a> documentation for further details.
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -18436,7 +18906,7 @@
 If this file is on <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
- id="dx1-41031"></a> package (automatically loaded by
+ id="dx1-42031"></a> package (automatically loaded by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) detects that the document has requested that language or locale, then the
 file will automatically be loaded. For example, if you want to provide a rule
@@ -18447,7 +18917,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220">
 \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{welsh}[2018/02/23&#x00A0;v1.0]
 &#x00A0;<br />\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}
 &#x00A0;<br />{
@@ -18485,7 +18955,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 &#x00A0;<br />{}%&#x00A0;glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;loaded
 </div>
-<!--l. 8986--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span 
+<!--l. 9228--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\string </span>is in case the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003C; </span>character has been made active.) You can
 provide more than one rule-block per local, to allow for loanwords or foreign words.
@@ -18493,7 +18963,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIRules</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIIRules</span>
 etc.
-</p><!--l. 8993--><p class="indent" >   If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then
+</p><!--l. 9235--><p class="indent" >   If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then
 they can be provided in a file given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">script</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -18504,7 +18974,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221">
 \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{Cyrl}[2018/02/23&#x00A0;v1.0]
 &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand*{\glsxtrGeneralCyrillicIRules}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Cyrillic&#x00A0;rules
@@ -18513,20 +18983,20 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;alternative&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Cyrillic&#x00A0;rules
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9005--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through
+<!--l. 9247--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through
 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
- id="dx1-41032"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This
+ id="dx1-42032"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This
 essentially means ensuring you load the appropriate language package before
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
- id="dx1-41033"></a> is loaded by the base <span 
+ id="dx1-42033"></a> is loaded by the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-41034"></a> package or any other package that uses it.
+ id="dx1-42034"></a> package or any other package that uses it.
 See the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
- id="dx1-41035"></a> documentation for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 9013--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or
+ id="dx1-42035"></a> documentation for further details.)
+</p><!--l. 9255--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or
 language, then you can provide a supplementary package. For example, if you have a
 package called, say, <span 
 class="cmss-10">mapsymbols </span>that provides map symbols, then the file
@@ -18536,7 +19006,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
 &#x00A0;<br />\ProvidesPackage{mapsymbols}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;some&#x00A0;package&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;font&#x00A0;loading&#x00A0;stuff&#x00A0;here&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;provide
@@ -18552,10 +19022,10 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;&#x00A0;\glshex&#x00A0;26BD&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;football&#x00A0;0x26BD
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9034--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span 
+<!--l. 9276--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.bib </span>can provide the appropriate definitions
 for <a 
- id="dx1-41036"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-42036"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>:
                                                                   
@@ -18562,17 +19032,17 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
 @preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Harbour}{\char"2693}
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Battlefield}{\char"2694}
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Stadium}{\char"26BD}"}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9041--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set:
+<!--l. 9283--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224">
 \usepackage{mapsymbols}%&#x00A0;my&#x00A0;custom&#x00A0;package
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[
@@ -18594,10 +19064,10 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
 &#x00A0;<br />]
 </div>
-<!--l. 9066--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9068--><p class="indent" >   The following commands are provided by <span 
+<!--l. 9308--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9310--><p class="indent" >   The following commands are provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-41037"></a>. They should be
+ id="dx1-42037"></a>. They should be
 separated by the rule separator characters <span 
 class="cmtt-10">;</span>&#x00A0;(semi-colon) or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">,</span>&#x00A0;(comma) or
@@ -18606,21 +19076,21 @@
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;</span>&#x00A0;(less than). See Java’s <a 
 href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/8/docs/api/java/text/RuleBasedCollator.html" >RuleBasedCollator</a> documentation for
 details of the rule syntax.
-</p><!--l. 9075--><p class="indent" >   For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span 
+</p><!--l. 9317--><p class="indent" >   For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41038"></a>,
+ id="dx1-42038"></a>,
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41039"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42039"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a 
- id="dx1-41040"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42040"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a 
- id="dx1-41041"></a> etc) in a block before Latin characters:
+ id="dx1-42041"></a> etc) in a block before Latin characters:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
 sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;;\glsxtrspacerules
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;;\glsxtrnonprintablerules
@@ -18635,47 +19105,47 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinOslash
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9092--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9094--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 9334--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9336--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcontrolrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41042"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42042"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9096--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9338--><p class="noindent" >
 These are control characters that are usually placed at the start of a rule in the
 ignored section. They typically won’t occur in any sort values, but if they do they
 should normally be ignored.
-</p><!--l. 9101--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9343--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrspacerules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41043"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42043"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9103--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9345--><p class="noindent" >
 These are space characters. They typically come after the control characters with the
 two blocks separated by a <span 
 class="cmtt-10">;</span>&#x00A0;(semi-colon).
-</p><!--l. 9107--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9349--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnonprintablerules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41044"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42044"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9109--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9351--><p class="noindent" >
 These are non-printable characters (BOM, tabs, line feed and carriage return). They
 typically come after the spaces separated by a <span 
 class="cmtt-10">;</span>&#x00A0;(semi-colon). These characters
 aren’t checked for by <a 
- id="dx1-41045"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-42045"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> when it determines whether or not to use the
 interpreter, so a&#x00A0;TAB or newline character may end up in the sort value if it wasn’t
 interpreted.
-</p><!--l. 9117--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9359--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41046"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42046"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9119--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9361--><p class="noindent" >
 These are combining diacritic marks which typically follow the space and
 non-printable blocks (separated by a semi-colon). This command is defined in terms
 of sub-block commands:
@@ -18683,7 +19153,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules\string;
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules\string;
@@ -18691,36 +19161,36 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9130--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered.
-</p><!--l. 9134--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 9372--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered.
+</p><!--l. 9376--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41047"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42047"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9136--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9378--><p class="noindent" >
 This contains the combining diacritics: acute, grave, breve, circumflex, caron, ring,
 vertical line above, diaeresis (umlaut), double acute, tilde, dot above, combining
 macron.
-</p><!--l. 9141--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9383--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41048"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42048"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9143--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9385--><p class="noindent" >
 This contains the combining diacritics: short solidus overlay, cedilla, ogonek, dot
 below, low line, overline, hook above, double vertical line above, double grave
 accent, candrabindu, inverted breve, turned comma above, comma above,
 reversed comma above, comma above right, grave accent below, acute accent
 below.
-</p><!--l. 9150--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9392--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41049"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42049"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9152--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9394--><p class="noindent" >
 This contains the combining diacritics: left tack below, right tack below, left angle
 above, horn, left half ring below, up tack below, down tack below, plus sign below,
 minus sign below, palatalized hook below, retroflex hook below, diaresis below, ring
@@ -18732,13 +19202,13 @@
 dialytika tonos, Greek ypogegrammeni, double tilde, double inverted breve,
 Cyrillic titlo, Cyrillic palatalization, Cyrillic dasia pneumata, Cyrillic psili
 pneumata.
-</p><!--l. 9167--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9409--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41050"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42050"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9169--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9411--><p class="noindent" >
 This contains the combining diacritics: left harpoon above, right harpoon above, long
 vertical line overlay, short vertical line overlay, anticlockwise arrow above, clockwise
 arrow above, left arrow above, right arrow above, ring overlay, clockwise ring overlay,
@@ -18748,20 +19218,20 @@
 anticlockwise ring overlay, three dots above, four dots above, enclosing circle,
 enclosing square, enclosing diamond, enclosing circle backslash, left right arrow
 above.
-</p><!--l. 9179--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9421--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhyphenrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41051"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42051"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9181--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9423--><p class="noindent" >
 This contains hyphens (including the minus sign 0x2212). This rule block typically
 comes after the diacritic rules separated by a comma.
-</p><!--l. 9186--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9428--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41052"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42052"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9188--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9430--><p class="noindent" >
 This contains punctuation characters. This rule block typically comes after the
 hyphen rules separated by a less than (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;</span>). As with the combining diacritics, this
@@ -18771,7 +19241,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrcurrencyrules
@@ -18778,13 +19248,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9200--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9202--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 9442--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9444--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41053"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42053"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9204--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9446--><p class="noindent" >
 This is the first punctuation sub-block containing: underscore, macron, comma,
 semi-colon, colon, exclamation mark, inverted exclamation mark, question
 mark, inverted question mark, solidus, full stop, acute accent, grave accent,
@@ -18793,32 +19263,32 @@
 parenthesis, left square bracket, right square bracket, left curly bracket, right
 curly bracket, section sign, pilcrow sign, copyright sign, registered sign, at
 sign.
-</p><!--l. 9215--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9457--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcurrencyrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41054"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42054"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcurrencyrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9217--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9459--><p class="noindent" >
 This sub-block contains some currency symbols: currency sign, Thai currency symbol
 baht, cent sign, colon sign, cruzeiro sign, dollar sign, dong sign, euro sign, French
 franc sign, lira sign, mill sign, naira sign, peseta sign, pound sign, rupee sign, new
 sheqel sign, won sign, yen sign.
-</p><!--l. 9224--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9466--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41055"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42055"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9226--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9468--><p class="noindent" >
 This sub-block contains some other punctuation symbols: asterisk, backslash,
 ampersand, hash sign, percent sign, plus sign, plus-minus sign, division sign,
 multiplication sign, less-than sign, equals sign, greater-than sign, not sign, vertical
 bar (pipe), broken bar, degree sign, micron sign.
-</p><!--l. 9233--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9475--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdigitrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41056"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42056"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9235--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9477--><p class="noindent" >
 This rule block contains the Basic Latin digits (0, &#x2026;, 9) and the subscript and
 superscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> <sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
@@ -18826,44 +19296,44 @@
 The digit block typically comes after the punctuation rules separated by a less than
 (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9243--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9485--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41057"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42057"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9245--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9487--><p class="noindent" >
 This rule block contains just the Basic Latin digits (0, &#x2026;, 9).
-</p><!--l. 9248--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9490--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41058"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42058"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9250--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9492--><p class="noindent" >
 This rule block contains just the subscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> &#x2026;&#x00A0;<sub class="textsubscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">9</span></sub>).
-</p><!--l. 9254--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9496--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41059"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42059"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 9256--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9498--><p class="noindent" >
 This rule block contains just the superscript digits (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">0</span></sup> &#x2026;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">9</span></sup>).
-</p><!--l. 9260--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9502--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfractionrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41060"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42060"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfractionrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9262--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9504--><p class="noindent" >
 This rule block contains vulgar fraction characters. The digit block typically comes
 after the digit rules separated by a less than (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9267--><p class="indent" >   There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended
+</p><!--l. 9509--><p class="indent" >   There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended
 characters or ligatures (such as ß&#x00A0;or œ) but they don’t include accented
 characters. If you require a Latin rule block that includes accented characters,
 digraphs, trigraphs or other extended characters, then it’s best to provide similar
@@ -18872,12 +19342,12 @@
 class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file for the particular language or
 region.
-</p><!--l. 9275--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9517--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41061"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42061"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9277--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9519--><p class="noindent" >
 This is just the basic (non-extended) Latin alphabet with the superscript and
 subscript Latin letters (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">a</span></sup> <sub class="textsubscript"><span 
@@ -18885,416 +19355,416 @@
 don’t want the subscripts and superscripts included you can redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA</span>
 etc to omit them.)
-</p><!--l. 9284--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9526--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41062"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42062"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9286--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9528--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’
 and eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’.
-</p><!--l. 9290--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9532--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41063"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42063"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9292--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9534--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’
 and eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’.
-</p><!--l. 9296--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9538--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41064"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42064"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9298--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9540--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
 ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’, oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated
 as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 9304--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9546--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41065"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42065"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9306--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9548--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
 eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 9311--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9553--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41066"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42066"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9313--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9555--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
 eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 9318--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9560--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41067"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42067"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9320--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9562--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes ae-ligature (æ) between ‘A’
 and ‘B’, eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, insular G (&#xA77D;) instead of ‘G’, oe-ligature between
 ‘O’ and ‘P’, long&#x00A0;s (&#x017F;) equivalent to ‘s’, thorn (þ) between ‘T’ and ‘U’ and wynn (&#x01F7;)
 instead of W.
-</p><!--l. 9327--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9569--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41068"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42068"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 9329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9571--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’,
 oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’, thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’,
 Ø&#x00A0;is treated as ‘O’ and ‘Ł’ is treated as ‘L’.
-</p><!--l. 9335--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9577--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinA</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41069"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42069"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9337--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9579--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘A’ but includes the sub- and superscript A.
-</p><!--l. 9341--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9583--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinE</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41070"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42070"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinE </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9585--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘E’ but includes the subscript E.
-</p><!--l. 9347--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9589--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinH</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41071"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42071"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinH </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9349--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9591--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘H’ but includes the subscript H.
-</p><!--l. 9353--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9595--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinK</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41072"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42072"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinK </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9355--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9597--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘K’ but includes the subscript K.
-</p><!--l. 9359--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9601--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinI</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41073"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42073"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinI </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9361--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9603--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘I’ but includes the superscript I.
-</p><!--l. 9365--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9607--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinL</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41074"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42074"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinL </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9367--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9609--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘L’ but includes the subscript L.
-</p><!--l. 9371--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9613--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinM</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41075"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42075"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinM </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9373--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9615--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘M’ but includes the subscript M.
-</p><!--l. 9377--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9619--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinN</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41076"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42076"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinN </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9379--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9621--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘N’ but includes the sub- and superscript N.
-</p><!--l. 9383--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9625--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinO</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41077"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42077"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinO </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9385--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9627--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘O’ but includes the sub- and superscript O.
-</p><!--l. 9389--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9631--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinP</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41078"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42078"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinP </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9391--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9633--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘P’ but includes the subscript P.
-</p><!--l. 9395--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9637--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinS</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41079"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42079"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinS </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9397--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9639--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘S’ but includes the subscript S.
-</p><!--l. 9401--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9643--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinT</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41080"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42080"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinT </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9403--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9645--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘T’ but includes the subscript T.
-</p><!--l. 9407--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9649--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinX</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41081"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42081"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinX </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9409--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9651--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘X’ but includes the subscript X.
-</p><!--l. 9413--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9655--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41082"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42082"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9415--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9657--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long&#x00A0;s (&#x017F;) followed by short ‘s’
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 equivalent to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘ss’.)
-</p><!--l. 9420--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9662--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41083"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42083"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9422--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9664--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long&#x00A0;s (&#x017F;) followed by ‘z’ equivalent
 to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘sz’.)
-</p><!--l. 9427--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9669--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinEth</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41084"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42084"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9671--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for eth (Ð) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 9433--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9675--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinThorn</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41085"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42085"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinThorn </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9435--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9677--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for thorn (þ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 9439--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9681--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinAELigature</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41086"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42086"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAELigature </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9441--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9683--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for ae-ligature (æ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
 values.
-</p><!--l. 9445--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9687--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinOELigature</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41087"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42087"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOELigature </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9447--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9689--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for oe-ligature (œ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
 values.
-</p><!--l. 9451--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9693--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinOslash</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41088"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42088"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9453--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9695--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for ‘Ø’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 9457--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9699--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinLslash</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41089"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42089"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinLslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9459--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9701--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for ‘Ł’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 9463--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9705--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinWynn</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41090"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42090"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinWynn </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9465--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9707--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for wynn (&#x01F7;) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 9469--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9711--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinInsularG</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41091"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42091"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinInsularG </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9471--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9713--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for insular G (&#xA77D;) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
 values.
-</p><!--l. 9475--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9717--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinSchwa</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41092"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42092"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinSchwa </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9477--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9719--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers schwa (&#x018F;) but includes the subscript schwa. (Not used in
 any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.)
-</p><!--l. 9482--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9724--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinAA</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41093"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42093"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAA </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9484--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9726--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for ‘Å’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. (Not used in
 any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.)
-</p><!--l. 9489--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9731--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41094"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42094"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9491--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9733--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41095"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42095"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a 
- id="dx1-41096"></a> etc) and upright Greek
+ id="dx1-42096"></a> etc) and upright Greek
 (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41097"></a>, etc, from the <span 
+ id="dx1-42097"></a>, etc, from the <span 
 class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a 
- id="dx1-41098"></a> package) characters that includes digamma
+ id="dx1-42098"></a> package) characters that includes digamma
 (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a 
- id="dx1-41099"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-42099"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a 
- id="dx1-41100"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. The upright and italic versions
+ id="dx1-42100"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. The upright and italic versions
 are gathered together into the same letter group.
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 9498--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9740--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41101"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42101"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9500--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9742--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span>but doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 9503--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9745--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41102"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42102"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9505--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9747--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for upright Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41103"></a>, etc, from the <span 
+ id="dx1-42103"></a>, etc, from the <span 
 class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a 
- id="dx1-41104"></a> package)
+ id="dx1-42104"></a> package)
 characters that includes digamma (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a 
- id="dx1-41105"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-42105"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a 
- id="dx1-41106"></a>) between epsilon and
+ id="dx1-42106"></a>) between epsilon and
 zeta.
-</p><!--l. 9511--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9753--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41107"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42107"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9513--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9755--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for upright Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41108"></a>, etc, from the <span 
+ id="dx1-42108"></a>, etc, from the <span 
 class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a 
- id="dx1-41109"></a> package) that
+ id="dx1-42109"></a> package) that
 doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 9517--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9759--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41110"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42110"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9519--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9761--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41111"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42111"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41112"></a>, etc) characters that includes
+ id="dx1-42112"></a>, etc) characters that includes
 digamma (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\diagamma</span><a 
- id="dx1-41113"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-42113"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a 
- id="dx1-41114"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. Note that even
+ id="dx1-42114"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. Note that even
 though the upper case <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Delta </span>etc are actually rendered upright by <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>,
 <a 
- id="dx1-41115"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-42115"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> interpreter treats them as italic to help keep them close to the lower case
 versions.
-</p><!--l. 9527--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9769--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41116"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42116"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9529--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9771--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41117"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42117"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41118"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t
+ id="dx1-42118"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t
 include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 9533--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9775--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41119"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42119"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9535--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9777--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41120"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42120"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a 
- id="dx1-41121"></a>, etc) characters that
+ id="dx1-42121"></a>, etc) characters that
 includes digamma (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a 
- id="dx1-41122"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
-</p><!--l. 9540--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-42122"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
+</p><!--l. 9782--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41123"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42123"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9542--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9784--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41124"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42124"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a 
- id="dx1-41125"></a>, etc) characters that
+ id="dx1-42125"></a>, etc) characters that
 doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 9546--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9788--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41126"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42126"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9548--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9790--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41127"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42127"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a 
- id="dx1-41128"></a>, etc) characters that
+ id="dx1-42128"></a>, etc) characters that
 includes digamma (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a 
- id="dx1-41129"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
-</p><!--l. 9553--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-42129"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
+</p><!--l. 9795--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41130"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42130"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9555--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9797--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a 
- id="dx1-41131"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-42131"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a 
- id="dx1-41132"></a>, etc) characters that
+ id="dx1-42132"></a>, etc) characters that
 doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 9559--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, there are commands in the form <span 
+</p><!--l. 9801--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, there are commands in the form <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpAlpha</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpBeta</span>
 etc and <span 
@@ -19309,33 +19779,33 @@
 and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha </span>etc) as well as the following:
-</p><!--l. 9566--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9808--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41133"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42133"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9568--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9810--><p class="noindent" >
 The partial derivative symbol (<span 
 class="cmmi-10">&#x2202;</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9571--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9813--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-41134"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-42134"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9573--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9815--><p class="noindent" >
 The nabla symbol (<span 
 class="cmsy-10">&#x2207;</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9577--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9819--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 9577--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9819--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.4   </span> <a 
  id="supplementarycommands"></a>Supplementary Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 9579--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span 
+<!--l. 9821--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>for use with <a 
- id="dx1-42001"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-43001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9582--><p class="indent" >   The information provided with <span 
+</p><!--l. 9824--><p class="indent" >   The information provided with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>is written to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file
 using </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -19351,15 +19821,15 @@
 </div>
 </div> where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">information</span>&#x27E9; is the information to pass to <a 
- id="dx1-42002"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-43002"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The command in the
 second argument
-<!--l. 9589--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 9831--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrresourceinit</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42003"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43003"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourceinit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9591--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9833--><p class="noindent" >
 may be used to temporarily redefine commands before the information is written to
 the file. This does nothing by default, but may be redefined to allow the use of short
 commands for convenience. For example, with:
@@ -19367,10 +19837,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrresourceinit}{\let\u\glshex}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9598--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 9840--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\u</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;E6</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6</span></span></span> in the custom rule.
@@ -19377,13 +19847,30 @@
 This redefinition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\u </span>is scoped so its original definition is restored after the write
 operation.
-</p><!--l. 9603--><p class="indent" >   It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier
+</p><!--l. 9845--><p class="indent" >   If you have multiple resource commands and you want a default set of options you
+can supply them in the definition of:
+</p><!--l. 9847--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-43004"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9849--><p class="noindent" >
+For example:
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229">
+\renewcommand{\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions}{selection=all}
+</div>
+<!--l. 9853--><p class="nopar" > This should be done before the resource commands.
+</p><!--l. 9856--><p class="indent" >   It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier
 example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
@@ -19404,24 +19891,24 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9634--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom
+<!--l. 9887--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom
 commands that set the prefix. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231">
 \newcommand*{\sym}[2][]{\gls[#1]{sym.#2}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9639--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span 
+<!--l. 9892--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\sym </span>doesn’t allow for modifiers
 (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls* </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls+</span>). Instead you can use:
-</p><!--l. 9643--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9896--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewgls</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42004"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewgls[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">default options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19429,7 +19916,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9645--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9898--><p class="noindent" >
 which defines the command &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; that behaves like </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -19454,26 +19941,26 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232">
 \glsxtrnewgls{sym.}{\sym}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9653--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks)
+<!--l. 9906--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks)
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233">
 \glsxtrnewgls[hyper=false]{sym.}{\sym}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9657--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 9910--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\sym+{M}</span></span></span> to behave like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls+{sym.M}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 9660--><p class="indent" >   If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can
+</p><!--l. 9913--><p class="indent" >   If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 9662--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9915--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewglslike</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42005"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43006"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">default options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19490,20 +19977,20 @@
 class="cmitt-10">\Glspl-like cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9665--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9918--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234">
 \glsxtrnewglslike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\idx}{\idxpl}{\Idx}{\Idxpl}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9669--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions:
-</p><!--l. 9671--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 9922--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions:
+</p><!--l. 9924--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewGLSlike</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42006"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewGLSlike[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">default options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19515,22 +20002,22 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">\GLSpl-like cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9674--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9927--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235">
 \glsxtrnewGLSlike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\IDX}{\IDXpl}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9678--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9680--><p class="indent" >   There’s an analogous command for <span 
+<!--l. 9931--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9933--><p class="indent" >   There’s an analogous command for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>:
-</p><!--l. 9681--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9934--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewrgls</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42007"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrgls[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">default options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19539,16 +20026,16 @@
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9683--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9936--><p class="noindent" >
 and for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGls </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>:
-</p><!--l. 9686--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9939--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewrglslike</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42008"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43009"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrglslike[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">default options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19565,12 +20052,12 @@
 class="cmitt-10">\rGlspl-like cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9690--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9943--><p class="noindent" >
 and for the all caps:
-</p><!--l. 9692--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9945--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42009"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">default options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19582,8 +20069,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">\rGLSpl-like cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9695--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9697--><p class="indent" >   If you provide your own custom command with just <span 
+</p><!--l. 9948--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9950--><p class="indent" >   If you provide your own custom command with just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newcommand </span>that
 has syntax that starts with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19591,14 +20078,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>, then you can notify <a 
- id="dx1-42010"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-43011"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>
 using:
-</p><!--l. 9700--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9953--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtridentifyglslike</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42011"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtridentifyglslike{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19605,52 +20092,52 @@
 class="cmitt-10">command</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9702--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9955--><p class="noindent" >
 This writes information to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that <a 
- id="dx1-42012"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-43013"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can search for the given
 command when looking for dependencies.
-</p><!--l. 9707--><p class="indent" >   Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified
+</p><!--l. 9960--><p class="indent" >   Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified
 by:
-</p><!--l. 9709--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9962--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtraddlabelprefix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42013"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9711--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9964--><p class="noindent" >
 These should be listed in order of precedence. Since no entries are defined on the first
 <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run, the final prefix should be the fallback. You can prepend a prefix to the
 list using:
-</p><!--l. 9715--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9968--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprependlabelprefix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42014"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9717--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9970--><p class="noindent" >
 which gives it the highest order of precedence.
-</p><!--l. 9720--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 9973--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9; argument may be empty. You can clear the list with:
-</p><!--l. 9722--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9975--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrclearlabelprefixes</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42015"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrclearlabelprefixes </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9724--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9726--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a prefix is already in the list with:
+</p><!--l. 9977--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9979--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a prefix is already in the list with:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 9727--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9980--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42016"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19660,17 +20147,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9729--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9982--><p class="noindent" >
 In general it’s best to avoid adding multiple instances of the same prefix, so you can
 check with this command before adding a prefix to the list. However, it can be useful
 to repeat a prefix at the end of the list so that it can be used as a fallback for entries
 that haven’t yet been defined.
-</p><!--l. 9736--><p class="indent" >   With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary),
+</p><!--l. 9989--><p class="indent" >   With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary),
 you can use:
-</p><!--l. 9738--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9991--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\dgls</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42017"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43018"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dgls[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19678,7 +20165,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9740--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9993--><p class="noindent" >
 which behaves like </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -19698,12 +20185,12 @@
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; matches a defined
 entry (or the last entry in the prefix list if none match).
-<!--l. 9749--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing
+<!--l. 10002--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing
 versions:
-</p><!--l. 9751--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10004--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\dglspl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42018"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dglspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19711,13 +20198,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9753--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10006--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>),
-</p><!--l. 9755--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10008--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\dGls</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42019"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43020"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dGls[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19725,13 +20212,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9757--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10010--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>),
-</p><!--l. 9759--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10012--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\dGlspl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42020"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43021"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dGlspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19739,13 +20226,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9761--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10014--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span>),
-</p><!--l. 9763--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10016--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\dGLS</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42021"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43022"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dGLS[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19753,13 +20240,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9765--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10018--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>),
-</p><!--l. 9767--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10020--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\dGLSpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42022"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dGLSpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19767,13 +20254,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9769--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10022--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span>),
-</p><!--l. 9771--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10024--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\dglslink</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42023"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dglslink[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19781,13 +20268,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9773--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10026--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>),
-</p><!--l. 9775--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10028--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\dglsdisp</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-42024"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43025"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dglsdisp[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19795,10 +20282,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9777--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10030--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9780--><p class="indent" >   These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries.
+</p><!--l. 10033--><p class="indent" >   These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries.
 Suppose the file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains:
                                                                   
@@ -19805,7 +20292,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236">
 @index{duck}
 &#x00A0;<br />@dualindexabbreviation{svm,
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;short={SVM},
@@ -19817,12 +20304,12 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;diameter}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9793--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is:
+<!--l. 10046--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{hyperref}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
@@ -19837,7 +20324,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9812--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span 
+<!--l. 10065--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">dual.</span>&#x00A0;for the dual prefix, so
 <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> is referencing the primary entry, which is (essentially) an <span 
@@ -19848,50 +20335,50 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{pi}</span></span></span>, which references the primary <span 
 class="cmtt-10">@index </span>entry rather than the
 symbol.
-</p><!--l. 9821--><p class="indent" >   What’s really needed is:
+</p><!--l. 10074--><p class="indent" >   What’s really needed is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238">
 \gls{duck},&#x00A0;\gls{dual.svm},&#x00A0;\gls{dual.pi}.
 </div>
-<!--l. 9824--><p class="nopar" > or with
+<!--l. 10077--><p class="nopar" > or with
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239">
 \GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;label-prefix={idx.},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;dual-prefix={}
 &#x00A0;<br />]
 </div>
-<!--l. 9831--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix:
+<!--l. 10084--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240">
 \gls{idx.duck},&#x00A0;\gls{svm},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
 </div>
-<!--l. 9835--><p class="nopar" > Using <span 
+<!--l. 10088--><p class="nopar" > Using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span>, as earlier, this can be simplified to:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241">
 \idx{duck},&#x00A0;\gls{svm},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
 </div>
-<!--l. 9839--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals.
-</p><!--l. 9842--><p class="indent" >   An alternative is to use <span 
+<!--l. 10092--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals.
+</p><!--l. 10095--><p class="indent" >   An alternative is to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dgls </span>instead:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{hyperref}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
@@ -19908,7 +20395,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9863--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+<!--l. 10116--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;call (when the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist), neither
 <span 
@@ -19928,8 +20415,8 @@
 primary entry’s location list, unless overridden by resource options, such as
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9875--><p class="indent" >   Once <a 
- id="dx1-42025"></a><a 
+</p><!--l. 10128--><p class="indent" >   Once <a 
+ id="dx1-43026"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> has been run and the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file exists, then <span 
@@ -19943,7 +20430,7 @@
 <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{dual.svm}</span></span></span>, which follows the abbreviation style and hyperlinks to the list of
 abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 9883--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span 
+</p><!--l. 10136--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span 
 class="cmtt-10">dual.pi </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">pi</span>. In the case of
 <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
@@ -19953,20 +20440,20 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\dgls{duck}</span></span></span> always behaves like
 <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{duck}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 9889--><p class="indent" >   If you haven’t used <span 
+</p><!--l. 10142--><p class="indent" >   If you haven’t used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations </span>an extra <a 
- id="dx1-42026"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-43027"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>+<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run
 may be required to correct the location lists.
-</p><!--l. 9893--><p class="indent" >   If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding
+</p><!--l. 10146--><p class="indent" >   If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If no prefixes have been added to the list (or if the
 list is cleared), just an empty prefix is assumed.
-</p><!--l. 9898--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.8, <a 
- id="dx1-42027"></a><span 
+</p><!--l. 10151--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.8, <a 
+ id="dx1-43028"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>provides hooks that identify the label prefixes in the
                                                                   
 
@@ -19976,19 +20463,19 @@
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\bibglstertiaryprefixlabel</span><a 
- id="dx1-42028"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-43029"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\bibglsdualprefixlabel</span><a 
- id="dx1-42029"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-43030"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel</span><a 
- id="dx1-42030"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-43031"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -19998,12 +20485,12 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243">
 \newcommand{\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtraddlabelprefix{#1}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
 </div>
-<!--l. 9912--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span 
+<!--l. 10165--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file has been created.
 The prefix list will be empty on the first run (which is treated as a single empty
 prefix). If this isn’t a suitable fallback, it may be necessary to add one after all the
@@ -20012,25 +20499,25 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244">
 \newcommand{\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtraddlabelprefix{#1}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,label-prefix={idx.}]
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsxtraddlabelprefix{idx.}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9923--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep
+<!--l. 10176--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep
 track of the fallback prefix.
-</p><!--l. 9927--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10180--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 9927--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 10180--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.5   </span> <a 
  id="sec:recordcount"></a>Record Counting</h3>
-<!--l. 9930--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a 
- id="dx1-43001"></a><a 
+<!--l. 10183--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a 
+ id="dx1-44001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can save the total record count for each entry by
 invoking <a 
- id="dx1-43002"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-44002"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>with the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">--record-count </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>switches.
@@ -20037,7 +20524,7 @@
 These options will ensure that when each entry is written to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file
 <a 
- id="dx1-43003"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-44003"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will additionally set the following internal fields for that entry:
 </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
@@ -20048,7 +20535,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;: set to the total number of records found for the
      entry for the given counter.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 9942--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+<!--l. 10195--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>is used then additionally: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize"><span 
@@ -20057,17 +20544,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">.</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;:  set  to  the  total  number  of  records
      found for the entry for the given counter with the given location.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 9948--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If
+<!--l. 10201--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If
 you really need it with locations that may contain formatting commands, then you
 can try redefining:
-</p><!--l. 9951--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10204--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdetoklocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43004"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44004"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdetoklocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9953--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10206--><p class="noindent" >
 so that it detokenizes &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9; but take care when using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span>
@@ -20074,8 +20561,8 @@
 with commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>as they can end up becoming detokenized too
 early.
-</p><!--l. 9959--><p class="indent" >   Note that the record count includes locations that <a 
- id="dx1-43005"></a><span 
+</p><!--l. 10212--><p class="indent" >   Note that the record count includes locations that <a 
+ id="dx1-44005"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>discards, such as
 ignored records, duplicates and partial duplicates. It doesn’t include cross-reference
 records. For example, if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
@@ -20094,7 +20581,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter (stored in the
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section </span>field) is 1.
-</p><!--l. 9971--><p class="indent" >   With the unit counting on as well, the field <span 
+</p><!--l. 10224--><p class="indent" >   With the unit counting on as well, the field <span 
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.1 </span>is set to
 2, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.2 </span>is set to 1, <span 
@@ -20101,16 +20588,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.3 </span>is set to 4 and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section.3 </span>is set to 1.
-</p><!--l. 9976--><p class="indent" >   You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to
+</p><!--l. 10229--><p class="indent" >   You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to
 the field value if set or to 0 if unset:
-</p><!--l. 9978--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10231--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43006"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44006"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9980--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10233--><p class="noindent" >
 This expands to the total record count for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
                                                                   
@@ -20117,20 +20604,20 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245">
 \GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{bird}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9985--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8.
-</p><!--l. 9988--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 10238--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8.
+</p><!--l. 10241--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrRecordCount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43007"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9990--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10243--><p class="noindent" >
 This expands to the counter total for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; is the
@@ -20139,22 +20626,22 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246">
 \GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{page}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9996--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and
+<!--l. 10249--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247">
 \GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{section}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10000--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1.
-</p><!--l. 10003--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 10253--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1.
+</p><!--l. 10256--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43008"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20164,30 +20651,30 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10005--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10258--><p class="noindent" >
 This expands to the total for the given location. For example
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248">
 \GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{bird}{page}{3}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10009--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span 
+<!--l. 10262--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9; part. Remember that
 due to <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>’s asynchronous output routine, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>may not be correct.
-</p><!--l. 10014--><p class="indent" >   There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 10267--><p class="indent" >   There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>
 and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>that are triggered by the record count. These are listed
 below.
-</p><!--l. 10018--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10271--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\rgls</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43009"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44009"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20197,11 +20684,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10020--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10021--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10273--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10274--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\rglspl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43010"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20211,11 +20698,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10023--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10024--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10277--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\rGls</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43011"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44011"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20225,11 +20712,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10026--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10027--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10279--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10280--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\rGlspl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43012"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20239,11 +20726,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10029--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10030--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10282--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10283--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\rGLS</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43013"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20253,11 +20740,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10032--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10033--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10285--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10286--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\rGLSpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43014"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20267,24 +20754,24 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10035--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10288--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands check the <a 
 href="#catattr.recordcount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-43015"></a> attribute which, if set, should be a number.
+ id="dx1-44015"></a> attribute which, if set, should be a number.
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{recordcount}{1}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10040--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use
-</p><!--l. 10042--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 10293--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use
+</p><!--l. 10295--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43016"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>
 <span 
@@ -20292,21 +20779,21 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10044--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10297--><p class="noindent" >
 to set the <a 
 href="#catattr.recordcount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-43017"></a> attribute to &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-44017"></a> attribute to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; for all the categories listed in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>
 <span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 10048--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 10301--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like commands use
-</p><!--l. 10049--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10302--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43018"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44018"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20316,7 +20803,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">normal</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10052--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10305--><p class="noindent" >
 to determine whether the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command should behave like its <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -20323,24 +20810,24 @@
 counterpart (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">normal</span>&#x27E9;) or whether it should instead use &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 10057--><p class="indent" >   This command checks if the <a 
+</p><!--l. 10310--><p class="indent" >   This command checks if the <a 
 href="#catattr.recordcount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-43019"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does
+ id="dx1-44019"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">normal</span>&#x27E9;, otherwise it tests if
-</p><!--l. 10060--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10313--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43020"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44020"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10062--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10315--><p class="noindent" >
 is greater than the value given in the <a 
 href="#catattr.recordcount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-43021"></a> attribute for that entry’s category.
+ id="dx1-44021"></a> attribute for that entry’s category.
 If true, this does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">normal</span>&#x27E9; otherwise it does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9;. The default definition of the
@@ -20349,104 +20836,104 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{#1}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10071--><p class="nopar" > The &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 10324--><p class="nopar" > The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; part writes a record with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
- id="dx1-43022"></a> set to <span 
+ id="dx1-44022"></a> set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glstriggerrecordformat</span>
 (which <a 
- id="dx1-43023"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-44023"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v1.1+ recognises as a special type of ignored location format) and
 does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>&#x27E9;. Then it unsets the <a 
- id="dx1-43024"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-44024"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Note that it doesn’t implement
 the post-link hook. This ensures that the record count is correct on the next
 run.
-</p><!--l. 10080--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 10333--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>&#x27E9; depends on the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command used and will be one of
 the following:
-</p><!--l. 10082--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10335--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\rglsformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43025"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44025"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rglsformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10084--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10085--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10337--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10338--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\rglsplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43026"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44026"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rglsplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10087--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10088--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10340--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10341--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\rGlsformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43027"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGlsformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10090--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10091--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10344--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\rGlsplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43028"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44028"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGlsplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10093--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10094--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10347--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\rGLSformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43029"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGLSformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10096--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10097--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10349--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10350--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\rGLSplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43030"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44030"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGLSplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10099--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10352--><p class="noindent" >
 These all behave much like their <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>counterparts. If the entry’s <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-43031"></a>
+ id="dx1-44031"></a>
 attribute is set or if the entry doesn’t have a long form, the first or first plural is
 used, otherwise the long or long plural form is used.
-</p><!--l. 10105--><p class="indent" >   You can use
-</p><!--l. 10106--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10358--><p class="indent" >   You can use
+</p><!--l. 10359--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrenablerecordcount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-43032"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-44032"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrenablerecordcount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10108--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10361--><p class="noindent" >
 to redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span 
@@ -20461,7 +20948,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>, respectively, for convenience.
-</p><!--l. 10113--><p class="indent" >   If you don’t want the entries that use &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 10366--><p class="indent" >   If you don’t want the entries that use &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; to appear in the glossary, you
 need to use the resource option <span 
 class="cmtt-10">trigger-type </span>to assign them to another glossary.
@@ -20470,7 +20957,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newignoredglossary{ignored}
@@ -20487,7 +20974,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10139--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span 
+<!--l. 10392--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">stc </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">upa </span>both only have one record, so they are assigned to the
 <span 
@@ -20497,41 +20984,41 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 10144--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 10144--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 10397--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 10397--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a 
  id="sec:miscnew"></a>Miscellaneous New Commands</h2>
-</p><!--l. 10147--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 10400--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-44001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries
+ id="dx1-45001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries
 when used with the <a 
 href="#styopt.entrycounter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-44002"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-45002"></a> or <a 
 href="#styopt.subentrycounter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-44003"></a> options. The <span 
+ id="dx1-45003"></a> options. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
 package provides a supplementary command
-</p><!--l. 10151--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10404--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpageref</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-44004"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-45004"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10153--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10406--><p class="noindent" >
 that works in the same way except that it uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span><a 
- id="dx1-44005"></a> instead of <span 
+ id="dx1-45005"></a> instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ref</span><a 
- id="dx1-44006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 10157--><p class="indent" >   You can copy an entry to another glossary using
-</p><!--l. 10158--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-45006"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 10410--><p class="indent" >   You can copy an entry to another glossary using
+</p><!--l. 10411--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-44007"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-45007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcopytoglossary{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20538,28 +21025,28 @@
 class="cmitt-10">glossary-type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10160--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10413--><p class="noindent" >
 This appends &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9; to the end of the internal list for the glossary given by
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary-type</span>&#x27E9;. Be careful if you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-44008"></a> package as this may cause duplicate
+ id="dx1-45008"></a> package as this may cause duplicate
 hypertargets. You will need to change <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>to another value or disable
 hyperlinks when you display the duplicate. Alternatively, use the new <span 
 class="cmss-10">target</span><a 
- id="dx1-44009"></a> key to
+ id="dx1-45009"></a> key to
 switch off the targets:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252">
 \printunsrtglossary[target=false]
 </div>
-<!--l. 10170--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10172--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+<!--l. 10423--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10425--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows you to set preamble code for a given glossary
 type using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span>. This overrides any previous setting.
@@ -20566,49 +21053,49 @@
 With <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>(as from v1.12) you can instead append to the preamble
 using
-</p><!--l. 10177--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10430--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\apptoglossarypreamble</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-44010"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-45010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10179--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10432--><p class="noindent" >
 or prepend using
-</p><!--l. 10181--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10434--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\pretoglossarypreamble</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-44011"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-45011"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pretoglossarypreamble[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10183--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10436--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 10185--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 10438--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:fields"></a>Entry Fields</h3>
-<!--l. 10188--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
+<!--l. 10441--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
 single argument. The field is given by
-</p><!--l. 10190--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10443--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45001"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10192--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10445--><p class="noindent" >
 The default value is <span 
 class="cmtt-10">useri</span>. Note that the value must be the control sequence name
 <span 
 class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10197--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 10450--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253">
 \newcommand*{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand*{\mtxinv}[1]{\mtx{#1}\sp{-1}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{matrix}{%
@@ -20633,13 +21120,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;$\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10225--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10227--><p class="indent" >   There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
+<!--l. 10478--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10480--><p class="indent" >   There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
 argument:
-</p><!--l. 10229--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10482--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45002"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46002"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20647,7 +21134,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10231--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10484--><p class="noindent" >
 This effectively does </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -20674,17 +21161,17 @@
 must be defined to take a single required argument. Although it effectively acts like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>it misses out the post-link hook.
-<!--l. 10241--><p class="indent" >   The default &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 10494--><p class="indent" >   The default &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">default-options</span>&#x27E9; are given by
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 10242--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10495--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45003"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46003"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10244--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10497--><p class="noindent" >
 This is defined as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>but may be redefined as appropriate. Note that the
 replacement text of <span 
@@ -20691,12 +21178,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span>is prepended to the optional
 argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10250--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a
+</p><!--l. 10503--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a
 final optional argument:
-</p><!--l. 10252--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10505--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmt*</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45004"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46004"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt*[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20706,12 +21193,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10254--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10507--><p class="noindent" >
 Both the starred and unstarred versions use:
-</p><!--l. 10256--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10509--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmtdisplay</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45005"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtdisplay{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20720,7 +21207,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10258--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10511--><p class="noindent" >
 within the link text. In the case of the unstarred version &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; will be empty. It will
 also be empty if the final option argument is missing from the starred form. If the
@@ -20732,7 +21219,7 @@
 href="#styopt.undefaction"><span 
 class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a 
- id="dx1-45006"></a>). There won’t be a warning or error if the entry is
+ id="dx1-46006"></a>). There won’t be a warning or error if the entry is
 defined by the given field is missing. In either case, (the entry is undefined or the field
 is missing) &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs name</span>&#x27E9; will be <span 
@@ -20742,25 +21229,25 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254">
 \newcommand{\glsxtrfmtdisplay}[3]{\csuse{#1}{#2}#3}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10272--><p class="nopar" > which puts &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 10525--><p class="nopar" > which puts &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; inside the argument of the control sequence and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; outside it
 (but it will still be inside the link text).
-</p><!--l. 10277--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 10530--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
 or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10280--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10282--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 10533--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10535--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255">
 \[
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfmt{matrix}{A}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfmt{matrixinv}{A}
@@ -20768,34 +21255,34 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glssymbol{identitymatrix}
 &#x00A0;<br />\]
 </div>
-<!--l. 10290--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span 
+<!--l. 10543--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t index, but will
 create a hyperlink (if <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-45007"></a> has been loaded). This can be changed so that it also
+ id="dx1-46007"></a> has been loaded). This can be changed so that it also
 suppresses the hyperlink:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256">
 \renewcommand{\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions}{hyper=false,noindex}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10297--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10299--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
+<!--l. 10550--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10552--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t work with PDF bookmarks. Instead you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 10301--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10554--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrentryfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45008"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrentryfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10303--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10556--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>and will simply expand to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; within the PDF
@@ -20806,7 +21293,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>if a control sequence name has
 been provided or just &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; otherwise.
-</p><!--l. 10309--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 10562--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>to add new keys. This
 command will cause an error if the key has already been defined. The <span 
@@ -20813,10 +21300,10 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
 package provides a supplementary command that will only define the key if it doesn’t
 already exist:
-</p><!--l. 10314--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10567--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45009"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46009"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20825,7 +21312,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10316--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10569--><p class="noindent" >
 If the key has already been defined, it will still provide the command given in the
 third argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; (if it hasn’t already been defined). Unlike <span 
@@ -20834,11 +21321,11 @@
 may be left empty if you’re happy to just use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch </span>to fetch the value of
 this new key.
-</p><!--l. 10322--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a key has been provided with:
-</p><!--l. 10323--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10575--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a key has been provided with:
+</p><!--l. 10576--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifkeydefined</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45010"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifkeydefined{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20846,7 +21333,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10325--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10578--><p class="noindent" >
 This tests if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9; is available for use in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;= list in the second argument of
@@ -20855,22 +21342,22 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>).
 The corresponding field may not have been set for any of the entries if no default was
 provided.
-</p><!--l. 10333--><p class="indent" >   There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
+</p><!--l. 10586--><p class="indent" >   There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
 these only change the specified field, not any related values. For example,
 changing the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-45011"></a> field won’t update the <span 
+ id="dx1-46011"></a> field won’t update the <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-45012"></a> field. There are also
+ id="dx1-46012"></a> field. There are also
 some fields that should really only be set when entries are defined (such as
 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
- id="dx1-45013"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently
+ id="dx1-46013"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently
 changed.
-</p><!--l. 10341--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10594--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45014"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20878,7 +21365,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10596--><p class="noindent" >
 Sets the field given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20894,12 +21381,12 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 10353--><p class="indent" >   <span 
+</p><!--l. 10606--><p class="indent" >   <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>uses
-</p><!--l. 10354--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10607--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45015"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20908,13 +21395,13 @@
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10356--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10609--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry label and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; is the assignment code.
-</p><!--l. 10360--><p class="indent" >   This command just uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 10613--><p class="indent" >   This command just uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a 
- id="dx1-45016"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-46016"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20926,15 +21413,15 @@
 href="#styopt.undefaction"><span 
 class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a 
- id="dx1-45017"></a>. You can redefine
+ id="dx1-46017"></a>. You can redefine
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists </span>to simply do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; if you want to skip the existence check.
 Alternatively you can instead use
-</p><!--l. 10366--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10619--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdeffield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45018"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46018"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdeffield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20946,20 +21433,20 @@
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10621--><p class="noindent" >
 This simply uses <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
- id="dx1-45019"></a>’s <span 
+ id="dx1-46019"></a>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\csdef </span>without any checks. This command
 isn’t robust. There is also a version that uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\protected at csedef</span>
 instead:<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-45020f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 10373--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="x1-46020f1"></a>
+</p><!--l. 10626--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtredeffield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45021"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46021"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtredeffield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20971,11 +21458,11 @@
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10375--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10377--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10628--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10630--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\gGlsXtrSetField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45022"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46022"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20983,13 +21470,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10379--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10632--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but globally.
-</p><!--l. 10382--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10635--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\eGlsXtrSetField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45023"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\eGlsXtrSetField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20997,13 +21484,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10384--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10637--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 10387--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10640--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\xGlsXtrSetField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45024"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21011,13 +21498,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10389--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10642--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 10392--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10645--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45025"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46025"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21025,7 +21512,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10394--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10647--><p class="noindent" >
 Sets the field given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; to the replacement text of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21032,10 +21519,10 @@
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;
 (using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\let</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10398--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10651--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\csGlsXtrLetField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45026"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46026"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\csGlsXtrLetField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21044,13 +21531,13 @@
 class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10400--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10653--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField </span>but the control sequence name is supplied instead.
-</p><!--l. 10404--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10657--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45027"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label-1</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21062,7 +21549,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field-2</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10406--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10659--><p class="noindent" >
 Sets the field given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field-1</span>&#x27E9; for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label-1</span>&#x27E9; to the field given by
@@ -21080,19 +21567,19 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>is still used, as for
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10414--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 10667--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a 
- id="dx1-45028"></a> to determine if a field has been
+ id="dx1-46028"></a> to determine if a field has been
 set. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a simpler version:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 10417--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10670--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45029"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21103,7 +21590,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10419--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10672--><p class="noindent" >
 (New to v1.19.) Note that in this case the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; must be the <span 
 class="cmti-10">internal </span>field label (for
@@ -21120,20 +21607,20 @@
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9;. Within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; you may
 use
-</p><!--l. 10428--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10681--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45030"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46030"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10683--><p class="noindent" >
 to access the field value. This command includes grouping which scopes the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; and
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9; parts. The starred version
-</p><!--l. 10434--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10687--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield*</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45031"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46031"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield*{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21144,23 +21631,23 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10436--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10689--><p class="noindent" >
 omits the implicit grouping.
-</p><!--l. 10439--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span 
+</p><!--l. 10692--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>as the default value (such as the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-45032"></a>). Use
+ id="dx1-46032"></a>). Use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol </span>instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10442--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10444--><p class="indent" >   There is also a version that simply uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 10695--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10697--><p class="indent" >   There is also a version that simply uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifcsundef</span>. It doesn’t save the field
 value, but can be used if you only need to check if the field is defined without
 accessing it:
-</p><!--l. 10447--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10700--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45033"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21171,8 +21658,8 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10449--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10451--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined
+</p><!--l. 10702--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10704--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined
 field hasn’t been assigned any value (no associated internal control sequence
 has been defined). If a defined field has been defined to empty, then it’s
 considered unset. <span 
@@ -21190,12 +21677,12 @@
 fields that can only be defined through commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 10464--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10466--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a field value equals a string using
-</p><!--l. 10467--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10717--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10719--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a field value equals a string using
+</p><!--l. 10720--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45034"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46034"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21209,7 +21696,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10469--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10722--><p class="noindent" >
 If the entry exists and has the given field set to the given text then this does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9;
 otherwise it does &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21223,15 +21710,15 @@
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; using
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
- id="dx1-45035"></a>’s <span 
+ id="dx1-46035"></a>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring</span>. Version 1.39 introduced a starred form of this command,
 which uses the starred form of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10479--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command:
-</p><!--l. 10480--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10732--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command:
+</p><!--l. 10733--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45036"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46036"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21245,7 +21732,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10482--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10735--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr </span>but first (protected) fully expands &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; (but not
@@ -21252,10 +21739,10 @@
 the field value). If you want to compare the (protected) full expansion of both the
 field value and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; use:
-</p><!--l. 10487--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10740--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45037"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46037"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21269,11 +21756,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10489--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10742--><p class="noindent" >
 Again, version 1.39 introduced a starred form of these commands, which use the
 starred form of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10493--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the
+</p><!--l. 10746--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the
 following two numeric tests. If the field is set, it must expand to an integer. You may
 use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>within &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21286,11 +21773,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>is set accordingly. As from version 1.39, these
 numeric tests have starred versions. The unstarred versions add implicit grouping.
 The starred versions don’t.
-</p><!--l. 10503--><p class="indent" >   To test if the value is non-zero:
-</p><!--l. 10504--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10756--><p class="indent" >   To test if the value is non-zero:
+</p><!--l. 10757--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45038"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46038"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21302,12 +21789,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10506--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10759--><p class="noindent" >
 Alternatively, you can test if the field expands to a specific number using:
-</p><!--l. 10509--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10762--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45039"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46039"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21321,7 +21808,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10511--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10764--><p class="noindent" >
 This does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if the field value equals &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; (using <span 
@@ -21329,10 +21816,10 @@
 otherwise it does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9;. For a more general numeric comparison you can
 use:
-</p><!--l. 10516--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10769--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpNum</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45040"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46040"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpNum{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21348,29 +21835,29 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10518--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10771--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">comparison</span>&#x27E9; is one of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">=</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003C; </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003E;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10522--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 10775--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span><a 
- id="dx1-45041"></a> which can be used to fetch the
+ id="dx1-46041"></a> which can be used to fetch the
 value of the given field and store it in a control sequence. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package
 provides another way of accessing the field value:
-</p><!--l. 10526--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10779--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusefield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45042"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46042"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusefield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10528--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10781--><p class="noindent" >
 This works in the same way as commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>but the field label is
 specified in the first argument. Note that the &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21377,48 +21864,48 @@
 class="cmti-10">field-label</span>&#x27E9; corresponds to the internal
 field tag, which isn’t always the same as the key name. See Table&#x00A0;4.1 of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-45043"></a>
+ id="dx1-46043"></a>
 manual. No error occurs if the entry or field haven’t been defined. This command is
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 not robust.
-</p><!--l. 10536--><p class="indent" >   There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
+</p><!--l. 10789--><p class="indent" >   There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span>):
-</p><!--l. 10538--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10791--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrusefield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45044"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46044"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrusefield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10540--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10793--><p class="noindent" >
 and, as from v1.37, a command that converts the entire value to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 10542--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10795--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrusefield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45045"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46045"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrusefield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10544--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10546--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span 
+</p><!--l. 10797--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10799--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
- id="dx1-45046"></a> internal
+ id="dx1-46046"></a> internal
 list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
- id="dx1-45047"></a>’s <span 
+ id="dx1-46047"></a>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\listcsadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 10550--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10803--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistadd</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45048"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46048"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistadd{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21427,7 +21914,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">item</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10552--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10805--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s field and &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21437,10 +21924,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\listeadd </span>and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\listxadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 10557--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10810--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45049"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46049"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21449,11 +21936,11 @@
 class="cmitt-10">item</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10559--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10560--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10812--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10813--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45050"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46050"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21462,11 +21949,11 @@
 class="cmitt-10">item</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10562--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10563--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10815--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10816--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45051"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46051"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21475,12 +21962,12 @@
 class="cmitt-10">item</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10565--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10818--><p class="noindent" >
 You can then iterate over the list using:
-</p><!--l. 10567--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10820--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfielddolistloop</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45052"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46052"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21487,12 +21974,12 @@
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10569--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10822--><p class="noindent" >
 or
-</p><!--l. 10571--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10824--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45053"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46053"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21502,16 +21989,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">handler</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10573--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10826--><p class="noindent" >
 that internally use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dolistcsloop </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\forlistloop</span>, respectively.
-</p><!--l. 10577--><p class="indent" >   There are also commands that use <span 
+</p><!--l. 10830--><p class="indent" >   There are also commands that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifinlistcs</span>:
-</p><!--l. 10578--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10831--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldifinlist</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45054"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46054"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldifinlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21525,13 +22012,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10580--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10833--><p class="noindent" >
 and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\xifinlistcs</span>
-</p><!--l. 10582--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10835--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45055"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46055"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21548,18 +22035,18 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 10584--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10586--><p class="indent" >   See the <span 
+</p><!--l. 10837--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10839--><p class="indent" >   See the <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
- id="dx1-45056"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular
+ id="dx1-46056"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular
 the limitations of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifinlist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10590--><p class="indent" >   If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it
+</p><!--l. 10843--><p class="indent" >   If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it
 using:
-</p><!--l. 10592--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10845--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45057"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46057"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21568,56 +22055,56 @@
 class="cmitt-10">handler</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10594--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10847--><p class="noindent" >
 where again &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">handler</span>&#x27E9; is a control sequence that takes a single argument. Unlike the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
- id="dx1-45058"></a> loops, this doesn’t ignore empty elements nor does it discard leading /
+ id="dx1-46058"></a> loops, this doesn’t ignore empty elements nor does it discard leading /
 trailing spaces. Internally it uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>(modified by <span 
 class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a 
- id="dx1-45059"></a> which is automatically
+ id="dx1-46059"></a> which is automatically
 loaded by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-45060"></a>). The <span 
+ id="dx1-46060"></a>). The <span 
 class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a 
- id="dx1-45061"></a> package modifies the behaviour of <span 
+ id="dx1-46061"></a> package modifies the behaviour of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>to allow the
 loop to be broken prematurely using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>. The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span>
 command locally defines a user level command:
-</p><!--l. 10604--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10857--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrendfor</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45062"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46062"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrendfor </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10606--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10859--><p class="noindent" >
 which is just a synonym for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10609--><p class="indent" >   The loop is performed within the true part of <span 
+</p><!--l. 10862--><p class="indent" >   The loop is performed within the true part of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>so scoping is
 automatically applied.
-</p><!--l. 10612--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.32, if the field given by
-</p><!--l. 10613--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10865--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.32, if the field given by
+</p><!--l. 10866--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrForeignTextField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45063"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46063"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignTextField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10615--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10868--><p class="noindent" >
 (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">userii</span>) contains a locale tag, then
-</p><!--l. 10617--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10870--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrForeignText</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45064"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46064"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignText{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10619--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10872--><p class="noindent" >
 can be used to encapsulate &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21628,18 +22115,18 @@
 class="cmti-10">dialect</span>&#x27E9; is
 obtained from the locale tag through <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
- id="dx1-45065"></a>’s <span 
+ id="dx1-46065"></a>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GetTrackedDialectFromLanguageTag</span><a 
- id="dx1-45066"></a>
+ id="dx1-46066"></a>
 command. You need at least <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
- id="dx1-45067"></a> v1.3.6 for this to work properly. The &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-46067"></a> v1.3.6 for this to work properly. The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">dialect</span>&#x27E9;
 must be one that’s tracked (which typically means that <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-45068"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-46068"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
- id="dx1-45069"></a> has been
+ id="dx1-46069"></a> has been
 loaded with the appropriate setting for that language). If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage </span>hasn’t
 been defined, this just does &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21648,7 +22135,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[main=british,brazilian,ngerman]{babel}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
@@ -21675,31 +22162,31 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\gls{abnt},&#x00A0;\gls{din}.
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10661--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10664--><p class="indent" >   When using the <a 
+<!--l. 10914--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10917--><p class="indent" >   When using the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-45070"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can
+ id="dx1-46070"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can
 also record the current value of another counter at the same time using the
 preamble-only command:
-</p><!--l. 10667--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10920--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrRecordCounter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45071"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-46071"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10669--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10922--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258">
 \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10674--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span 
+<!--l. 10927--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>,
 the <span 
@@ -21743,28 +22230,28 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259">
 \glsxtrfieldlistgadd{bird}{record.section}{1.2}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10691--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span 
+<!--l. 10944--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span 
 class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field, but its
 value can be accessed with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse </span>or the list can be iterated over with
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop </span>etc.
-</p><!--l. 10697--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10950--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 10697--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 10950--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:printunsrt"></a>Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 10700--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 10953--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46001"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10702--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10955--><p class="noindent" >
 This behaves like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>but never sorts the entries and
 always lists all the defined entries for the given glossary (and doesn’t require
@@ -21771,27 +22258,27 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>). If you want to use one of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
- id="dx1-46002"></a><a 
- id="dx1-46003"></a>-like styles with
+ id="dx1-47002"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-47003"></a>-like styles with
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, make sure you load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
- id="dx1-46004"></a> which modifies
+ id="dx1-47004"></a> which modifies
 the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid the “Incomplete <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error that may
 otherwise occur.
-</p><!--l. 10712--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
-</p><!--l. 10713--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 10965--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
+</p><!--l. 10966--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary*</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46005"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10715--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10968--><p class="noindent" >
 which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -21809,13 +22296,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span>, the supplied &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; is done before the glossary
 header.
-<!--l. 10725--><p class="indent" >   This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
+<!--l. 10978--><p class="indent" >   This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
 <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run without the need for a post-processor, however there will be no <a 
- id="dx1-46006"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-47006"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number
 list</a> in this case, as that has to be set by a post-processor such as <a 
- id="dx1-46007"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-47007"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see <a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
@@ -21823,33 +22310,33 @@
 </a><a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 10731--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
+</p><!--l. 10984--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
 immediately after their parent entry, they won’t be together in the glossary when
 using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10736--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10989--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 10738--><p class="indent" >   There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span 
+</p><!--l. 10991--><p class="indent" >   There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span 
 class="cmss-10">group</span><a 
- id="dx1-46008"></a> key is
+ id="dx1-47008"></a> key is
 defined. If not defined (default), the group label will be formed from the first
 letter of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-46009"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as
+ id="dx1-47009"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as
 discussed in <a 
 href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span 
-class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.11 </a><a 
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.12 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>. This can lead to an odd effect if
 you are using a style that separates letter groups when the ordering isn’t
 alphabetical.
-</p><!--l. 10746--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
+</p><!--l. 10999--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">group</span><a 
- id="dx1-46010"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a 
+ id="dx1-47010"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-46011"></a> option) then the group label
+ id="dx1-47011"></a> option) then the group label
 will be obtained from the value of that field. If the field is empty, <span 
 class="cmti-10">no grouping is</span>
 <span 
@@ -21856,60 +22343,60 @@
 class="cmti-10">performed</span>, even if the style supports it. (That is, there won’t be a header or a vertical
 separation.) If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">group</span><a 
- id="dx1-46012"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained
+ id="dx1-47012"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained
 as described earlier.
-</p><!--l. 10754--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use a different field, you can redefine
-</p><!--l. 10755--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11007--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use a different field, you can redefine
+</p><!--l. 11008--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgroupfield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46013"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10757--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11010--><p class="noindent" >
 to the relevant internal field label, but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">group</span><a 
- id="dx1-46014"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47014"></a> <span 
 class="cmti-10">key </span>must still be defined (through
 the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-46015"></a> option or with commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-47015"></a> option or with commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span>) to ensure that
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield</span>. (This method is used by <a 
- id="dx1-46016"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-47016"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>
 for secondary entries, which have the group label stored in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">secondarygroup</span>
 internal field.)
-</p><!--l. 10765--><p class="indent" >   If you have any entries with the <span 
+</p><!--l. 11018--><p class="indent" >   If you have any entries with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-46017"></a> key set, you will need the <span 
+ id="dx1-47017"></a> key set, you will need the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-46018"></a> package
+ id="dx1-47018"></a> package
 option <a 
 href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=ignore</span><a 
- id="dx1-46019"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-47019"></a> or <a 
 href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a 
- id="dx1-46020"></a> to prevent an error occurring from the
+ id="dx1-47020"></a> to prevent an error occurring from the
 automated <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssee </span>normally triggered by this key. The <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
- id="dx1-46021"></a> package option
+ id="dx1-47021"></a> package option
 will automatically deal with this.
-</p><!--l. 10772--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 11025--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{zebra}{name={zebra},description={stripy&#x00A0;animal}}
@@ -21919,141 +22406,141 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10786--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
-</p><!--l. 10790--><p class="indent" >   If you allow document definitions with the <a 
+<!--l. 11039--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
+</p><!--l. 11043--><p class="indent" >   If you allow document definitions with the <a 
 href="#styopt.docdefs"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-46022"></a> option, the document will
+ id="dx1-47022"></a> option, the document will
 require a second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run if the entries are defined after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10794--><p class="indent" >   The optional argument is as for <span 
+</p><!--l. 11047--><p class="indent" >   The optional argument is as for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(except for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-46023"></a> key,
+ id="dx1-47023"></a> key,
 which isn’t available).
-</p><!--l. 10797--><p class="indent" >   All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
-</p><!--l. 10799--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11050--><p class="indent" >   All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
+</p><!--l. 11052--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46024"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10801--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11054--><p class="noindent" >
 which is analogous to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>. This just iterates over all defined
 glossaries (that aren’t on the ignored list) and does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>[type=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9;].
-</p><!--l. 10806--><p class="indent" >   To avoid complications caused by <span 
+</p><!--l. 11059--><p class="indent" >   To avoid complications caused by <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
- id="dx1-46025"></a><a 
- id="dx1-46026"></a>-like glossary styles, <span 
+ id="dx1-47025"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-47026"></a>-like glossary styles, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>
 iterates over all entries in the selected glossary and appends the appropriate code to
 an internal command. Once the construction of this command is complete, then it’s
 performed to display the glossary. This puts the loop outside the style code. For
 convenience, there’s a hook used within the loop:
-</p><!--l. 10813--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11066--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46027"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10815--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11068--><p class="noindent" >
 This hook should not display any content, but may be used to perform calculations.
 For example, to calculate widths. Within this hook you can use:
-</p><!--l. 10819--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11072--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46028"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47028"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10821--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11074--><p class="noindent" >
 to skip the current entry. This will prevent the entry from being added to the internal
 command.
-</p><!--l. 10825--><p class="indent" >   There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the
+</p><!--l. 11078--><p class="indent" >   There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the
 glossary code is performed:
-</p><!--l. 10827--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11080--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46029"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10829--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11082--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 10831--><p class="indent" >   The internal command uses
-</p><!--l. 10832--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11084--><p class="indent" >   The internal command uses
+</p><!--l. 11085--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46030"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47030"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10834--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11087--><p class="noindent" >
 to display each item in the list, where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the current label.
-</p><!--l. 10837--><p class="indent" >   By default the handler just does
-</p><!--l. 10838--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11090--><p class="indent" >   By default the handler just does
+</p><!--l. 11091--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrunsrtdo</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46031"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47031"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10840--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11093--><p class="noindent" >
 which determines whether to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>and checks the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">location</span><a 
- id="dx1-46032"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-47032"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a 
- id="dx1-46033"></a> fields for the <a 
- id="dx1-46034"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-47033"></a> fields for the <a 
+ id="dx1-47034"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. If you want to use a different field to be
 used instead of <span 
 class="cmss-10">location</span><a 
- id="dx1-46035"></a> then redefine:
-</p><!--l. 10846--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-47035"></a> then redefine:
+</p><!--l. 11099--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLocationField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46036"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47036"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10848--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11101--><p class="noindent" >
 to the internal name of the desired field. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261">
 \renewcommand{\GlsXtrLocationField}{primarylocation}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10852--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10853--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will
+<!--l. 11105--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11106--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will
 fallback on the <span 
 class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a 
- id="dx1-46037"></a> field. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10856--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-47037"></a> field. </div>
+</p><!--l. 11109--><p class="noindent" >
 You can instruct <a 
- id="dx1-46038"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-47038"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to omit setting the <span 
 class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a 
- id="dx1-46039"></a> field with the resource option
+ id="dx1-47039"></a> field with the resource option
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">--save-loclist=false </span>to prevent it from being used as a fallback.
-</p><!--l. 10861--><p class="indent" >   You can redefine the handler if required. For example, you may want to filter
+</p><!--l. 11114--><p class="indent" >   You can redefine the handler if required. For example, you may want to filter
 entries according to the category label. You can test if a label is contained in a
 comma-separated list of labels using:
-</p><!--l. 10865--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11118--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtriflabelinlist</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46040"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47040"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtriflabelinlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -22065,23 +22552,23 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10867--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11120--><p class="noindent" >
 The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label list</span>&#x27E9; will be fully expanded.
-</p><!--l. 10870--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
+</p><!--l. 11123--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
 glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10874--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10876--><p class="indent" >   For example, if the preamble includes:
+</p><!--l. 11127--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11129--><p class="indent" >   For example, if the preamble includes:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262">
 \usepackage[record,style=index]{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10880--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
+<!--l. 11133--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
 that include the current section number in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field:
                                                                   
@@ -22088,7 +22575,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263">
 \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
@@ -22095,8 +22582,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10890--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10892--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span 
+<!--l. 11143--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11145--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>which will
 localise the change:
                                                                   
@@ -22103,7 +22590,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264">
 \printunsrtglossary*{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
@@ -22112,10 +22599,10 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10903--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10905--><p class="indent" >   If you are using the <span 
+<!--l. 11156--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11158--><p class="indent" >   If you are using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-46041"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more
+ id="dx1-47041"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more
 than once, you can also add a temporary redefinition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>to avoid
 duplicate hypertarget names. For example:
@@ -22123,7 +22610,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265">
 \printunsrtglossary*{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
@@ -22139,7 +22626,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10925--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span 
+<!--l. 11178--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
 that need to link an entry that doesn’t appear in the summary. In this case, it’s a
 better approach to use:
@@ -22147,7 +22634,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266">
 \printunsrtglossary*{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
@@ -22163,14 +22650,14 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10945--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10947--><p class="indent" >   If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress
+<!--l. 11198--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11200--><p class="indent" >   If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress
 the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267">
 \printunsrtglossary*{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
@@ -22188,12 +22675,12 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10967--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10969--><p class="indent" >   There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this:
-</p><!--l. 10970--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 11220--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11222--><p class="indent" >   There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this:
+</p><!--l. 11223--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46042"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47042"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -22201,51 +22688,51 @@
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10972--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11225--><p class="noindent" >
 The above example can simply be replaced with:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268">
 \printunsrtglossaryunit{section}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10976--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10978--><p class="indent" >   This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span 
+<!--l. 11229--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11231--><p class="indent" >   This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span>
 with
-</p><!--l. 10979--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11232--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-46043"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47043"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter</span>
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10981--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11234--><p class="noindent" >
 so if you want to just make some minor modifications you can do
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269">
 \printunsrtglossary*{\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{section}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 10988--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
+<!--l. 11241--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
 (overriding the glossary’s title).
-</p><!--l. 10992--><p class="indent" >   Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a 
+</p><!--l. 11245--><p class="indent" >   Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-46044"></a> (or
+ id="dx1-47044"></a> (or
 <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-46045"></a>) package option.
-</p><!--l. 10995--><p class="indent" >   This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
+ id="dx1-47045"></a>) package option.
+</p><!--l. 11248--><p class="indent" >   This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>to create a link to it as commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will try to link to the target
@@ -22257,12 +22744,12 @@
 just use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit </span>for a quick summary at the start of a section
 etc.
-</p><!--l. 11005--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11258--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 11005--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 11258--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glossentry"></a>Standalone Entry Items</h3>
-<!--l. 11008--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details
+<!--l. 11261--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details
 throughout the document. You can simply do <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>followed by
 <span 
@@ -22270,16 +22757,16 @@
 href="#styopt.sort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=none</span><a 
- id="dx1-47001"></a> to
+ id="dx1-48001"></a> to
 skip the construction of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-47002"></a> field.) For example, in the preamble provide a
+ id="dx1-48002"></a> field.) For example, in the preamble provide a
 custom command:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270">
 \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip\par\noindent
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;Definition:&#x00A0;\glsentryname{#1}.\par
@@ -22287,43 +22774,43 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11022--><p class="nopar" > define your entries
+<!--l. 11275--><p class="nopar" > define your entries
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271">
 \newglossaryentry{function}{name={function},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;relation&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;expression&#x00A0;involving&#x00A0;variables}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11028--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text:
+<!--l. 11281--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272">
 \displayterm{function}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11032--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11034--><p class="indent" >   However, if may be that you want to use <span 
+<!--l. 11285--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11287--><p class="indent" >   However, if may be that you want to use <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-47003"></a> and have commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-48003"></a> and have commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
 link back to the place where the term is described. Instead of using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span>
 use
-</p><!--l. 11038--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11291--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrglossentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-47004"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-48004"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11040--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11293--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 11043--><p class="indent" >   This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the
+</p><!--l. 11296--><p class="indent" >   This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the
 glossary. It performs the following: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">Defines  <span 
@@ -22345,24 +22832,24 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span>. The value is obtained by fully
      expanding:
-     <!--l. 11058--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 11311--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-47005"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-48005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 11060--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 11313--><p class="noindent" >
      which defaults to the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">type</span><a 
- id="dx1-47006"></a> field for the current entry.
+ id="dx1-48006"></a> field for the current entry.
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">Increments and display the entry counters if the <a 
 href="#styopt.entrycounter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-47007"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-48007"></a> or <a 
 href="#styopt.subentrycounter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-47008"></a>
+ id="dx1-48008"></a>
      package options are set. If the entry doesn’t have a parent, then this
      does
          <ul class="itemize2">
@@ -22370,11 +22857,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span></li></ul>
-     <!--l. 11071--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p>
+     <!--l. 11324--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p>
          <ul class="itemize2">
          <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem</span><a 
- id="dx1-47009"></a>
+ id="dx1-48009"></a>
          <span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -22386,7 +22873,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <!--l. 11077--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in
+     <!--l. 11330--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in
      pre-version&#x00A0;1.31 used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>for all child levels, which doesn’t match
      the hierarchical glossary styles. If you want to restore this behaviour, just
@@ -22395,23 +22882,23 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273">
      \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem}[1]{\glssubentryitem{#1}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 11083--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 11336--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">Sets the hyper-target if supported (using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>) and displays the entry
      name using:
-     <!--l. 11087--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 11340--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-47010"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-48010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 11089--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 11342--><p class="noindent" >
      which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -22427,19 +22914,19 @@
      from category attributes such as <a 
 href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-47011"></a>.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 11097--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span 
+ id="dx1-48011"></a>.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 11350--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a 
- id="dx1-47012"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-48012"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span><a 
- id="dx1-47013"></a> in any of your description fields,
+ id="dx1-48013"></a> in any of your description fields,
 you can use
-</p><!--l. 11099--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11352--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtractivatenopost</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-47014"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-48014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11101--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11354--><p class="noindent" >
 to make these commands behave as they normally do within a glossary. This needs to
 be placed before </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -22452,13 +22939,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnonextpages </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnextpages </span>have no effect outside
 of the glossary and are not intended for use in a standalone context.
-<!--l. 11111--><p class="indent" >   It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span 
+<!--l. 11364--><p class="indent" >   It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-47015"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 11113--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-48015"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 11366--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrglossentryother</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-47016"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-48016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">header</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -22467,7 +22954,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11115--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11368--><p class="noindent" >
 The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; must be given using its internal field label which may not be the same as
 the key used to set the field. See the key to field mappings table in the <span 
@@ -22494,12 +22981,12 @@
      </li>
      <li class="itemize">Otherwise &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">header</span>&#x27E9; is simply the field value.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 11127--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 11380--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother </span>command internally uses
-</p><!--l. 11128--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11381--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-47017"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-48017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -22506,7 +22993,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11130--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11383--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName</span>, which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -22519,12 +23006,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11135--><p class="indent" >   If you have loaded the <span 
+</p><!--l. 11388--><p class="indent" >   If you have loaded the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-47018"></a> package (through the <a 
+ id="dx1-48018"></a> package (through the <a 
 href="#styopt.accsupp"><span 
 class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-47019"></a> option)
+ id="dx1-48019"></a> option)
 then accessibility support will be provided if there’s a corresponding command
 </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -22539,12 +23026,12 @@
 </div>
 </div> (for example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</span>).
-<!--l. 11144--><p class="indent" >   This means that my custom command can be changed to:
+<!--l. 11397--><p class="indent" >   This means that my custom command can be changed to:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274">
 \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip\par\noindent
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;Definition:&#x00A0;\glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
@@ -22552,17 +23039,17 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11152--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span 
+<!--l. 11405--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a 
- id="dx1-47020"></a> or
+ id="dx1-48020"></a> or
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a 
- id="dx1-47021"></a> and remove the colon:
+ id="dx1-48021"></a> and remove the colon:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275">
 \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip\par\noindent
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;Definition&#x00A0;\glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
@@ -22570,28 +23057,28 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11163--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to
+<!--l. 11416--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to
 a colon:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276">
 \renewcommand*{\glsentrycounterlabel}{\theglossaryentry:\space}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11168--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span 
+<!--l. 11421--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to link back to the definition but also use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry </span>to reference the counter and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref </span>to reference the page
 number.
-</p><!--l. 11173--><p class="indent" >   If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make
+</p><!--l. 11426--><p class="indent" >   If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make
 the following modification:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277">
 \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip\par\noindent
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;Definition&#x00A0;\glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
@@ -22602,18 +23089,18 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11185--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span 
+<!--l. 11438--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 11188--><p class="indent" >   You can also use <span 
+</p><!--l. 11441--><p class="indent" >   You can also use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry </span>within section headings. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278">
 \section{\glsxtrglossentry{function}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11192--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span 
+<!--l. 11445--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>in PDF bookmarks (if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>is defined)
 and will use <span 
@@ -22629,31 +23116,31 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 11202--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11455--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 11202--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 11455--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:alias"></a>Entry Aliases</h3>
-<!--l. 11205--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span 
+<!--l. 11458--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
- id="dx1-48001"></a> key. The
+ id="dx1-49001"></a> key. The
 value should be the label of the other term. There’s no check for the other’s
 existence when the aliased entry is defined. This is to allow the possibility of
 defining the other entry after the aliased entry. (For example, when used with
 <a 
- id="dx1-48002"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-49002"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 11212--><p class="indent" >   If an entry &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 11465--><p class="indent" >   If an entry &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>&#x27E9; is made an alias of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>&#x27E9; then: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-48003"></a> field wasn’t provided when &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-49003"></a> field wasn’t provided when &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>&#x27E9; was defined, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
- id="dx1-48004"></a> key will
+ id="dx1-49004"></a> key will
      automatically trigger <div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -22667,7 +23154,7 @@
      </li>
      <li class="itemize">If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-48005"></a> package has been loaded then <span 
+ id="dx1-49005"></a> package has been loaded then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>will link to
@@ -22675,7 +23162,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>&#x27E9;’s target. (Unless the <a 
 href="#catattr.targeturl"><span 
 class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-48006"></a> attribute has been set for &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-49006"></a> attribute has been set for &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>&#x27E9;’s
      category.)
      </li>
@@ -22683,13 +23170,13 @@
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=off</span><a 
- id="dx1-48007"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-49007"></a> or <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-48008"></a>, the <span 
+ id="dx1-49008"></a>, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-48009"></a> setting will automatically
+ id="dx1-49009"></a> setting will automatically
      be triggered when referencing &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>&#x27E9; with commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or
@@ -22696,7 +23183,7 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. This prevents &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>&#x27E9; from have a <a 
- id="dx1-48010"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-49010"></a><a 
 href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a> (aside from
      the cross-reference added with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>) unless it’s been explicitly
@@ -22707,89 +23194,89 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <!--l. 11231--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a 
+     <!--l. 11484--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
- id="dx1-48011"></a>, the <a 
- id="dx1-48012"></a>location list for aliased entries is controlled
+ id="dx1-49011"></a>, the <a 
+ id="dx1-49012"></a>location list for aliased entries is controlled
      with <a 
- id="dx1-48013"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-49013"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s settings.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 11235--><p class="indent" >   The index suppression trigger is performed by
-</p><!--l. 11236--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 11488--><p class="indent" >   The index suppression trigger is performed by
+</p><!--l. 11489--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-48014"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-49014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11238--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11491--><p class="noindent" >
 This is performed after the default options provided by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a 
- id="dx1-48015"></a>
+ id="dx1-49015"></a>
 have been set. With <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
- id="dx1-48016"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-49016"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>will default to do
 nothing.
-</p><!--l. 11244--><p class="indent" >   Within the definition of <span 
+</p><!--l. 11497--><p class="indent" >   Within the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 11245--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11498--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexaliased</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-48017"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-49017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11247--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11500--><p class="noindent" >
 to index &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 11250--><p class="indent" >   The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
+</p><!--l. 11503--><p class="indent" >   The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrindexaliased
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{noindex}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11257--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11259--><p class="indent" >   The value of the <span 
+<!--l. 11510--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11512--><p class="indent" >   The value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
- id="dx1-48018"></a> field can be accessed using
-</p><!--l. 11260--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-49018"></a> field can be accessed using
+</p><!--l. 11513--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralias</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-48019"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-49019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11262--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11515--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 11264--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 11264--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 11517--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 11517--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a 
  id="sec:supplemental"></a>Supplemental Packages</h2>
-</p><!--l. 11267--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 11520--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle provides additional support packages <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
- id="dx1-49001"></a> (for
+ id="dx1-50001"></a> (for
 prefixing) and <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-49002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t
+ id="dx1-50002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t
 automatically loaded.
 </p>
-<!--l. 11272--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 11525--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h3>
-<!--l. 11275--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span 
+<!--l. 11528--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
- id="dx1-50001"></a> after <span 
+ id="dx1-51001"></a> after <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For
 example:
                                                                   
@@ -22796,7 +23283,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-prefix}
@@ -22811,32 +23298,32 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11298--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11300--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 11551--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11553--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 11300--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 11553--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h3>
-<!--l. 11303--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 11556--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-51001"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span 
+ id="dx1-52001"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>or through
 the <a 
 href="#styopt.accsupp"><span 
 class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-51002"></a> package option:
+ id="dx1-52002"></a> package option:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281">
 \usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11308--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span 
+<!--l. 11561--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-51003"></a> or you load <span 
+ id="dx1-52003"></a> or you load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-51004"></a> after <span 
+ id="dx1-52004"></a> after <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
 the new <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -22844,7 +23331,7 @@
 corresponding <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands.
-</p><!--l. 11315--><p class="indent" >   The following <span 
+</p><!--l. 11568--><p class="indent" >   The following <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands add accessibility information wrapped
 around the corresponding <span 
@@ -22852,34 +23339,34 @@
 class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands. There is no check for existence
 of the entry nor do any of these commands add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing
 information.
-</p><!--l. 11320--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11573--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51005"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11322--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11575--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-51006"></a> field for the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-52006"></a> field for the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 11326--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
+</p><!--l. 11579--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-51007"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as:
+ id="dx1-52007"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282">
 \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11330--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
+<!--l. 11583--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283">
 \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsnameaccessdisplay
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
@@ -22888,38 +23375,38 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{#1}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11340--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
+<!--l. 11593--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnameaccessdisplay</span><a 
- id="dx1-51008"></a> is defined by the <span 
+ id="dx1-52008"></a> is defined by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-51009"></a> package.) The first
+ id="dx1-52009"></a> package.) The first
 letter upper case version is:
-</p><!--l. 11344--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11597--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51010"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11599--><p class="noindent" >
 Without the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-51011"></a> package this is just defined as:
+ id="dx1-52011"></a> package this is just defined as:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284">
 \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11351--><p class="nopar" > With the <span 
+<!--l. 11604--><p class="nopar" > With the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-51012"></a> package this is defined as:
+ id="dx1-52012"></a> package this is defined as:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285">
 \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsnameaccessdisplay
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
@@ -22928,115 +23415,115 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{#1}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11361--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11363--><p class="indent" >   The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner.
-</p><!--l. 11364--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 11614--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11616--><p class="indent" >   The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner.
+</p><!--l. 11617--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesstext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51013"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11366--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11619--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-51014"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 11369--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-52014"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11622--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesstext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51015"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesstext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11371--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11624--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-51016"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-52016"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 11375--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11628--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51017"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11377--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11630--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-51018"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 11380--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-52018"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11633--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51019"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11382--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11635--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-51020"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-52020"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 11386--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11639--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51021"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52021"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11388--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11641--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-51022"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 11391--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-52022"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11644--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51023"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11393--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11646--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-51024"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-52024"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 11397--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11650--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirstplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51025"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52025"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11399--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11652--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-51026"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 11402--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-52026"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11655--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirstplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51027"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11404--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11657--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-51028"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-52028"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 11408--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11661--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51029"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11410--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11663--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-51030"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 11413--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-52030"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11666--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51031"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52031"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -23043,153 +23530,153 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 11415--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11668--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-51032"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-52032"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 11419--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11672--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51033"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11421--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11674--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-51034"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 11424--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-52034"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11677--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51035"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52035"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11426--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11679--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-51036"></a> field with the first letter converted to
+ id="dx1-52036"></a> field with the first letter converted to
 upper case.
-</p><!--l. 11430--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11683--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51037"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52037"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11432--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11685--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-51038"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 11435--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-52038"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11688--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51039"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52039"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11437--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11690--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-51040"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-52040"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 11441--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11694--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdescplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51041"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52041"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdescplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11443--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11696--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-51042"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 11446--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-52042"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11699--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdescplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51043"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52043"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdescplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11448--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11701--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-51044"></a> field with the first letter converted to
+ id="dx1-52044"></a> field with the first letter converted to
 upper case.
-</p><!--l. 11452--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11705--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51045"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52045"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11454--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11707--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-51046"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 11457--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-52046"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11710--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51047"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52047"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11459--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11712--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-51048"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-52048"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 11463--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11716--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51049"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52049"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11465--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11718--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-51050"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 11468--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-52050"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11721--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51051"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52051"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11470--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11723--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-51052"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-52052"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 11474--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11727--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51053"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52053"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11476--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11729--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-51054"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 11479--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-52054"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11732--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51055"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52055"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11481--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11734--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-51056"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-52056"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 11485--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11738--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51057"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52057"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -23196,31 +23683,31 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 11487--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11740--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-51058"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 11490--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+ id="dx1-52058"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11743--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51059"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-52059"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11492--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11745--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-51060"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-52060"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 11496--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 11496--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 11749--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 11749--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a 
  id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Files</h2>
-</p><!--l. 11499--><p class="indent" >   The following sample files are provided with this package:
+</p><!--l. 11752--><p class="indent" >   The following sample files are provided with this package:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd 
@@ -23249,7 +23736,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">sample-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Acronyms aren’t initialisms and don’t expand on <a 
- id="dx1-52001"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-53001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first
      use</a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -23298,7 +23785,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">sample-postlink.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Automatically   inserting   text   after   the   <a 
- id="dx1-52002"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-53002"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>
      produced by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(outside of hyperlink, if present).
@@ -23312,13 +23799,13 @@
 class="description">Using  the  <a 
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-52003"></a>  and  <a 
+ id="dx1-53003"></a>  and  <a 
 href="#catattr.indexname"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-52004"></a>  attributes  to
+ id="dx1-53004"></a>  attributes  to
      automatically add glossary entries to the index (in addition to the glossary
      <a 
- id="dx1-52005"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-53005"></a><a 
 href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a>).
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
@@ -23325,15 +23812,15 @@
 class="cmbx-10">sample-autoindex-hyp.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">As previous but uses <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-52006"></a>.
+ id="dx1-53006"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">sample-nested.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-52007"></a> within the value of the <span 
+ id="dx1-53007"></a> within the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-52008"></a> key.
+ id="dx1-53008"></a> key.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">sample-entrycount.tex</span> </dt><dd 
@@ -23394,7 +23881,7 @@
 class="description">Uses  the  <a 
 href="#catattr.targeturl"><span 
 class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-52009"></a>  attribute  to  allow  for  entries  that
+ id="dx1-53009"></a>  attribute  to  allow  for  entries  that
      should link to an external URL rather than to an internal glossary.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
@@ -23407,7 +23894,7 @@
 class="cmbx-10">sample-alias.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Uses the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
- id="dx1-52010"></a> key. (See <a 
+ id="dx1-53010"></a> key. (See <a 
 href="#sec:alias"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.4 </a><a 
 href="#sec:alias">Entry Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a>.)
@@ -23416,13 +23903,13 @@
 class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Uses the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
- id="dx1-52011"></a> package with the <span 
+ id="dx1-53011"></a> package with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-52012"></a>
+ id="dx1-53012"></a>
      style (see <a 
-href="#x1-190002.11.3"><span 
-class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.11.3 </a><a 
-href="#x1-190002.11.3">The <span 
+href="#x1-200002.12.3"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.12.3 </a><a 
+href="#x1-200002.12.3">The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>).
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
@@ -23429,7 +23916,7 @@
 class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree-sym.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Another <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-52013"></a> example that measures the symbol
+ id="dx1-53013"></a> example that measures the symbol
      widths.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
@@ -23436,9 +23923,9 @@
 class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree-marginpar.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Another   <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-52014"></a>   example   that   puts   the
+ id="dx1-53014"></a>   example   that   puts   the
      <a 
- id="dx1-52015"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-53015"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in the margin.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
@@ -23446,7 +23933,7 @@
 class="description">Using on-the-fly commands. Terms with accents must
      have the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-52016"></a> key explicitly set.
+ id="dx1-53016"></a> key explicitly set.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly-xetex.tex</span> </dt><dd 
@@ -23453,10 +23940,10 @@
 class="description">Using  on-the-fly  commands  with  <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>.
      Terms with UTF-8 characters don’t need to have the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-52017"></a> key explicitly
+ id="dx1-53017"></a> key explicitly
      set. Terms that contain commands must have the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-52018"></a> key explicitly set
+ id="dx1-53018"></a> key explicitly set
      with the commands removed from the label.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
@@ -23465,11 +23952,11 @@
      with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;through the starred version of  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><a 
- id="dx1-52019"></a>.
+ id="dx1-53019"></a>.
      This is a bit iffy and may not always work. Terms that contain commands
      must have the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-52020"></a> key explicitly set with the commands removed from
+ id="dx1-53020"></a> key explicitly set with the commands removed from
      the label.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
@@ -23476,19 +23963,19 @@
 class="cmbx-10">sample-accsupp.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Integrate <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-52021"></a>.
+ id="dx1-53021"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">sample-prefix.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Integrate <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
- id="dx1-52022"></a>.
+ id="dx1-53022"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">sample-suppl-main.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Uses   <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
- id="dx1-52023"></a>   to   reference   a   location   in   the
+ id="dx1-53023"></a>   to   reference   a   location   in   the
      supplementary file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl.tex</span>.
                                                                   
@@ -23500,7 +23987,7 @@
 class="description">A more complicated version to the above that
      uses the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-52024"></a> package to reference a location in the supplementary file
+ id="dx1-53024"></a> package to reference a location in the supplementary file
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.tex</span>.
      </dd></dl>
@@ -23507,15 +23994,15 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 11631--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 11631--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 11884--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 11884--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a 
  id="sec:lang"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h2>
-</p><!--l. 11634--><p class="indent" >   There’s only one command provided by <span 
+</p><!--l. 11887--><p class="indent" >   There’s only one command provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>that you’re likely to want
 to change in your document and that’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span><a 
- id="dx1-53001"></a> (<a 
+ id="dx1-54001"></a> (<a 
 href="#sec:pkgopts"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.2 </a><a 
 href="#sec:pkgopts">New or
@@ -23522,62 +24009,62 @@
 Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a>) if you use the <a 
 href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-53002"></a> package option to
+ id="dx1-54002"></a> package option to
 automatically create the glossary labelled <span 
 class="cmtt-10">abbreviations</span>. If this command
 doesn’t already exist, it will be defined to “Abbreviations” if <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-53003"></a> hasn’t
+ id="dx1-54003"></a> hasn’t
 been loaded, otherwise it will be defined as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>(provided by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>).
-</p><!--l. 11644--><p class="indent" >   You can redefine it in the usual way. For example:
+</p><!--l. 11897--><p class="indent" >   You can redefine it in the usual way. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286">
 \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Abbreviations}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11647--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span 
+<!--l. 11900--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-53004"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-54004"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
- id="dx1-53005"></a> captions hook:
+ id="dx1-54005"></a> captions hook:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287">
 \appto\captionsenglish{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Abbreviations}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11653--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11655--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the <span 
+<!--l. 11906--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11908--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">title</span><a 
- id="dx1-53006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations.
+ id="dx1-54006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations.
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288">
 \printabbreviations[title={List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Abbreviations}]
 </div>
-<!--l. 11659--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 11912--><p class="nopar" > or
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289">
 \printglossary[type=abbreviations,title={List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Abbreviations}]
 </div>
-<!--l. 11663--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11665--><p class="indent" >   The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t
+<!--l. 11916--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11918--><p class="indent" >   The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t
 appear in the final draft of your document.
-</p><!--l. 11668--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 11921--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has the facility to load language modules (whose
 filename is in the form <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -23585,10 +24072,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>) if they exist, but won’t warn if
 they don’t. If <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-53007"></a> is loaded via the <a 
+ id="dx1-54007"></a> is loaded via the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-53008"></a> package option then the
+ id="dx1-54008"></a> package option then the
 check for language resource files will additionally search for an associated language
 script file given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -23599,7 +24086,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>, associated with the given dialect. There’s no warning
 if the associated file isn’t found. The script file is loaded after the dialect
 file.
-</p><!--l. 11681--><p class="indent" >   If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file
+</p><!--l. 11934--><p class="indent" >   If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file
 called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -23607,14 +24094,14 @@
 class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9; identifies the language or dialect (see
 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
- id="dx1-53009"></a> package). For example, <span 
+ id="dx1-54009"></a> package). For example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11687--><p class="indent" >   The simplest code for this file is:
+</p><!--l. 11940--><p class="indent" >   The simplest code for this file is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290">
 \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{french}[2015/12/09&#x00A0;v1.0]
 &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand*{\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\def\abbreviationsname{Abr\'eviations}%
@@ -23638,8 +24125,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 11713--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11715--><p class="indent" >   You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language
+<!--l. 11966--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11968--><p class="indent" >   You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language
 identifier <span 
 class="cmtt-10">french </span>and the translated text <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Abr\’eviations</span></span></span> as appropriate. You can
@@ -23646,15 +24133,15 @@
 also use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file to provide rule blocks for a particular language for use with
 <a 
- id="dx1-53010"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-54010"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> custom sort rule. See <a 
-href="#x1-380009.3"><span 
+href="#x1-390009.3"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>9.3 </a><a 
-href="#x1-380009.3">The <span 
+href="#x1-390009.3">The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2glssty --></a> for further
 details.
-</p><!--l. 11722--><p class="indent" >   This <span 
+</p><!--l. 11975--><p class="indent" >   This <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file then needs to be put somewhere on <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path so that it can be
 found by <span 
@@ -23661,12 +24148,12 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You might also want to consider uploading it to CTAN so
 that it can be useful to others. (Please don’t send it to me. I already have more
 packages than I am able to maintain.)
-</p><!--l. 11728--><p class="indent" >   If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used
+</p><!--l. 11981--><p class="indent" >   If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used
 when a glossary is missing, you need to redefine the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 11731--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11984--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-53011"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-54011"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -23673,10 +24160,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11733--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11986--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 11736--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the
+     <!--l. 11989--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -23683,40 +24170,40 @@
      glossary ‘&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;’ (which should be called &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;) hasn’t been created.</p></div>
-<!--l. 11739--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 11992--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-53012"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-54012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11741--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11994--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 11744--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in
+     <!--l. 11997--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in
      this glossary.</p></div>
-<!--l. 11747--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 12000--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-53013"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-54013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11749--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12002--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 11752--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span 
+     <!--l. 12005--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span 
 class="cmtt-10">nomain </span>to your package option
      list when you load <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra.sty</span>. For example:</p></div>
-<!--l. 11755--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 12008--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-53014"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-54014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11757--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12010--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 11760--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span 
+     <!--l. 12013--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">type=</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9; when you defined your entries?
      If you tried to load entries into this glossary with <span 
@@ -23728,18 +24215,18 @@
      did, check that the definitions in the file you loaded all had the type
      set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span>.</p></div>
-<!--l. 11763--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 12016--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-53015"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-54015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11765--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12018--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 11768--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 12021--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;. If it’s empty, that means you
      haven’t indexed any of your entries in this glossary (using commands
      like <span 
@@ -23746,18 +24233,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) so this list can’t be generated. If the file isn’t
      empty, the document build process hasn’t been completed.</p></div>
-<!--l. 11771--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 12024--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-53016"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-54016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11773--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12026--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <!--l. 11776--><p class="noindent" >You                                                                             need
+     <!--l. 12029--><p class="noindent" >You                                                                             need
      to either replace <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or
@@ -23768,17 +24255,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>) and then
      rebuild this document.</p></div>
-<!--l. 11779--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 12032--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-53017"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-54017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11781--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12034--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 11784--><p class="noindent" >The file &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 12037--><p class="noindent" >The file &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9; doesn’t exist. This most likely means you haven’t used
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or you have used <span 
@@ -23786,37 +24273,37 @@
      version of the document, you can suppress this message using the
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">nomissingglstext </span>package option.</p></div>
-<!--l. 11787--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 12040--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-53018"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-54018"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11789--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12042--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 11792--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div>
-<!--l. 11795--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 12045--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div>
+<!--l. 12048--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-53019"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-54019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11797--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12050--><p class="noindent" >
 This is advice on how to generate the glossary files. See the documented code
 (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>) for further details.
-</p><!--l. 11802--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 12055--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-53020"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-54020"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11804--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12057--><p class="noindent" >
 This is the message produced when the <a 
 href="#styopt.automake"><span 
 class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-53021"></a> option is used, but the document
+ id="dx1-54021"></a> option is used, but the document
 needs a rerun or the shell escape setting doesn’t permit the execution of the external
 application. This command also generates a warning in the transcript file. See the
 documented code for further details.
@@ -23833,21 +24320,21 @@
 <!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >   </div>
 </p><!--l. 1--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="likechapterHead"><a 
- id="x1-5400013"></a>Glossary</h2>
+ id="x1-5500013"></a>Glossary</h2>
      <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:bib2gls"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-54001"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-55001"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A command line Java application that selects entries from a .bib file
      and                                     converts                                     them
      to glossary definitions (like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">bibtex </span>but also performs hierarchical sorting
      and collation, thus omitting the need for <a 
- id="dx1-54002"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-55002"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> or <a 
- id="dx1-54003"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-55003"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>). Further
      details at: <a 
@@ -23857,7 +24344,7 @@
 <a 
  id="glo:entrylocation"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">entry location</span><a 
- id="dx1-54004"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-55004"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to
      the page number on which the entry appears. An entry may have multiple
      locations.
@@ -23865,80 +24352,80 @@
 <a 
  id="glo:firstuse"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">first use</span><a 
- id="dx1-54005"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-55005"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document
      or after a reset) with one of the following commands: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-54006"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-55006"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-54007"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-55007"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a 
- id="dx1-54008"></a>,
+ id="dx1-55008"></a>,
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-54009"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-55009"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-54010"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-55010"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-54011"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-55011"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a 
- id="dx1-54012"></a>.
+ id="dx1-55012"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:firstuseflag"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">first use flag</span><a 
- id="dx1-54013"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-55013"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been
      used according to the rules of <a 
- id="dx1-54014"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-55014"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:firstusetext"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">first use text</span><a 
- id="dx1-54015"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-55015"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">The text that is displayed on <a 
- id="dx1-54016"></a>first use, which is governed by the
+ id="dx1-55016"></a>first use, which is governed by the
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-54017"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-55017"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-54018"></a> keys of  <span 
+ id="dx1-55018"></a> keys of  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-54019"></a>. (May be overridden by
+ id="dx1-55019"></a>. (May be overridden by
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a 
- id="dx1-54020"></a>.)
+ id="dx1-55020"></a>.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:linktext"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">link-text</span><a 
- id="dx1-54021"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-55021"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">The text produced by commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-54022"></a>. It may or may not
+ id="dx1-55022"></a>. It may or may not
      have a hyperlink to the glossary.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:locationlist"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">location list</span><a 
- id="dx1-54023"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-55023"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A list of <a 
- id="dx1-54024"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-55024"></a><a 
 href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a>. See <a 
- id="dx1-54025"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-55025"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:makeglossaries"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-54026"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-55026"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A custom designed Perl script interface provided with the
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to run <a 
- id="dx1-54027"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-55027"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or <a 
- id="dx1-54028"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-55028"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>according to the document
      settings.
                                                                   
@@ -23948,13 +24435,13 @@
 <a 
  id="glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-54029"></a><a 
- id="dx1-54030"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-55029"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-55030"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A custom designed Lua script interface to <a 
- id="dx1-54031"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-55031"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and
      <a 
- id="dx1-54032"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-55032"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>provided  with  the  <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries  </span>package.  This  is  a  cut-down
      alternative to the Perl <span 
@@ -23975,25 +24462,25 @@
 <a 
  id="glo:makeindex"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-54033"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-55033"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">An indexing application.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:numberlist"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">number list</span><a 
- id="dx1-54034"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-55034"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A list of <a 
- id="dx1-54035"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-55035"></a><a 
 href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a> (also called a location list). The number
      list can be suppressed using the <a 
 href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-54036"></a> package option.
+ id="dx1-55036"></a> package option.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:xindy"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-54037"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-55037"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">An flexible indexing application with multilingual support written in
      Perl.</dd></dl>
                                                                   
@@ -24000,7 +24487,7 @@
 
                                                                   
    <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a 
- id="x1-5500013"></a>Index</h2>
+ id="x1-5600013"></a>Index</h2>
 <!--l. 4--><p class="noindent" >                                                                <span 
 class="cmbx-10">A</span>
 </p>
@@ -24007,343 +24494,343 @@
    <div class="theindex"><span class="index-item">abbreviation styles (deprecated):<br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26173" >1</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27173" >1</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26165" >2</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27165" >2</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26169" >3</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27169" >3</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-desc-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25078" >4</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26078" >4</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-desc-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25070" >5</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26070" >5</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-desc-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25074" >6</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26074" >6</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25104" >7</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26104" >7</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25096" >8</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26096" >8</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25100" >9</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26100" >9</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">postfootnote-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26196" >10</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27196" >10</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26188" >11</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27188" >11</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26192" >12</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27192" >12</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item">abbreviation styles:<br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26160" >13</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27160" >13</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25090" >14</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26090" >14</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25064" >15</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26064" >15</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24088" >16</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25105" >17</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26029" >18</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25088" >16</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26105" >17</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27029" >18</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25079" >19</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26075" >20</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26079" >19</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27075" >20</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26074" >21</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27074" >21</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24090" >22</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25110" >23</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26028" >24</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25090" >22</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26110" >23</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27028" >24</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24056" >25</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24082" >26</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26018" >27</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27018" >28</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25056" >25</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25082" >26</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27018" >27</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28018" >28</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26071" >29</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27071" >29</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26231" >30</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27231" >30</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26220" >31</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26224" >32</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27220" >31</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27224" >32</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24091" >33</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26223" >34</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25091" >33</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27223" >34</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24086" >35</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26219" >36</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26228" >37</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26234" >38</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26244" >39</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26246" >40</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25086" >35</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27219" >36</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27228" >37</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27234" >38</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27244" >39</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27246" >40</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26233" >41</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27233" >41</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26211" >42</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26226" >43</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26229" >44</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26237" >45</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29058" >46</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27211" >42</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27226" >43</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27229" >44</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27237" >45</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30058" >46</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26221" >47</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26225" >48</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27221" >47</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27225" >48</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13030" >49</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22002" >50</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25084" >51</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25091" >52</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25093" >53</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25098" >54</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25102" >55</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25106" >56</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26049" >57</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23002" >50</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26084" >51</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26091" >52</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26093" >53</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26098" >54</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26102" >55</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26106" >56</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27049" >57</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12040" >58</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13032" >59</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25057" >60</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25065" >61</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25067" >62</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25072" >63</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25076" >64</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25080" >65</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25085" >66</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26052" >67</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26057" >60</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26065" >61</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26067" >62</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26072" >63</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26076" >64</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26080" >65</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26085" >66</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27052" >67</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26051" >68</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27051" >68</a> <br /></span>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25101" >69</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26101" >69</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-em-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25075" >70</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26075" >70</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-noreg</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26048" >71</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27048" >71</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24081" >72</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25092" >73</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25081" >72</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26092" >73</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25066" >74</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27041" >75</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26066" >74</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28041" >75</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25097" >76</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26097" >76</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sm-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25071" >77</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26071" >77</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24070" >78</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26021" >79</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26025" >80</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25070" >78</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27021" >79</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27025" >80</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26024" >81</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27024" >81</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26204" >82</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26208" >83</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27204" >82</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27208" >83</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26207" >84</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27207" >84</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12047" >85</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13008" >86</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13056" >87</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20019" >88</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24025" >89</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24027" >90</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26002" >91</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26010" >92</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26013" >93</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26016" >94</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26032" >95</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26035" >96</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26217" >97</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27014" >98</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27017" >99</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27091" >100</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21019" >88</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25025" >89</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25027" >90</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27002" >91</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27010" >92</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27013" >93</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27016" >94</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27032" >95</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27035" >96</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27217" >97</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28014" >98</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28017" >99</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28091" >100</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13016" >101</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13022" >102</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26054" >103</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26063" >104</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26066" >105</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26069" >106</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26078" >107</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26085" >108</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27090" >109</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27054" >103</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27063" >104</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27066" >105</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27069" >106</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27078" >107</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27085" >108</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28090" >109</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24051" >110</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24083" >111</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26015" >112</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26019" >113</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25051" >110</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25083" >111</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27015" >112</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27019" >113</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-em-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26068" >114</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26072" >115</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27068" >114</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27072" >115</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13004" >116</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24035" >117</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26009" >118</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26047" >119</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25035" >117</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27009" >118</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27047" >119</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13018" >120</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26062" >121</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27062" >121</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13006" >122</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24045" >123</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26012" >124</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25045" >123</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27012" >124</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13020" >125</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26065" >126</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27065" >126</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24084" >127</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26008" >128</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26031" >129</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26037" >130</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26043" >131</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26079" >132</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26080" >133</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26113" >134</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26206" >135</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25084" >127</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27008" >128</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27031" >129</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27037" >130</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27043" >131</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27079" >132</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27080" >133</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27113" >134</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27206" >135</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26077" >136</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27077" >136</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">nolong-short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25010" >137</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26090" >138</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26010" >137</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27090" >138</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">nolong-short-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25031" >139</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26031" >139</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">nolong-short-noreg</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26089" >140</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27089" >140</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">nolong-short-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25017" >141</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26017" >141</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">nolong-short-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25024" >142</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26024" >142</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">postfootnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26183" >143</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27183" >143</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25008" >144</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26008" >144</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25040" >145</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26040" >145</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25029" >146</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26029" >146</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25055" >147</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26055" >147</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24102" >148</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26170" >149</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25102" >148</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27170" >149</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24101" >150</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25101" >150</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24052" >151</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26106" >152</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26110" >153</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25052" >151</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27106" >152</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27110" >153</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26133" >154</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26137" >155</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27133" >154</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27137" >155</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24057" >156</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26109" >157</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25057" >156</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27109" >157</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26136" >158</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27136" >158</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25026" >159</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25030" >160</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25032" >161</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26026" >159</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26030" >160</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26032" >161</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25052" >162</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25056" >163</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26052" >162</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26056" >163</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-postfootnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26193" >164</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27193" >164</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13034" >165</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20021" >166</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24094" >167</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26146" >168</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26161" >169</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26163" >170</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26167" >171</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26171" >172</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26175" >173</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27020" >174</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21021" >166</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25094" >167</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27146" >168</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27161" >169</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27163" >170</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27167" >171</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27171" >172</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27175" >173</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28020" >174</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13040" >175</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26236" >176</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26241" >177</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27236" >176</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27241" >177</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26240" >178</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27240" >178</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26243" >179</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26249" >180</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27243" >179</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27249" >180</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26248" >181</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27248" >181</a> <br /></span>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -24350,94 +24837,94 @@
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13010" >182</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20014" >183</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24028" >184</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24077" >185</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24100" >186</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26092" >187</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26101" >188</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26104" >189</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26107" >190</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27088" >191</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27093" >192</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21014" >183</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25028" >184</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25077" >185</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25100" >186</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27092" >187</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27101" >188</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27104" >189</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27107" >190</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28088" >191</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28093" >192</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13024" >193</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24099" >194</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26121" >195</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26128" >196</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26131" >197</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26134" >198</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26140" >199</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25099" >194</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27121" >195</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27128" >196</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27131" >197</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27134" >198</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27140" >199</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26038" >200</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26044" >201</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26097" >202</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26112" >203</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26141" >204</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26142" >205</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26198" >206</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27038" >200</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27044" >201</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27097" >202</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27112" >203</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27141" >204</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27142" >205</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27198" >206</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26139" >207</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27139" >207</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20012" >208</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20020" >209</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22003" >210</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22018" >211</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25002" >212</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25009" >213</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25011" >214</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25013" >215</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25020" >216</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25027" >217</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25034" >218</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25038" >219</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25043" >220</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26087" >221</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21012" >208</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21020" >209</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23003" >210</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23018" >211</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26002" >212</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26009" >213</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26011" >214</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26013" >215</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26020" >216</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26027" >217</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26034" >218</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26038" >219</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26043" >220</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27087" >221</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25033" >222</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25041" >223</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25048" >224</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25053" >225</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26119" >226</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26033" >222</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26041" >223</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26048" >224</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26053" >225</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27119" >226</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc-noreg</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26118" >227</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27118" >227</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong-noreg</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26086" >228</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27086" >228</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8062" >229</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8067" >230</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26174" >231</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26184" >232</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26186" >233</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26190" >234</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26194" >235</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27174" >231</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27184" >232</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27186" >233</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27190" >234</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27194" >235</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26197" >236</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26201" >237</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26205" >238</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27197" >236</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27201" >237</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27205" >238</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26200" >239</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27200" >239</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25015" >240</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26015" >240</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25045" >241</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26045" >241</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13036" >242</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26162" >243</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26166" >244</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27162" >243</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27166" >244</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13042" >245</a> <br /></span>
@@ -24444,32 +24931,32 @@
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13012" >246</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24036" >247</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26100" >248</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27092" >249</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25036" >247</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27100" >248</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28092" >249</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13026" >250</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26127" >251</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27127" >251</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25012" >252</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25016" >253</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25018" >254</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26012" >252</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26016" >253</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26018" >254</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25042" >255</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25046" >256</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26042" >255</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26046" >256</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24095" >257</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26185" >258</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25095" >257</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27185" >258</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25022" >259</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26022" >259</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25050" >260</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26050" >260</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13038" >261</a> <br /></span>
@@ -24479,31 +24966,31 @@
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13014" >263</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24046" >264</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26103" >265</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25046" >264</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27103" >265</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13028" >266</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26130" >267</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27130" >267</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25019" >268</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25023" >269</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25025" >270</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26019" >268</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26023" >269</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26025" >270</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25047" >271</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25051" >272</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26047" >271</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26051" >272</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26189" >273</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27189" >273</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4190" ><span 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4193" ><span 
 class="cmti-10">274</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27043" ><span 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28043" ><span 
 class="cmti-10">275</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item">acronym styles (glossaries):<br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
@@ -24581,7 +25068,7 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4132" >299</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44010" ><span 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45010" ><span 
 class="cmti-10">300</span></a> <br /></span>
 <p class="theindex">                                                                <span 
 class="cmbx-10">B</span>
@@ -24589,13 +25076,13 @@
 class="cmss-10">babel </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3010" >301</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3014" >302</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4191" >303</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4192" >304</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4193" >305</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29004" >306</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45068" >307</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53003" >308</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53004" >309</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4194" >303</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4195" >304</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4196" >305</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30004" >306</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46068" >307</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54003" >308</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54004" >309</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-2" >310</a>, <a 
@@ -24630,4352 +25117,4496 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15028" >339</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15029" >340</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15030" >341</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18012" >342</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19068" >343</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19069" >344</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29160" >345</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30005" >346</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33009" >347</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35001" >348</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35002" >349</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35004" >350</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35005" >351</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35006" >352</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35007" >353</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35008" >354</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35009" >355</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35011" >356</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35014" >357</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35016" >358</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35023" >359</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36001" >360</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36002" >361</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36003" >362</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36004" >363</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36005" >364</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36006" >365</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37001" >366</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37002" >367</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37004" >368</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37005" >369</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37006" >370</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37007" >371</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37010" >372</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37013" >373</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38004" >374</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38012" >375</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38013" >376</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38014" >377</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38020" >378</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38021" >379</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38022" >380</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38026" >381</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38027" >382</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39002" >383</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16019" >342</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19012" >343</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20068" >344</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20069" >345</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30160" >346</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31005" >347</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34009" >348</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36001" >349</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36002" >350</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36004" >351</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36005" >352</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36006" >353</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36007" >354</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36008" >355</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36009" >356</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36011" >357</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36014" >358</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36016" >359</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36023" >360</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37001" >361</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37002" >362</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37003" >363</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37004" >364</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37005" >365</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37006" >366</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38001" >367</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38002" >368</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38004" >369</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38005" >370</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38006" >371</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38007" >372</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38010" >373</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38013" >374</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39004" >375</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39018" >376</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39019" >377</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39020" >378</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39026" >379</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39027" >380</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39028" >381</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39032" >382</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39033" >383</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40002" >384</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40004" >385</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40009" >386</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40011" >387</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40013" >388</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40017" >389</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40024" >390</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40026" >391</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40027" >392</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41003" >393</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41006" >394</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41007" >395</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41028" >396</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41036" >397</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41045" >398</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41115" >399</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42001" >400</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42002" >401</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42010" >402</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42012" >403</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42025" >404</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42026" >405</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42027" >406</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43001" >407</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43002" >408</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43003" >409</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43005" >410</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43023" >411</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46007" >412</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46016" >413</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46038" >414</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48002" >415</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48013" >416</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53010" >417</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54001" ><span 
-class="cmbx-10">418</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41002" >385</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41004" >386</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41009" >387</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41011" >388</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41013" >389</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41017" >390</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41024" >391</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41026" >392</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41027" >393</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42003" >394</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42006" >395</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42007" >396</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42028" >397</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42036" >398</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42045" >399</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42115" >400</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43001" >401</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43002" >402</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43011" >403</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43013" >404</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43026" >405</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43027" >406</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43028" >407</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44001" >408</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44002" >409</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44003" >410</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44005" >411</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44023" >412</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47007" >413</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47016" >414</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47038" >415</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49002" >416</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49013" >417</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54010" >418</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55001" ><span 
+class="cmbx-10">419</span></a> <br /></span>
 </p><p class="theindex">                                                                <span 
 class="cmbx-10">C</span>
 <span class="index-item">categories:<br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9004" >419</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20015" >420</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21007" >421</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29008" >422</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32015" >423</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9004" >420</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21015" >421</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22007" >422</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30008" >423</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33015" >424</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17022" >424</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20013" >425</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21006" >426</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29009" >427</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29023" >428</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18022" >425</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21013" >426</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22006" >427</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30009" >428</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30023" >429</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8037" >429</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8066" >430</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17021" >431</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17025" >432</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29007" >433</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29022" >434</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29171" >435</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31040" >436</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8037" >430</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8066" >431</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18021" >432</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18025" >433</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30007" >434</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30022" >435</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30171" >436</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32040" >437</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5050" >437</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29012" >438</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5050" >438</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30012" >439</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">number</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29018" >439</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30018" >440</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8045" >440</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29015" >441</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8045" >441</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30015" >442</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item">category attributes:<br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29099" >442</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29109" >443</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29113" >444</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30099" >443</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30109" >444</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30113" >445</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">accessinsertdots</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29080" >445</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30080" >446</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">accessnoshortplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29110" >446</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30110" >447</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11036" >447</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24043" >448</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29071" >449</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29079" >450</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29100" >451</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29104" >452</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29106" >453</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29108" >454</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11036" >448</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25043" >449</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30071" >450</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30079" >451</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30100" >452</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30104" >453</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30106" >454</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30108" >455</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8032" >455</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29042" >456</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29049" >457</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29052" >458</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29070" >459</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8032" >456</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30042" >457</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30049" >458</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30052" >459</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30070" >460</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29148" >460</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33002" >461</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33015" >462</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33031" >463</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33038" >464</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33041" >465</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52003" >466</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30148" >461</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34002" >462</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34015" >463</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34031" >464</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34038" >465</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34041" >466</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53003" >467</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9003" >467</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29119" >468</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29123" >469</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31002" >470</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31007" >471</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31019" >472</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31023" >473</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31024" >474</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31028" >475</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31029" >476</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31033" >477</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9003" >468</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30119" >469</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30123" >470</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32002" >471</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32007" >472</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32019" >473</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32023" >474</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32024" >475</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32028" >476</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32029" >477</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32033" >478</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">externallocation</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6052" >478</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6056" >479</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29159" >480</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39003" >481</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6052" >479</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6056" >480</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30159" >481</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40003" >482</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">firstshortaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29096" >482</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30096" >483</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17004" >483</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29128" >484</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29138" >485</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18004" >484</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30128" >485</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30138" >486</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17005" >486</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29135" >487</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18005" >487</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30135" >488</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">glossname</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17003" >488</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17008" >489</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29137" >490</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18003" >489</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18008" >490</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30137" >491</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17009" >491</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29143" >492</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47011" >493</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18009" >492</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30143" >493</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48011" >494</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">headuc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12059" >494</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28018" >495</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28020" >496</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29114" >497</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12059" >495</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29018" >496</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29020" >497</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30114" >498</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6019" >498</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29146" >499</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6019" >499</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30146" >500</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">indexname</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17014" >500</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29140" >501</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33001" >502</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33013" >503</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52004" >504</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18014" >501</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30140" >502</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34001" >503</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34013" >504</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53004" >505</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6007" >505</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29037" >506</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33039" >507</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6007" >506</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30037" >507</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34039" >508</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">insertdots</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20004" >508</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29064" >509</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29066" >510</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29083" >511</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21004" >509</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30064" >510</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30066" >511</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30083" >512</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">linkcount</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29124" >512</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32003" >513</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32016" >514</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30124" >513</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33003" >514</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33016" >515</a> <br /></span>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">linkcountmaster</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29126" >515</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32004" >516</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30126" >516</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33004" >517</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">markshortwords</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29061" >517</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29068" >518</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30061" >518</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30068" >519</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26212" >519</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26215" >520</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26218" >521</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27032" >522</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29054" >523</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29062" >524</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27212" >520</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27215" >521</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27218" >522</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28032" >523</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30054" >524</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30062" >525</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29087" >525</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30087" >526</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyper</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29034" >526</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29172" >527</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29173" >528</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30034" >527</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30172" >528</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30173" >529</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26148" >529</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27021" >530</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27023" >531</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29025" >532</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29032" >533</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27148" >530</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28021" >531</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28023" >532</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30025" >533</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30032" >534</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11037" >534</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20005" >535</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24044" >536</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29074" >537</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29075" >538</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29111" >539</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11037" >535</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21005" >536</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25044" >537</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30074" >538</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30075" >539</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30111" >540</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29048" >540</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29053" >541</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30048" >541</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30053" >542</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">recordcount</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43015" >542</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43017" >543</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43019" >544</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43021" >545</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44015" >543</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44017" >544</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44019" >545</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44021" >546</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8010" >546</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8019" >547</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8022" >548</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22004" >549</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24005" >550</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24014" >551</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24087" >552</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24089" >553</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24092" >554</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25001" >555</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25111" >556</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26001" >557</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26030" >558</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26050" >559</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26053" >560</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26076" >561</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26088" >562</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26091" >563</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26120" >564</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27022" >565</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27053" >566</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27057" >567</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27061" >568</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27065" >569</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27081" >570</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29024" >571</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29162" >572</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29175" >573</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29178" >574</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29179" >575</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29182" >576</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43031" >577</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8010" >547</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8019" >548</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8022" >549</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23004" >550</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25005" >551</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25014" >552</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25087" >553</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25089" >554</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25092" >555</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26001" >556</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26111" >557</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27001" >558</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27030" >559</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27050" >560</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27053" >561</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27076" >562</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27088" >563</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27091" >564</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27120" >565</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28022" >566</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28053" >567</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28057" >568</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28061" >569</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28065" >570</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28081" >571</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30024" >572</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30162" >573</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30175" >574</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30178" >575</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30179" >576</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30182" >577</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44031" >578</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29050" >578</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30050" >579</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">tagging</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21002" >579</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21005" >580</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21008" >581</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29116" >582</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22002" >580</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22005" >581</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22008" >582</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30116" >583</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29157" >583</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30157" >584</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">targetname</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29154" >584</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29156" >585</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30154" >585</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30156" >586</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">targeturl</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5016" >586</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29152" >587</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29155" >588</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48006" >589</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52009" >590</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5016" >587</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30152" >588</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30155" >589</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49006" >590</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53009" >591</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">textformat</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6020" >591</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6023" >592</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8028" >593</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10017" >594</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29145" >595</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6020" >592</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6023" >593</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8028" >594</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10017" >595</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30145" >596</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">textshortaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29093" >596</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30093" >597</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">unitcount</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31034" >597</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32034" >598</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6015" >598</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29039" >599</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6015" >599</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30039" >600</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLS</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31015" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">600</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32015" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">601</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLSformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31017" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">601</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32017" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">602</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31016" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">602</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32016" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">603</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLSplformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31018" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">603</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32018" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">604</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35003" >604</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36003" >605</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\csGlsXtrLetField</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45026" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">605</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46026" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">606</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27006" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">606</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28006" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">607</span></a> <br /></span>
 </p><p class="theindex">                                                                <span 
 class="cmbx-10">D</span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">datatool-base </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >607</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >608</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dGLS</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42021" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">608</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43022" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">609</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dGls</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42019" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">609</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43020" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">610</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dgls</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42017" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">610</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43018" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">611</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dglsdisp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42024" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">611</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43025" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">612</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dglslink</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42023" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">612</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43024" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">613</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dGLSpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42022" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">613</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43023" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">614</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dGlspl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42020" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">614</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43021" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">615</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dglspl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42018" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">615</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43019" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">616</span></a> <br /></span>
 </p><p class="theindex">                                                                <span 
 class="cmbx-10">E</span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19060" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">616</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20060" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">617</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19064" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">617</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20064" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">618</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\eGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45023" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">618</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46023" ><span 
+class="cmti-10">619</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item">entry location&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54004" ><span 
-class="cmbx-10">619</span></a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54024" >620</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54035" >621</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55004" ><span 
+class="cmbx-10">620</span></a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55024" >621</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55035" >622</a> <br /></span>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycounter </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47020" >622</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48020" >623</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">equation </span>(counter)&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4109" >623</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4134" >624</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6034" >625</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40008" >626</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40021" >627</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4109" >624</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4134" >625</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6034" >626</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41008" >627</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41021" >628</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5" >628</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29168" >629</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32010" >630</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45019" >631</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45035" >632</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45046" >633</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45047" >634</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45056" >635</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45058" >636</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5" >629</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30168" >630</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33010" >631</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46019" >632</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46035" >633</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46046" >634</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46047" >635</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46056" >636</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46058" >637</a> <br /></span>
 </p><p class="theindex">                                                                <span 
 class="cmbx-10">F</span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">fancyhdr </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14049" >637</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14049" >638</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item">first use&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6005" >638</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8015" >639</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8043" >640</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8044" >641</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8047" >642</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8049" >643</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8054" >644</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8058" >645</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8061" >646</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8063" >647</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8065" >648</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12008" >649</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12019" >650</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12020" >651</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12021" >652</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12022" >653</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12026" >654</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12030" >655</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12034" >656</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12048" >657</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12049" >658</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13057" >659</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13058" >660</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20001" >661</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20016" >662</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22017" >663</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22019" >664</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24006" >665</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24020" >666</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25003" >667</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6005" >639</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8015" >640</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8043" >641</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8044" >642</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8047" >643</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8049" >644</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8054" >645</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8058" >646</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8061" >647</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8063" >648</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8065" >649</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12008" >650</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12019" >651</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12020" >652</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12021" >653</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12022" >654</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12026" >655</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12030" >656</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12034" >657</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12048" >658</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12049" >659</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13057" >660</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13058" >661</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21001" >662</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21016" >663</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23017" >664</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23019" >665</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25006" >666</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25020" >667</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26003" >668</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26055" >669</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26093" >670</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26122" >671</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26147" >672</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26149" >673</a>, <a 

@@ Diff output truncated at 1234567 characters. @@


More information about the tex-live-commits mailing list